TW587191B - Liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display panel having wide transparent electrode and stripe electrodes - Google Patents

Liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display panel having wide transparent electrode and stripe electrodes Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW587191B
TW587191B TW88121395A TW88121395A TW587191B TW 587191 B TW587191 B TW 587191B TW 88121395 A TW88121395 A TW 88121395A TW 88121395 A TW88121395 A TW 88121395A TW 587191 B TW587191 B TW 587191B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
electrode
substrate
crystal display
layer
Prior art date
Application number
TW88121395A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Hidefumi Yoshida
Yasutoshi Tasaka
Takashi Sasabayashi
Yohei Nakanishi
Takatoshi Mayama
Original Assignee
Fujitsu Display Tech
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP34891598A external-priority patent/JP4248062B2/en
Priority claimed from JP11075867A external-priority patent/JP2000267141A/en
Priority claimed from JP7586699A external-priority patent/JP4357622B2/en
Priority claimed from JP31117499A external-priority patent/JP4459338B2/en
Application filed by Fujitsu Display Tech filed Critical Fujitsu Display Tech
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TW587191B publication Critical patent/TW587191B/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

A liquid crystal is arranged between a pair of substrates. One substrate has a plurality of stripe electrodes extending parallel to each other, and the other substrate has a transparent electrode covering substantially the whole surface of the other substrate. An oblique electric field is formed between the stripe electrodes and the transparent electrode, so that the liquid crystal molecules are aligned along the oblique electric field. In addition, a dielectric layer is arranged between the transparent electrode and the alignment layer.

Description

B7 五、發明説明(i ) 本發明係有關於一種利用傾斜電場的液晶顯示裝置。 TN(扭轉向列)型的液晶顯示裝置已被廣泛使用,例如 作為個人電腦的顯示單元。但是,該等TN型的液晶顯示 裝置所潛在的問題係,當由斜向觀看該螢幕,則其對比會 降低或者亮度會相反。因此,乃亟須一種液晶顯示裝置當 在被以斜向觀看時,其對比不會減低。 例如,日本未審查的專利申請案Ν〇· 10-153782及 Νο·1〇·186351,乃揭露一種IPS(平面切換)型的液晶顯示 裝置’當以斜向觀看時其對比不會減低。於該種jpg型的 液晶顯示裝置中,其液晶係被設在一對基板之間,且其中 一基板具有一第一電極及一第二電極,在兩者之間乃施以 一電壓。而另一基板未設有電極。因此,有一大致平行於 該基板表面方向之橫向電場會生成於該第一電極與第二電 極之間。其液晶會被該橫向電場所驅動。前述申請案中所 揭之液晶顯示裝置係使用具有正介電異向性之垂直調準式 的液晶。當未施予電壓時,其液晶會以垂直於基板表面的 方向來調準,而當被施予電壓時,會以平行於橫向電場的 方向來調準。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在如上所述之IPS型的液晶顯示裝置中,其第一與第 二電極係由金屬細條所製成,而在相平行延伸於其一基板 上。一旦施加一電壓時,該橫向電場的電力線會呈弧狀地 由該第一電極朝第二電極延伸。假設該第一電極位於第二 電極的左側,則在該第一電極附近的液晶分子會沿著電力 線向右上方調準,而在第二電極附近的液晶分子會沿著電 G氏張尺度適財國國家縣(CNS) A4g (21GX297公董----- 4 587191 五、發明説明(2 ) 力線向左上方調準。在該第一電極與第二電極之間中間地 帶的液晶分子,則會沿著電力線以平行於基板表面的方向 調準。 但是,在該第一電極與第二電極中間的液晶分子,會 受該等朝左上方及右上方調準的液晶分子所影馨。而不能 妥順地以平行於基板表面的方向來調準❶此不穩定的調準 • 會造成紊亂。結果,會有一黑線產生於第一與第二電極的 中間,而降低透射率。該等紊亂的出現與否,乃視電壓或 干擾而定,而會有造成不規則顯示或影像滯留的問題。 本發明的目的即在提供一種液晶顯示裝置,其具有優 良的視角特性而不會有紊亂發生。 依據本發明之液晶顯示裝置,乃包含一對基板,一液 晶設於該對基板之間,每一像元之多數條型電極設在前述 之一基板上,及一透明電桎設在另一基板上而大致復蓋該 另一基板之整體表面(至少覆蓋其顯示區域)。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 丨於前述的構造中,在一條型電極與該寬型透明電極之 間會形成一電場。此電場係為一傾斜電場,會由各條型電 極朝該寬型透明電極以傾斜方向延伸。故,當沒有電壓施 加其上時,其液晶會以垂直於基板表面之方向來調準,而 當施予一電壓時則會以平行於該傾斜電場的方向來調準。 在此狀況下,幾乎所辭的液晶分子皆會沿該電場來妥順地 調準,因此,不會發生紊亂。 圖式之簡單說明 本發明將可由以下各較佳實施例之說明,配合所附圊 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 587191 A7 B7 五、發明说明( 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 X β yft 合 作 社 印 製 式等而更為清楚;其中: 第1圖係為本發明第一實施例的剖視圖,表示一液晶 顯示裝置在沒有施加電壓時的狀況; 第2圖為一剖視圖表示有一電壓施於第1圖之液晶顯示 裝置的狀況; 第3圖表示設在一基板上之部份活性基體; 第4圖表示第1囷之極化板的吸收轴之關係; 第5A囷為一剖視囷示出一比較例之液晶顯示裝置; 第5B圖表示有一電壓施於第5.A圖之液晶顯示裝置的 狀態; 第5C圖表示第5B圖之液晶顯示裝置顯示白色影像的 狀態; 第6圖為本發明第二實施例之剖視圖,示出該液晶顯 示裝置未施予電壓的狀態; 第7圖為第6圖之液晶顯示裝置被施加電壓的剖視囷; 第8圖表示一液晶顯示裝置形成一電場而沒有介電層 的狀態; 第9圖表示一液晶顯示裝置具有介電層而形成一電場 的狀態; 第10 A圖表示一液晶顯示裝置類似於第6圖之液晶顯 示裝置,但不含括該介電層; 第10B圖表示第i〇A圖之液晶顯示裝置的顯示例; 第11A圖表示一液晶顯示裝置之例,其具有顛倒設置 的基板與透明電極,而沒有介電層; * I m ϋϋ —Hr 1^^· . (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 •XI. 訂 蹲 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 6 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(4 ) 第11B圖表示第11A囷之液晶顯示裝置的顯示例; 第12A囷表示一類似於第6圖的液晶顯示裝置之例; 第12B圖表示第12A圖之液晶顯示裝置的顯示例; 第13圖表示若有6V電壓施於未設有介電層與透明電 極之液晶顯示裝置的透射率; 第14圖表示若有10V電壓施於未設有介電層與透明電 極之液晶顯示裝置的透射率; 第15圊表示若有6V電壓施於設有介電層與透明電極 之液晶顯示裝置的透射率; 第16圖表示若有10V電壓施於設有介電層與透明電極 之液晶顯示裝置的透射率; 第17圊表示介電層厚度與透射率之間的關係; 第18圖為一液晶顯示裝置的剖視囷,示出該介電層之 一例; 第19圖為一液晶顯示裝置的剖視囷,示出該介電層之 另一例, 第20圖為一液晶顯示裝置的剖視圖,示出該介電層之 再一例; 第21圖為一液晶顯示裝置的剖視圖,示出該介電層之 又一例; 第22圖表示設在一基板上之第一與第二群的條型電極 及一活性基體等之一例; 第23圖表示設在一基板上之第一與第二群的條型電極 及一活性基艘等之另一例; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ^------1T------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(5 ) 第24圖表示第6、7圖之液晶顯示裝置的簡化型式; 第25囷表示一液晶顯示裝置具有一相位板附加於第24 圖的構造中; 第26圖為一剖視圖示出一典型的極化膜之例; 第27圖表示一使用第26囷之極化膜的液晶顯示裝置之 構造; 第28圖表示第24囷之液晶顯示裝置的視角特性; 第29圖表示第25圖之液晶顯示裝置的視角特性; 第3 0圖表示在Rxz-Ryz座標上之對比為1〇的固定視角曲 線, 第31圖表不RLC與Rt之間的關係; 第32圖示出本發明第三實施例之液晶顯示裝置的剖圊 圖, 第33圖不出第32圖的液晶顯示裝置一修正例之剖視圖 > 第34圖示出第32圓的液晶顯示裝置一比較例之剖視囷 f 第35圖示出有一電壓施於第32囷的液晶顯示裝置時之 剖視圖; 第36A至36C圖表示若有IV的DC電壓施於第32至34囷 的液晶顯示裝置之第一與第二群條型電極時的電壓變化圖 9 第37A至37F圖係表示假設第32圖之液晶顯示裝置的 調準層之趙電阻率為101()Ωπι,若其液晶的體電阻率改變 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 一 (請先Η讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智.¾財產局g:工消費合作社印製 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 經濟部智楚財產局8工消費合作社印製 時,電壓變化的狀沉; 第38A至38Fffl係表示假設第32圖之液晶顯示裝置的 調準層之體電阻率為1〇12Ωιη,若其液晶的體電阻率改變 時,電壓變化的狀況; 第39Α至39F圖係表示假設第32圖之液晶顯示裝置的 調準層之體電阻率為1〇14Ωπι,若其液晶的體電阻率改變 時,電壓變化的狀況; 第40Α至40F囷係表示假設第32囷之液晶顯示裝置的 調準層之體電阻率為1〇1()Ωπι,若絕緣層的艟電率改變時 ,電壓變化的狀況; 第41Α至41D圖係表示假設第32圓之液晶顯示裝置的 液晶與調準層之體電阻率為1〇πΩιη,若絕緣層的體電阻 率改變時,電壓變化的狀況; 第42Α至42C圓係表示假設第32圖之液晶顯示裝置的 絕緣層之體電阻率為1014Ωιη,若在第一條型電極上之絕 緣層部份的厚度改變時,電壓變化的狀況; 第43圖係表示假設第33圖之液晶顯示裝置的絕緣層之 體電阻率為1〇14Ω m,若在第二條型電極上之絕緣層部份 的厚度為0.4//m時,電壓變化的狀況; 第44圖表示電壓施加於液晶顯示裝置之一例; 第45圖為一平面圖,表示具有以預定圓案排列之第一 與第二群條型電極的像元之液晶顯示裝置的例子; 第46A圖表示第45圖之具有第一與第二條型電極的液 晶顯示裝置之螢幕; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 9 ^-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 第46B囷表示螢幕影像滯留之一例; 第47囷為一平面囷,示出本發明第四實施例之具有呈 圖案排列之第一與第二條型電極的像元之液晶顯示裝置, 而可解決第45及46圖所述之問題者; 第48圖為一平面圖,示出第47囷的液晶顯示裝置之_ 修正例; 第49囷為一平面囷,示出第47囷的液晶顯示裝置之另 一修正例; 第50囷為一平面囷,示出第47至49圓之液晶顯示裝置 的像元之一例; 第51囷為一平面囷表示第50囷之第1條型電極; 第52圊為一平面圊表示第50囷之第二條型電極; 第53囷為一平面圖表示第一與第二條型電極及第一與 第二連接電極之一例; 第54圖為一平面圖表示第一與第二條型電極及第一與 第二連接電極之一修正例; 第55A囷表示第56圖的實施例之一比較例; 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第55B圓係沿第55A圖之55B-55B截線所採的剖視圖; 第56A囷表示本發明第五實施例之液晶顯示裝置的一 部份; 第56Bffl係沿第56AB1之56B-56B截線所採的剖視圖; 第57圖表示第55A圊之構造及第56A圖之液晶顯示裝 置的透視率; 第58圖為一平面圖示出一依據第56圖之原理而具有第 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29*7公釐) 10 587191 ,·Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局a(工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(8 ) 一與第二條型電極及第一與第二連接電極之液晶顯示裝置 9 第59圖為一平面圖示出第58圖的液晶顯示裝置之一修 正例; 第60圖表示一例其第一與第二條型電極以一銳角交又 第一與第二連接電極,並包括一驅動修正電極部份; 第61囷表示一例其驅動修正電極部份由第一條型電極 延伸; 第62圖係沿第61圖之62-62截線所採的剖視圖; 第63圖係沿第60圊之63-63截線所採的剖視圖; 第64圖表示一例其驅動修正電極部份由第一條型電極 延伸,而第二條型電極凹下; 第65圖表示驅動修正電極部份由第一條型電極延伸而 第二條型電極凹下之一修正例; 第66圖表示媒動修正電極部份由第二條型電極延伸而 第一條型電極凹下之一修正例; 第67圖表示液晶顯示裝置之透射率,其中該第一條型 電極以一銳角交叉該第二連接電極,且該第一條型電極並 非由該第二連接電極之側向突伸; 第68圖表示液晶顯示裝置之透射率,其中該第一條型 電極以一銳角交叉該第二連接電極,且該第一條型電極係 由該第二連接電極之側向突伸; 第69圖表示液晶顯示裝置之透射率,其中該第二條型 電極以一銳角交又該第一連接電極,且該第二:型;極並B7 V. Description of the Invention (i) The present invention relates to a liquid crystal display device using a gradient electric field. TN (Twisted Nematic) type liquid crystal display devices have been widely used, for example, as display units for personal computers. However, a potential problem of these TN-type liquid crystal display devices is that when the screen is viewed from an oblique direction, the contrast is reduced or the brightness is reversed. Therefore, there is an urgent need for a liquid crystal display device whose contrast does not decrease when viewed in an oblique direction. For example, Japanese unexamined patent applications Nos. 10-153782 and No. 10186186351 disclose that an IPS (Planar Switching) type liquid crystal display device 'does not decrease in contrast when viewed obliquely. In such a jpg type liquid crystal display device, a liquid crystal system is disposed between a pair of substrates, and one of the substrates has a first electrode and a second electrode, and a voltage is applied between the two electrodes. The other substrate is not provided with electrodes. Therefore, a lateral electric field approximately parallel to the surface of the substrate is generated between the first electrode and the second electrode. Its liquid crystal is driven by the lateral electric field. The liquid crystal display device disclosed in the aforementioned application uses a vertical alignment type liquid crystal having a positive dielectric anisotropy. When no voltage is applied, its liquid crystal is aligned in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate, and when a voltage is applied, it is aligned in a direction parallel to the lateral electric field. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In the IPS-type liquid crystal display device described above, the first and second electrodes are made of thin metal strips, and extend parallel to one of the substrates. Once a voltage is applied, the power line of the transverse electric field will extend from the first electrode toward the second electrode in an arc shape. Assuming that the first electrode is located on the left side of the second electrode, the liquid crystal molecules near the first electrode will be aligned to the upper right along the power line, and the liquid crystal molecules near the second electrode will be aligned along the electrical G-scale scale. National Country of Finance (CNS) A4g (21GX297 public director ----- 4 587191 V. Description of the invention (2) The force line is aligned to the upper left. Liquid crystal molecules in the middle zone between the first electrode and the second electrode , It will be aligned along the power line in a direction parallel to the substrate surface. However, the liquid crystal molecules between the first electrode and the second electrode will be affected by the liquid crystal molecules aligned to the upper left and upper right. It is impossible to align in a direction parallel to the surface of the substrate. This unstable alignment will cause disorder. As a result, a black line will be generated between the first and second electrodes, which will reduce the transmittance. The occurrence of such disturbances depends on voltage or interference, and may cause irregular display or image retention. The object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device which has excellent viewing angle characteristics without Disorderly The liquid crystal display device according to the present invention includes a pair of substrates, a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates, a plurality of strip electrodes of each pixel are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates, and a transparent electrode is disposed on the substrate. The other substrate substantially covers the entire surface of the other substrate (at least covers its display area). Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 丨 In the aforementioned structure, a single electrode and the wide transparent electrode An electric field will be formed between them. This electric field is an oblique electric field, which will extend from each type of electrode to the wide transparent electrode in an oblique direction. Therefore, when no voltage is applied to it, its liquid crystal will be perpendicular to the substrate surface When a voltage is applied, it will be aligned in a direction parallel to the oblique electric field. In this situation, almost all the liquid crystal molecules will be properly aligned along the electric field. Therefore, the disorder will not occur. Brief description of the drawings The present invention will be described by the following preferred embodiments, in conjunction with the attached paper size, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29 7mm) 587191 A7 B7 V. Explanation of the invention (printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, X β yft Cooperative, etc., to make it clearer; of which: Figure 1 is a sectional view of the first embodiment of the present invention, showing a liquid crystal display The state of the device when no voltage is applied; Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing a state where a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 1; Fig. 3 shows a part of an active substrate provided on a substrate; The relationship between the absorption axis of the polarizing plate of Fig. 1; Fig. 5A is a sectional view showing a liquid crystal display device of a comparative example; Fig. 5B shows a state where a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 5.A; FIG. 5C shows a state in which the liquid crystal display device in FIG. 5B displays a white image; FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a second embodiment of the present invention, showing a state in which the liquid crystal display device is not applied with voltage; FIG. 7 is FIG. 6 A cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display device to which a voltage is applied; FIG. 8 shows a state in which a liquid crystal display device forms an electric field without a dielectric layer; FIG. 9 shows a state in which a liquid crystal display device has a dielectric layer and forms an electric field Fig. 10A shows a liquid crystal display device similar to the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 6, but excluding the dielectric layer; Fig. 10B shows a display example of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 10A; Fig. 11A Shows an example of a liquid crystal display device, which has a substrate and transparent electrodes arranged upside down without a dielectric layer; * I m ϋϋ —Hr 1 ^^ ·. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page • XI. The paper size of the book is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 6 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (4) Figure 11B shows a display example of the liquid crystal display device of 11A 囷; Figure 12A 囷 shows a An example similar to the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 6; FIG. 12B shows a display example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 12A; and FIG. 13 shows a liquid crystal display device without a dielectric layer and a transparent electrode if a voltage of 6V is applied Figure 14 shows the transmittance if a 10V voltage is applied to a liquid crystal display device without a dielectric layer and a transparent electrode; Figure 15) shows a 6V voltage if a voltage is applied to a liquid crystal display device with a dielectric layer and a transparent electrode Transmittance of liquid crystal display device Figure 16 shows the transmittance if a voltage of 10V is applied to a liquid crystal display device provided with a dielectric layer and a transparent electrode; Figure 17) shows the relationship between the thickness of the dielectric layer and the transmittance; Figure 18 shows a liquid crystal display device Fig. 19 shows an example of the dielectric layer; Fig. 19 is a sectional view of a liquid crystal display device, showing another example of the dielectric layer, and Fig. 20 is a sectional view of a liquid crystal display device, showing Another example of the dielectric layer; FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display device, showing another example of the dielectric layer; and FIG. 22 shows first and second groups of strip electrodes and An example of an active substrate; Figure 23 shows another example of the first and second group of strip electrodes and an active substrate provided on a substrate; this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210X297 mm) ^ ------ 1T ------ line (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (5) Figure 24 shows the 6th and 7th Figure 25 shows a simplified version of a liquid crystal display device; Figure 25) shows a liquid crystal display device with a phase Fig. 26 is a sectional view showing an example of a typical polarizing film; Fig. 27 shows a structure of a liquid crystal display device using a polarizing film of Fig. 26; Fig. 28 shows Viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display device in Figure 24; Figure 29 shows the viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display device in Figure 25; Figure 30 shows a fixed viewing angle curve with a contrast of 10 on the Rxz-Ryz coordinates, and Figure 31 The relationship between RLC and Rt is not shown in FIG. 32; FIG. 32 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display device according to a third embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 33 is a cross-sectional view of a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 32; Figure 32 shows a cross-section of a comparative example of a liquid crystal display device of the 32nd circle. F Figure 35 shows a cross-sectional view when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device of the 32nd circle. Figures 36A to 36C show a DC voltage of IV. Changes in voltage when the first and second stripe electrodes of the liquid crystal display device of Figs. 32 to 34 囷 are applied. Figs. 37A to 37F show the resistivity of the alignment layer of the liquid crystal display device assuming Fig. 32. 101 () Ωπι, if the volume resistivity of the liquid crystal changes this paper Standards are applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specifications (210X297 mm) 1. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order the Ministry of Economic Affairs. ¾ Property Bureau g: Printing by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (When printed by the 8th Industrial Cooperative Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the voltage change is heavy; 38A to 38Fffl indicate that the volume resistivity of the alignment layer of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 32 is 1012 Ωιη, If the volume resistivity of the liquid crystal is changed, the voltage changes; Figures 39A to 39F show that the volume resistivity of the alignment layer of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 32 is assumed to be 1014 Ωπm. The state of voltage change when the voltage is changed; 40A to 40F 囷 means that the volume resistivity of the alignment layer of the 32nd liquid crystal display device is assumed to be 10 (1) Ωπι. If the 艟 rate of the insulating layer is changed, the voltage Figures 41A to 41D are diagrams showing the situation where the volume resistivity of the liquid crystal and the alignment layer of the liquid crystal display device of the 32nd circle is 10πΩιη, and if the volume resistivity of the insulating layer is changed, the voltage changes; 42Α to 42C It shows the assumption that the volume resistivity of the insulating layer of the liquid crystal display device in FIG. 32 is 1014 Ωιη. If the thickness of the insulating layer portion on the first type electrode is changed, the voltage change is shown. The volume resistivity of the insulating layer of the liquid crystal display device in the figure is 1014 Ω m. If the thickness of the insulating layer portion on the second electrode is 0.4 // m, the voltage changes; Figure 44 shows the voltage An example applied to a liquid crystal display device; FIG. 45 is a plan view showing an example of a liquid crystal display device having pixels of first and second groups of stripe electrodes arranged in a predetermined circle; FIG. 46A shows an example of FIG. 45 Screen of liquid crystal display device with first and second strip electrodes; This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 9 ^-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 587191 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (46B (shows an example of screen image retention; 47 囷 is a flat plane 囷, showing the first and second strip electrodes with a pattern arrangement in the fourth embodiment of the present invention Like The liquid crystal display device can solve the problems described in Figs. 45 and 46; Fig. 48 is a plan view showing a modification example of the 47th liquid crystal display device; Fig. 49 is a flat display device, showing Another modified example of the 47th liquid crystal display device; The 50th line is a flat surface, showing an example of the pixels of the liquid crystal display device of the 47th to 49th circles; the 51st line is a flat surface; The first type electrode; 52 圊 is a plane; the second type electrode of the 50th; and 53 囷 is a plan view showing an example of the first and second type electrodes and the first and second connection electrodes; Figure 54 is a plan view showing a modified example of the first and second strip electrodes and the first and second connection electrodes; Figure 55A 囷 shows a comparative example of the embodiment shown in Figure 56; employee consumption of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs The 55B circle printed by the cooperative is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 55B-55B of FIG. 55A; 56A 囷 shows a part of the liquid crystal display device of the fifth embodiment of the present invention; 56Bffl is 56B1-56B- Sectional view taken along line 56B; Figure 57 shows the structure of the 55A 圊 and the 56th The perspective of the liquid crystal display device in Figure A; Figure 58 is a plan view showing a paper size according to the principle of Figure 56 with the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 (210X29 * 7 mm) 10 587191, · Α7 Β7 Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs a (printed by the Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives V. Description of Invention (8) Liquid crystal display device with first and second strip electrodes and first and second connecting electrodes 9 Figure 59 is a plane Figure 60 shows a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 58; Figure 60 shows an example where the first and second strip electrodes intersect at an acute angle with the first and second connection electrodes, and includes a driving correction electrode portion ; Figure 61 囷 shows an example in which the driving correction electrode part is extended by the first electrode; Figure 62 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 62-62 of Figure 61; Figure 63 is 63- A cross-sectional view taken along line 63; Fig. 64 shows an example in which the driving correction electrode portion extends from the first electrode and the second electrode is recessed; Fig. 65 shows the driving correction electrode portion by the first electrode A modified example in which the electrode extends and the second strip electrode is recessed; Fig. 66 shows a modification example in which the medium-moving correction electrode portion is extended by the second type electrode and the first type electrode is recessed; Fig. 67 shows the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device, where the first type electrode is at an acute angle Cross the second connection electrode, and the first strip electrode does not protrude laterally from the second connection electrode; FIG. 68 shows the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device, wherein the first strip electrode crosses the The second connection electrode, and the first strip electrode protrudes laterally from the second connection electrode; FIG. 69 shows the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device, wherein the second strip electrode crosses the first electrode at an acute angle. One connected electrode, and the second: type; pole and

本紙張尺ί適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐T ---------參------iT------線 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 11 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(9 ) 非由該第一連接電極之側向突伸; 第70圖表示液晶顯示裝置之透射率,其中該等第二群 的條型電極以一銳角交叉該第一連接電極,且該第二群的 條型電極並非由該第一連接電極之側向突伸; 第71圖表示第一與第二群條型電極由第一與第二連接 電極的突伸量; 第72囷表示第73圖之液晶顯示裝置的參考剖視圖; 第73圖表示本發明第六實施例之液晶顯示裝置的剖視 圖; 第74囷為一剖視圖示出第73囷的液晶顯示裝置之一修 正例; 第75圖表示第72圊之液晶顯示裝置的光透射率; 第76圖表示第73圖之液晶顯示裝置的光透射率; 第77囷表示第74圖之液晶顯示裝置的光透射率; 第78圊為示出第73圖之第二群條型電極附近的平面圖 贅 第79圊為一剖視圊示出第80圖的液晶顯示裝置之_參 考例; 第80圖為一剖視圊示出本發明第七實施例之液晶顯示 裝置; 第81圊表示第80圊的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例; 第82圖表示第80圊的液晶顯示裝置之另一修正例; 第83圖表示第80圖的液晶顯示裝置之再一修正例; 第84圖表示第80圖的液晶顯示裝置之又一修正例; 本纸張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS )八4规格(210X297公釐) 丨 — 9--J----裝-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填荈本頁 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 12 經濟部智楚財產局員工消费合作社印製 587191 —A7 * .Τ’· ·泰·· ... . .. · «· · · 一 .a · 一 . . . .·«!··>·.” __Β7 _-_ 五、發明説明(1〇 ) 第85囷為該液晶顯示裝置之示意囷可供說明第86圖之 液晶顯示裝置的問題; 第86圖為一剖視圖示出本發明第八實施例之液晶顯示 裝置; 第87圖為一平面圖示出第86囷之液晶顯示裝置; 第88圖為一平面圖示出本發明第九實施例的液晶顯示 裝置; 第89圖為沿第88圖之89-89截線所採的剖視囷; 第90圖表示第88囷之液晶顯示.裝置在上層及下層的導 件; 第91A圖係表示驅動第88囷之液晶顯示裝置的方法; 第91B圖係表示施於第88囷之液晶顯示裝置的閘極匯 流線之電壓; 第92圖表示第88圖的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例的平面 圖; > 第93圖表示第92圖的液晶顯示裝置在上層及下層的導 件; 第94圖係表示驅動第82圖之液晶顯示裝置的方法; 第95圖係表示該驅液晶顯示裝置的方法之一修正例; 第96圖為本發明之又另一實施例的液晶顯示裝置之平 面圖; 第97圖示出第96圊之下玻璃基板的導電層之圖案; 第98圖為第96圖之97-97截線的剖視圖; 第99圖係供說明第88圖之液晶顯示裝置的操作·, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------^------1T------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) • 13 · 587191 A7 B7 … 五、發明説明(U ) 第1〇〇圖表示在第88囷液晶顯示裝置中因為串音所引 起之光漏量的測量結果,,及具有金屬膜之黑色基質的習知 液晶顯示裝置,與具有樹脂膜之黑色基質的習知液晶顯示 裝置等之測量結果; 第101圖為一平面圖示出本發明又另一實施例的液晶 顯示裝置; 第102囷表示第ιοί圖之下玻璃基板的導電層囷案; 第103圖為沿第ιοί囷之103-103截線所採的剖視囷; 第104圊為一平面圖示出本發明又另一實施例的液晶 顯示裝置; 第105圖為沿第1〇4圖之105-105截線所採的剖視囷; 第106圖為一示意圊示出一種供測量調準層之電壓保 持率的裝置; 第107圖為供說明產生串音的示意圖; 第108圊為第1〇7圖的剖視圖; 第109圖為一平面圊示出一顯示圊案其乃明顯地產生 螢幕的影像滯留; 第110圖為一平面圖示出本發明又再一實施例的液晶 顯示裝置; 第ill圖係沿第11〇圊之m-i 11裁線所採的剖視圖; 第112圖係供說明第110囷之液晶顯示裝置的操作; 第113圖係表示有一電壓施於第110圖之液晶顯示裝置 的狀況; 第114圖係表示藉計算該液晶之自旋間距與正面亮度 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 丨—蜷丨丨 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智.¾財產局g(工消費合作社印製 14 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(12 ) 的關係所得的結果; 第115A至115C圖係表示藉改變d/p來研究電壓一透 射率特性的結果; 第116A至U6C圖係表示同樣藉改變d/p來研龙電壓 一透射率特性的結果; 第117A至117C圖係表示同樣藉改變d/p來研究電壓 一透射率特性的結果; &第118囷為第no圖的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例; 第119囷係供說明第us圊之液晶顯示裝置的操作; , 第120圖係表示有一電壓施於第119圖之液晶顯示裝置 的狀況; 第121圖為一模型圖示出第11〇囷的液晶顯示裝置之一 修正例; 第122圊為一模型圖示出第11〇圖的液晶顯示裝置之另 一修正例; | 第123圖係表示有一電壓施於第122圊之液晶顯示裝置 的狀況; 第124圖係為一平面示意圊示出本發明又另一實施例 的液晶顯示裝置; 第125圖表示第124圖的液晶顯示裝置之一等效電路; 第126圖係沿第124圊的126-126截線所採之剖視圖; 第127圖係供說明第124囷的液晶顯示裝置之操作; 第128圖係為一平面圖示出第124圖的液晶顯示裝置之 一修正例; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4说格(210X297公釐) ----------1------1T------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 15 587191 —A7 B7 五、發明说明(13 ) 第129圖係沿第128圖之129-129截線所採的剖視圖; 第130圊係表示第128圖之液晶顯示裝置的詳細平面圖 t 第131圖係表示第128圖的液晶顯示裝置之一等效電路 第132A至132E圖係表示第130圖之液晶顯示裝置的製 造程序; 第133A至133(:圖係表示該液晶顯示裝置在第132E11 之後的製造程序; 第134A至134E囷係表示第128囷之液晶顯示裝置的製 造程序; 第135圖表示第124圖的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例的剖 視圖; 第136圊為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置之另一修正例的到 視圖; 第137圖為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置又另一修正例的剖 視圖; (請先閩請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁}This paper ruler applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210X297 mm T --------- see ------ iT ------ line (please read the note on the back first) Please fill in this page again for details) 11 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (9) Non-protruding from the side of the first connection electrode; Figure 70 shows the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device, of which the second group of bars The electrodes cross the first connection electrode at an acute angle, and the strip electrodes of the second group do not protrude laterally from the first connection electrode. FIG. 71 shows that the first and second group of strip electrodes are formed by the first and Amount of protrusion of the second connection electrode; Fig. 72A shows a reference cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 73; Fig. 73 shows a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device of the sixth embodiment of the present invention; A modified example of the liquid crystal display device at 73 囷; FIG. 75 shows the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display device at 72 圊; FIG. 76 shows the light transmittance of the liquid crystal display device at FIG. 73; Light transmittance of a liquid crystal display device; FIG. 78A shows the vicinity of a second group of strip electrodes of FIG. 73 Figure 79 is a sectional view showing a reference example of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 80; Figure 80 is a sectional view showing the liquid crystal display device of a seventh embodiment of the present invention; A modified example of the 80 圊 liquid crystal display device; FIG. 82 shows another modified example of the 80 圊 liquid crystal display device; FIG. 83 shows another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 80; Another modified example of the liquid crystal display device shown in Figure 80; This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) 8-4 (210X297 mm) 丨 — 9--J ---- install-(Please read the back first Note on this page, please fill in this page and print it from the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 12 Printed by the Consumer ’s Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 587191 —A7 * .Τ '·· 泰 ·· ... .. · · «· · · A.a · a...«! ·· > ·. "__Β7 _-_ V. Description of the Invention (1〇) Chapter 85 is a schematic diagram of the liquid crystal display device. Problem of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 86; FIG. 86 is a sectional view showing a liquid crystal display device of an eighth embodiment of the present invention; Fig. 87 is a plan view showing the liquid crystal display device of the 86th stage; Fig. 88 is a plan view showing the liquid crystal display device of the ninth embodiment of the present invention; and Fig. 89 is a section taken along the line 89-89 of the 88th diagram. Section 90 taken by the line; Figure 90 shows the liquid crystal display of the 88th layer. The guides of the device on the upper and lower layers; Figure 91A shows the method of driving the liquid crystal display device of the 88th layer; Figure 91B shows the application The voltage of the gate bus line of the liquid crystal display device at 88 °; FIG. 92 is a plan view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 88; > FIG. 93 shows the liquid crystal display device of FIG. Guide of the lower layer; Fig. 94 shows a method for driving the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 82; Fig. 95 shows a modified example of the method for driving the liquid crystal display device; Fig. 96 is still another embodiment of the present invention Figure 97 is a plan view of a liquid crystal display device; Figure 97 shows the pattern of the conductive layer of the glass substrate below 96 圊; Figure 98 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 97-97 of Figure 96; Figure 99 is for explanation Figure 88 Operation of liquid crystal display devices National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) --------- ^ ------ 1T ------ line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) • 13 · 587191 A7 B7… 5. Description of the invention (U) Figure 100 shows the measurement results of light leakage caused by crosstalk in the 88th LCD device, and the practice of a black matrix with a metal film Measurement results of a known liquid crystal display device and a conventional liquid crystal display device having a black substrate with a resin film; FIG. 101 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention; Fig. 103 is a plan view of a conductive layer of a glass substrate; Fig. 103 is a cross-sectional view taken along section 103-103 of Fig. 104; Fig. 104 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal of still another embodiment of the present invention. Display device; Fig. 105 is a cross-sectional view taken along the 105-105 section of Fig. 104; Fig. 106 is a schematic view showing a device for measuring the voltage holding rate of an adjustment layer; Fig. 107 The figure is a schematic diagram for explaining the generation of crosstalk; Fig. 108 is a cross-sectional view of Fig. 107; Fig. 109 is a plane view In the display case, it is obvious that the screen image is stuck; FIG. 110 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention; and FIG. Ill is taken along the mi 11 line of the 11th line. Fig. 112 is a diagram for explaining the operation of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 110; Fig. 113 is a diagram showing a condition in which a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 110; and Fig. 114 is a calculation of the spin of the liquid crystal Pitch and front brightness This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 丨 — 蜷 丨 丨 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives 14 587191 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. The results of the relationship of the invention description (12); Figures 115A to 115C show the voltage-transmittance characteristics by changing d / p Results: Figures 116A to U6C show the results of studying the voltage-transmittance characteristics by changing d / p. Figures 117A to 117C show the results of studying the voltage-transmittance characteristics of d / p. ; &Amp; 118th is a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. No; 119th is for explaining the operation of the liquid crystal display device of No. us; and FIG. 120 is a liquid crystal with a voltage applied to FIG. 119 Status of the display device; FIG. 121 is a model diagram showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 110; FIG. 122 is a model diagram showing another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 110; Fig. 123 shows a state where a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device of the 122nd frame; Fig. 124 is a plane view schematically showing a liquid crystal display device of another embodiment of the present invention; Fig. 125 shows the 124th image Figure 126 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line 126-126 of 124 ;; Figure 127 is for explaining the operation of the liquid crystal display device of 124 ;; Figure 128 is A plan view shows a modified example of the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 124; This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 grid (210X297 mm) ---------- 1 ---- --1T ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 15 587191 — A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (13) Figure 129 is a sectional view taken along the line 129-129 of Figure 128; Figure 130 is a detailed plan view of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 128. Figure 131 is One equivalent circuit of a liquid crystal display device of FIG. 128. FIGS. 132A to 132E show the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 130; FIGS. 133A to 133 (: the figure shows the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device after 132E11; 134A to 134E are manufacturing procedures of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 128; FIG. 135 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 124; FIG. 136 is another of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 124; A view of the modified example; Figure 137 is a cross-sectional view of another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 124; (Please fill in this page with the precautions on the back}

經濟部智慧財產局員工消赍合作社印製 第138圊為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置又另一修正例的 Μ 才見圖, 第139圖為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置又另一修正例的 視圖; 刮 第140圖為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置又另一修正例的 視圖; 刮 第141圖為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置又另一修正例的音 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS ) A#規格(210x297公釐) 16 587191 A7 __ B7_/·. ’ 五、發明説明(14 ) 視圓, 第142囷為一平面圖示出第141圖之液晶顯示裝置; 第143圖為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置又另一修正例的剖 視圖; 第144圖為第124圖的液晶顯示裝置又另一修正例的剖 視圖, & 第145圖為一平面圖示出第144圖之液晶顯示裝置; 第146圖為類似於第6圓之液晶顯示裝置的剖視囷; 第147圖為類似於第7圊之液晶顯示裝置的剖視囷; 第148A囷係表示第146圓之液晶顯示裝置靠近介電層 表面的部份; 第148B圖係表示有一電壓施於第148A囷之液晶顯示 裝置的狀況; 第149A圖係表示第150圖之液晶顯示裝置靠近介電層 表面的部份; ^ 第149B圖係表示有一電壓施於第149A圓之液晶顯示 裝置的狀況; 經濟部智楚財產局員工消費合作社印製 第150圖係為本發明又另一實施例的液晶顯示裝置之 剖視圖; 第151圖係表示有一電壓施於第150囷之液晶顯示裝置 的狀況; 第152圖表示第150圖的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例; 第153圖表示一液晶顯示裝置示出其液晶之調準係被 發生於閘極匯流線與第一條型電極之間的電場所擾亂; 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 17 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(15 ) 第154囷表示第150囷的液晶顯示裝置之另一修正例; 第155囷表示第150圖的液晶顯示裝置之又一修正例; 第156圖表示本發明又另一實施例設在一基板中之一 部份活性基體的平面圖; 第157囷係為一剖視圖示出一基板具有第156囷的條型 電極; 第158圖係為一剖視圖示出第157囷的液晶顯示裝置之 一修正例; 第159囷示出本發明又另一實施例的液晶顯示裝置之 剖視圖, 第160圖示出第158圖的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例的剖 視圖; 第161囷示出第158圖的液晶顯示裝置另一修正例的剖 視圖; 第162圖表示d/ ε與透射率的關係; 第163圖表示當濾色物的厚度為2時,該介電層之 透明樹脂層的厚度與螢幕影像滯留之間的關係; 第164圊為本發明又另一實施例之液晶顯示裝置的剖 視圖;及 第165圊表示一種可使用於第164圓之介電層的非共晶 液晶。 第1圊表示本發明的第一實施例之液晶顯示裝置1〇在 未施以電壓時的剖視圖,而係為第1圖之液晶顯示裝 置10在被施以電壓時的剖視圓。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公慶) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁The employee of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the cooperative printed a 138th liquid crystal display device of FIG. 124, which is another modified example of M, and FIG. 139 is another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 124. View; FIG. 140 is a view of another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 124; FIG. 141 is a view of another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 124; CNS) A # specifications (210x297 mm) 16 587191 A7 __ B7_ / ·. 'V. Description of the invention (14) Viewing circle, No. 142 囷 is a plan view showing the liquid crystal display device of No. 141; No. 143 is No. 124 is a cross-sectional view of yet another modified example of the liquid crystal display device; FIG. 144 is a cross-sectional view of yet another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 124, and FIG. 145 is a plan view showing the liquid crystal display of FIG. 144 Figure 146 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display device similar to the 6th circle; Figure 147 is a cross-section view of a liquid crystal display device similar to the 7th circle; Figure 148A (shows a 146th liquid crystal display device) The part near the surface of the dielectric layer; Figure 148B shows a condition where a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device at 148A 囷; Figure 149A shows a portion of the liquid crystal display device near the surface of the dielectric layer of Figure 150; ^ Figure 149B shows a voltage applied to the The status of a 149A round liquid crystal display device; Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 150 is a cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display device according to yet another embodiment of the present invention; Figure 151 shows a voltage applied to the 150th Figure 152 shows the status of the liquid crystal display device. Figure 152 shows a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 150. Figure 153 shows a liquid crystal display device showing that the alignment of its liquid crystal occurs at the gate bus line and the first Disturbance of the electric field between the strip electrodes; This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 17 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (15) 154th represents the 150th LCD device Another modified example; FIG. 155 (a) shows another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 150; FIG. 156 shows a part of an active substrate provided in a substrate in still another embodiment of the present invention Fig. 157 (i) is a sectional view showing a substrate having a strip electrode of the 156 (th); Fig. 158 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the 157 (th); A sectional view of a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention, FIG. 160 is a sectional view of a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 158; FIG. 161 is a sectional view of another modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 158. Figure 162 shows the relationship between d / ε and transmittance; Figure 163 shows the relationship between the thickness of the transparent resin layer of the dielectric layer and the screen image retention when the thickness of the color filter is 2; Figure 164 圊A cross-sectional view of a liquid crystal display device according to yet another embodiment of the present invention; and 165th digit represents a non-eutectic liquid crystal that can be used for a dielectric layer of the 164th circle. Fig. 1 shows a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device 10 according to the first embodiment of the present invention when no voltage is applied, and Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device 10 of Fig. 1 when a voltage is applied. This paper size applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public holiday) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page

訂 經濟部智慧財產局資工消贲合作社印製 18 587191 A7 B7 經濟部智楚財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(16) 在第1與第2囷中,本發明之液晶顯示裝置10包含相對 的第一與第二透明玻璃基板12、14,及一液晶層16設於該 第一與第二基板12與14之間。該第一基板12為一濾色基板 含有一濾色物(未示出),而該第二基板14為一 TFT基板含 有TFTs(薄膜電晶體)。該液晶面板係由該對基片12、14及 液晶層16等所構成。 > 該第一基板12包括一宽型或整片的透明電極18覆設在 該第一基板12的整體表面上,及一垂直調準層20。該第二 基板14包含多數的條型電極(只有.一條示於第1圖中)互相 平行延伸,及一垂直調準層24。該液晶層16的液晶會垂向 地調準對齊,並具有正介電異向性。有一對極化板26、28 設在該液晶面板的兩面。 第3圖表示設在該基板14中之活性基艘的一部份。該 活性基體包括閘極匯流線30、資料匯流線32及薄膜電晶體 34。由閘極匯流線30與資料匯流線32所界限的區域乃相當 丨於一像元。該二條型電極22係連接於TFT 34,而被供以 該資料匯流線32之AC資料電壓。在第3圖中,該二條型電 極22係被設於一像元中。該寬型的透明電極18係由透明材 料諸如ITO或NESA等所製成。但是,該等條型電極22則 由與閘極匯流線30或資料匯流線32等相同的金屬所製成。 第4圖係示出該等極化板26、28之吸收軸26a與28a之 間的關係。該等吸收轴26a、28a係以交叉式尼科耳(Nicol) 之排列。 互相垂交。且該等吸收轴26a、28a係對第3囷所示之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉丰(〇阳)人4規格(210><297公爱)Printed by the Intellectual Property Department Consumers ’Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 18 587191 A7 B7 Printed by the Consumers’ Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (16) In the first and second sections, the LCD device of the present invention 10 includes opposing first and second transparent glass substrates 12, 14 and a liquid crystal layer 16 disposed between the first and second substrates 12 and 14. The first substrate 12 is a color filter substrate containing a color filter (not shown), and the second substrate 14 is a TFT substrate containing TFTs (thin film transistors). The liquid crystal panel is composed of the pair of substrates 12, 14 and a liquid crystal layer 16 and the like. > The first substrate 12 includes a wide-type or whole-piece transparent electrode 18 overlying the entire surface of the first substrate 12, and a vertical alignment layer 20. The second substrate 14 includes a plurality of strip electrodes (only one of which is shown in FIG. 1) extending parallel to each other, and a vertical alignment layer 24. The liquid crystal of the liquid crystal layer 16 is aligned and aligned vertically and has a positive dielectric anisotropy. A pair of polarizing plates 26 and 28 are provided on both sides of the liquid crystal panel. FIG. 3 shows a part of the active base provided in the substrate 14. As shown in FIG. The active substrate includes a gate bus line 30, a data bus line 32, and a thin film transistor 34. The area bounded by the gate bus line 30 and the data bus line 32 is equivalent to one pixel. The two type electrodes 22 are connected to the TFT 34, and are supplied with an AC data voltage of the data bus line 32. In Fig. 3, the two strip electrodes 22 are arranged in one pixel. The wide transparent electrode 18 is made of a transparent material such as ITO or NESA. However, the strip electrodes 22 are made of the same metal as the gate busbar 30 or the data busbar 32. Fig. 4 shows the relationship between the absorption axes 26a and 28a of the polarizing plates 26, 28. The absorption axes 26a and 28a are arranged in a crossed Nicol arrangement. Cross each other. And these absorption axes 26a, 28a are applicable to the size of the paper shown in item 3 (3) of the paper size of the Chinese national government (210) (210 > < 297 public love)

In m · ^-- {請先閲請背面之注意Ϋ項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 19 587191 —A7 **^r· B7 — , 五、發明説明(17 ) 一 閘極匯流線30、資料匯流線32及條型電極22等呈45度角列 設。 於此構造中’如第1囷所示,當未施以電壓時,該等 液晶分子會以垂直於該基板表面的方向來調準。但是,如 第2圖所示,當施加一電壓時(例如,在該寬型透明電極18 接地’而該條型電極22被供入一AC電磨時),乃會形成由 各條型電極22朝向該透明電極18的電場(電力線)。許多的 電場(電力線),如箭號F〇所示,會由各條型電極22斜傾地 朝該透明電極18延伸。因此,該等.具有正介電異向性的液 晶分子,在當其上被施以一電壓時,將會被調準平行於該 傾斜的電場F〇。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消资合作社印製 結果,該等液晶分子乃會以一傾斜方向斜向該基板表 面並雙折射,因而改變入射光的偏極。故,大部份的液晶 分子皆會沿該傾斜電場妥順調準,而不會造成紊亂。該等 極化板26、28係以交叉式尼科耳排列,故當施加一電壓時 ’將會產生一白色顯示。在該條型電極22的附近,電場( 電力線)係垂直於基板表面,如箭號?1^所示。該條型電極22 係由金屬所製成,故具有屏蔽功能。因此,在此部份之液 晶的運作不會有問題。此型液晶顯示裝置之視角特性乃較 TN式液晶顯示裝置更佳。 第5A至5C圖係示出液晶顯示裝置的比較例。在第5圊 中’該第一基板12未設有電極,而僅在第二基板14上設有 第一電極23a與第二電極23b。該液晶層16包含垂直調準式 的液晶’而具有正介電常數異向性。故,當未有電壓施加 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 20 587191In m · ^-{Please read the note on the back first and then fill out this page) Order line 19 587191 —A7 ** ^ r · B7 —, V. Description of the invention (17) A gate bus 30. Information The bus lines 32 and the strip electrodes 22 are arranged at a 45-degree angle. In this structure, as shown in the first figure, when no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate. However, as shown in FIG. 2, when a voltage is applied (for example, when the wide transparent electrode 18 is grounded and the strip electrode 22 is supplied to an AC electric mill), the strip electrode An electric field (electric line) directed toward the transparent electrode 18. Many electric fields (electric power lines), as indicated by the arrow F0, extend obliquely from each type of electrode 22 toward the transparent electrode 18. Therefore, the liquid crystal molecules with positive dielectric anisotropy will be aligned parallel to the inclined electric field F0 when a voltage is applied to them. Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs As a result, the liquid crystal molecules will be inclined to the surface of the substrate in an oblique direction and birefringent, thus changing the polarization of the incident light. Therefore, most of the liquid crystal molecules will be properly aligned along the inclined electric field without causing disturbance. The polarizing plates 26, 28 are arranged in a crossed Nicols, so when a voltage is applied, a white display will be produced. In the vicinity of the strip electrode 22, the electric field (power line) is perpendicular to the surface of the substrate, such as an arrow? Shown as 1 ^. The strip electrode 22 is made of metal, and therefore has a shielding function. Therefore, there is no problem in the operation of the liquid crystal in this part. The viewing angle characteristics of this type of liquid crystal display device are better than those of the TN type liquid crystal display device. 5A to 5C are comparative examples of a liquid crystal display device. In the fifth step, the first substrate 12 is not provided with an electrode, and only the second substrate 14 is provided with a first electrode 23a and a second electrode 23b. The liquid crystal layer 16 includes a liquid crystal of a vertical alignment type and has a positive dielectric anisotropy. Therefore, when no voltage is applied, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 20 587191

五、發明説明( 18 其上時,其液晶分子會以垂直於基板表面的方向調準。一 旦施予電壓時’如第5B囷所示,將會形成一水平電場由 該第-電極23a朝第二電極23b延伸。該等液晶分子會被調 準平行於該水平電場。但是,並不能確定其在該二電極23& 、23b之間的中間位置之液晶分子,會依循在右邊或在左 邊之液晶分子的調準方向,而造成不可預知的液晶分子之 調準。因此,如第5C囷所示,有一紊亂區D會發生於該液 晶顯不裝置之一像元區10b的中央部份。該等C區係被由 金屬所製成之第一電極23a與第二電極23b所屏蔽者。依據 本發明,該等紊亂區D會被消減❶ 第6圖係為第二實施例之液晶顯示裝置未施以電流時 的剖視圖。第7囷表示第6圖之液晶顯示裝置1〇被施以一電 壓時的剖視圖。該液晶顯示裝置10,如同第i、2圏之實施 例,乃包含相對的第一與第二透明玻璃基板12、14,一液 晶層16設於該第一與第二基板12、14之間,及極化板26、 28等。V. Description of the invention (18) At this time, its liquid crystal molecules will be aligned in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate. Once a voltage is applied, 'as shown in Section 5B ,, a horizontal electric field will be formed by the first- The second electrode 23b extends. The liquid crystal molecules will be aligned parallel to the horizontal electric field. However, it cannot be determined that the liquid crystal molecules in the middle position between the two electrodes 23 & 23b will follow the right or left Alignment of liquid crystal molecules, resulting in unpredictable alignment of liquid crystal molecules. Therefore, as shown in Figure 5C 囷, a disordered region D will occur in the central portion of the pixel region 10b of one of the liquid crystal display devices. The areas C are shielded by the first electrode 23a and the second electrode 23b made of metal. According to the present invention, the disordered areas D will be reduced. Figure 6 shows the liquid crystal of the second embodiment. A cross-sectional view of the display device when no current is applied. FIG. 7A shows a cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device 10 of FIG. 6 when a voltage is applied. Opposite first and second transparent glass The glass substrates 12, 14, a liquid crystal layer 16 is provided between the first and second substrates 12, 14, and the polarizing plates 26, 28, and the like.

該第一基板12含有一寬型或整片的透明電極18復蓋第 一電極12的整體表面,及一垂直調準層2〇«該第二基板 包含多數交替平行延伸的第一與第二群條型電極22a與22b ’及一垂直調準層24。該第一與第二群條型電極22a、22b 會被施以不同的電壓。在此實施例中,該第一群的條型電 極22a係被施予一 AC資料電壓(即土 5V),而第二群的條型 電壓22b會被施加與該透明電極18相同的電壓。於此例中 ,該透明電極18係被供以一電壓(接地)實質上介於該AC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •榮· 經濟部智慈財產局資工消費合作社印製 21 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(19 ) 資料電壓之間。 此外,該介電層(絕緣層)36乃被設在該透明電極18與 垂直調準層20之間。該透明電極18被設在第一基板12的内 表面,而該介電層36設在該透明電極18上。基本上,該介 電層36係介於該透明電極18與液晶層16之間。最好是,該 介電層36係由可光學固化的樹脂、熱塑性樹脂、正或負性 抗姓劑、多胺酸或其它有機樹脂(如環氧樹脂、壓克力樹 脂或氟化樹脂)或SiO、Si02、SiN等族群所製成。 於此構造中如第6圖所示,當未施加電壓時,液晶分 子係以垂直於基板表面的方向對齊。但是,如第7囷所示 ’當施以電壓時,會有一電場(電力線)由各第一群之該等 條型電極22a朝該透明電極18延伸形成。許多電場(電力線 )如箭號F0所示,會由第一群之各修型電極22a斜向地朝該 透明電極18延伸。故,該等具有正介電異向性之液晶分子 在被施以一電壓時,將會以平行於該斜向電場匕的方向來 調準。 而且,會產生一橫向或水平電場FT,而由各第一群的 條型電極22a朝各第二群的條型電極22b延伸。該橫向電場 Ft乃可協助形成由各第一砰的條型電極朝向透明電極⑺延 伸之斜向電場F0。尤其是,如第2圖的構造中,其斜向電 場FQ會隨距該條型電極22的水平距離而顯著地減弱。但是 在第7圖中其斜向電場F0的強度並未隨離該條型電極 22a的距離而減少太多。 液晶分子會被調準平行於該斜向電場F〇,並對基板表 本紙張尺度適用中S S家鮮(CNS)A4^(21〇x297/>*) 丨H--J------ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 22 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(2〇 面傾斜一角度,而造成雙折射並改變入射光的偏極。因此 ’大部份的液晶分子會沿著該斜向電場妥順地調準,而能 相當可觀地避免第5D圖中的紊亂區。 將該介電層36介置於透明電極18與液晶層μ之間,乃 更能促進該斜向電場F〇的形成,而可達到一優異的顯示效 果。該斜向電場36的作用將參考第8及9囷來說明。 第8及9圖係供說明該介電層36的操作。第8囷表示沒 有該介電層36時一電場的形成方式,而第9囷表示有該介 電層36時一電場的形成方式。於第.8與9囷中,等位線乃被 示出形成於該等條型電極22a周圍。在第8圖中,電場係過 度地集中於各第一群條型電極22a的附近,且等位線係只 留在該液晶層16中。於該液晶層16内,其電場會強烈地趨 向於沿該透明電極18的垂向延伸,因此該斜向電場具有一 順著垂向的強烈向量,而會不夠傾斜。故,該液晶將不能 充分地顯示雙折射特性。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 於第9圖中,其等位線係由該液晶層16佈伸至該介電 層36,故在液晶層16内之電場的集中度乃較寬鬆。因此, 於該液晶層16中,沿該透明電極1 8之垂向延伸的電場強度 會減弱。結果,該傾斜電場沿著垂向之向量將可減弱,而 變得充分子傾斜。故,其液晶分子乃能充分子斜傾。 第10A圖係示出一類似於第6圊之液晶顯示裝置,除 了未設有該介電層36。第10B圖係表示第10A囷之液晶顯 示裝置之一顯示例。在該例中,其紊亂區乃已被消除,但 其整體顯示仍相較性地較暗。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) 23 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(21) 第11A囷係示出一液晶顯示裝置,其上顛倒地設有該 透明電極18。第11B囷表示第11A囷之液晶顯示裝置上之 一顯示例。其陰影區域代表黑暗部份,其它區域代表光亮 部份。在此例中,沒有陰影的光亮部份含有一線狀的紊亂 區。 第12A圖係示出一類似於第6圖的液晶顯示裝置,而 具有該介電層36。第12B圖表示第12A圖之液晶顯示裝置 上之一顯示例。在此例中,該紊亂區並未出現,而其顯示 面乃整趙光亮。因此,於第12圖之.構造,乃能以一小的堪 動電壓來達到一沒有紊亂區的明亮顯示。 第13囷示出若有一 6V的電壓施加於一沒有介電層36 與透明電極18之液晶顯示裝置時的透光率(T)。於第13至16 圖中,橫轴代表位置,而其曲線之各波谷乃對應於各條型 電極22a、22b、23a、23b或紊亂區D之位置。 第14圊表示當10V的電壓施加於沒有介電層36與透明 電極18之液晶顯示裝置時的透射率(T)。在第13與14囷中 ,其紊亂會發生在一高透射率的區域中。 第15圊表示當6V的電壓施加於具有介電層36與透明 電極1 8之液晶顯示裝置時的透射率(丁)。 第16圖表示當10V的電壓施加於具有介電層36與透明 電極18之液晶顯示裝置時的透射率(T)。在第15與16囷中 ,沒有紊亂區的產生。 第17圖表示該介電層36的厚度與透射率(亮度)之間的 關係。若該介電層36的厚度為零,則透射率甚低。但是, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂The first substrate 12 includes a wide or whole piece of transparent electrode 18 covering the entire surface of the first electrode 12 and a vertical alignment layer 20. The second substrate includes a plurality of first and second extending in parallel and in parallel. The group-shaped electrodes 22 a and 22 b ′ and a vertical alignment layer 24. The first and second groups of strip electrodes 22a, 22b are applied with different voltages. In this embodiment, an AC data voltage (i.e., 5 V) is applied to the strip electrodes 22a of the first group, and the same voltage as the transparent electrode 18 is applied to the strip voltage 22b of the second group. In this example, the transparent electrode 18 is supplied with a voltage (ground) that is substantially between the AC. This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back first) (Fill in this page) • Printed by Rong · Zhici Property Bureau, Capital Industry, Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 21 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (19) Between voltage and data. In addition, the dielectric layer (insulating layer) 36 is disposed between the transparent electrode 18 and the vertical alignment layer 20. The transparent electrode 18 is disposed on the inner surface of the first substrate 12, and the dielectric layer 36 is disposed on the transparent electrode 18. Basically, the dielectric layer 36 is interposed between the transparent electrode 18 and the liquid crystal layer 16. Preferably, the dielectric layer 36 is made of an optically curable resin, a thermoplastic resin, a positive or negative anti-surname agent, a polyamino acid, or another organic resin (such as an epoxy resin, an acrylic resin, or a fluorinated resin). Or made of SiO, SiO2, SiN and other groups. In this structure, as shown in FIG. 6, when no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate. However, as shown in Section 7 ', when a voltage is applied, an electric field (power line) is formed by the strip-shaped electrodes 22a of each first group toward the transparent electrode 18. Many electric fields (power lines), as indicated by arrow F0, extend obliquely toward the transparent electrode 18 from the modified electrodes 22a of the first group. Therefore, when a liquid crystal molecule with positive dielectric anisotropy is applied with a voltage, it will be aligned in a direction parallel to the oblique electric field knife. Moreover, a lateral or horizontal electric field FT is generated, and the strip electrodes 22a of each first group extend toward the strip electrodes 22b of each second group. This lateral electric field Ft can assist in forming an oblique electric field F0 extending from each first ping strip electrode toward the transparent electrode. In particular, in the structure shown in Fig. 2, the oblique electric field FQ decreases significantly with the horizontal distance from the strip electrode 22. However, the intensity of the oblique electric field F0 in FIG. 7 does not decrease much with the distance from the strip electrode 22a. The liquid crystal molecules will be aligned parallel to the oblique electric field F0, and applicable to the substrate surface paper size. SS Home Fresh (CNS) A4 ^ (21〇x297 / > *) 丨 H--J ---- -(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 22 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention Therefore, 'most of the liquid crystal molecules will be properly aligned along the oblique electric field, and the disordered area in Fig. 5D can be avoided considerably. The dielectric layer 36 is interposed between the transparent electrodes. Between 18 and the liquid crystal layer μ, the formation of the oblique electric field F0 can be more promoted, and an excellent display effect can be achieved. The effect of the oblique electric field 36 will be described with reference to 8 and 9). Figure 9 is for explaining the operation of the dielectric layer 36. The eighth figure shows how an electric field is formed without the dielectric layer 36, and the ninth figure shows how an electric field is formed when the dielectric layer 36 is present. In .8 and 9 囷, isopotential lines are shown formed around the strip electrodes 22a. In Figure 8, the electric field is excessively concentrated In the vicinity of each of the first group of strip electrodes 22a, and the equipotential lines remain only in the liquid crystal layer 16. In the liquid crystal layer 16, the electric field will strongly tend to extend along the vertical direction of the transparent electrode 18, Therefore, the oblique electric field has a strong vector along the vertical direction, but it will not be tilted enough. Therefore, the liquid crystal will not fully display birefringence characteristics. The Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed in Figure 9. The equipotential lines extend from the liquid crystal layer 16 to the dielectric layer 36, so the concentration of the electric field in the liquid crystal layer 16 is relatively loose. Therefore, in the liquid crystal layer 16, the vertical direction of the transparent electrode 18 The strength of the electric field extending in the downward direction will be weakened. As a result, the vector of the oblique electric field along the vertical direction will be weakened and become sufficiently inclined. Therefore, its liquid crystal molecules can be inclined sufficiently. Figure 10A shows a similar In the liquid crystal display device of the 6th digit, the dielectric layer 36 is not provided. FIG. 10B shows an example of the display of the liquid crystal display device of the 10Ath digit. In this example, the disorder region has been eliminated, but The overall display is still relatively dark. Use Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 23 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (21) The 11A series shows a liquid crystal display device on which the transparent electrode 18 is arranged upside down. Section 11B 囷Shows an example of display on the 11A 装置 LCD device. The shaded area represents the dark part and the other areas represent the bright part. In this example, the bright part without the shadow contains a linear disordered area. Figure 12A A liquid crystal display device similar to FIG. 6 is shown with the dielectric layer 36. FIG. 12B shows a display example on the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 12A. In this example, the disordered area does not appear , And its display surface is the entire Zhao Guangliang. Therefore, the structure shown in Fig. 12 can achieve a bright display without disturbed areas with a small driving voltage. Figure 13 shows the light transmittance (T) when a voltage of 6V is applied to a liquid crystal display device without the dielectric layer 36 and the transparent electrode 18. In Figures 13 to 16, the horizontal axis represents the position, and the troughs of its curve correspond to the positions of the strip electrodes 22a, 22b, 23a, 23b, or the disordered area D. 14th digit shows the transmittance (T) when a voltage of 10 V is applied to a liquid crystal display device without the dielectric layer 36 and the transparent electrode 18. In the 13th and 14th tones, the disorder occurs in a region of high transmittance. 15th digit shows the transmittance (D) when a voltage of 6V is applied to a liquid crystal display device having a dielectric layer 36 and a transparent electrode 18. Fig. 16 shows the transmittance (T) when a voltage of 10 V is applied to a liquid crystal display device having a dielectric layer 36 and a transparent electrode 18. In the fifteenth and sixteenth rounds, there is no turbulence zone. Fig. 17 shows the relationship between the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 and the transmittance (brightness). If the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 is zero, the transmittance is very low. However, this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ---- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)

蛵濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 24 22587191 五、發明説明( 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 h 社 印 製 隨著該介電層36的厚度增加,其透射率會提高。當該介電 層36的厚度約為3至4/zm時,其透射率最高,而當該介電 層36的厚度超過4#m時,其透射率又會逐漸減降。然而 ’當該介電層36的厚度超過4私m時,該整片透明電極is 的作用會減低。故理論上,該介電層36的厚度係最好在3 β m±3 // m的範圍内。 φ 該介電層36的厚度乃視其介電常數而定。若該介電層 36之介電常數在3±1的範圍内,則該介電層36的厚度應不 小於0.1 m但不大於5/z m。假使該介電層36的介電常數 在5±1的範圍内,則其厚度應不小於〇·5/ζπ1但不大於l〇#m 。尤其是,若該介電層36之介電常數約為3時,其厚度則 應為1 β m至4 假使該介電層3 6之介電常數約為7時, 則其適常厚度係為3# m至6#m。此乃依據第9囷之等位線 所形成的方式來決定。 第18至21圖示出該介電層36之各種例子。在第18圖中 ,有一濾色物3 8設在第一基板12的内表面上。一整片透明 電極18設在該濾色物38上,一介電層36設在該透明電極18 上,而一垂直調準層20設在該介電層36上。 於第19圖中,該濾色物38被設在第一基板12的内表面 上,透明電極18設在該濾色物38上,而該介電層36亦作為 垂直調準層20被設在該透明電極18上。在此例中,正常的 垂直調準層20會被製成較厚,以配合該介電層36所需的厚 度。 於第20圖中,該透明電極18係設在第一基板12的内表 裝 頁 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公羞) 25 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 23) 面上,該介電層36亦作為濾色物38而被設在透明電極18上 ,該垂直調準層20則設在濾色物38上。 於第21圖中,該透明電極18係設在第一基板12的内表 面上,該介電層36亦作為濾色物38及垂直調準層20而設在 該透明電極18上。在此例中,具有垂直調準特性的聚酿亞 胺乃被用來當作該濾色物38的基礎材料,而形成上述的構 造。於第18圖的結構中,乃須要該介電層36,但在第19至 21圖的構造中,則不須要該介電層36。假使增設該介電層 36,則須增加製造步驟來囷案成型該介電層36 ’俾能形成 一傳輸電極來將該透明電極18連接於第二基板14的導線電 極。而且,該介電層36易於具有如後所述之相位薄膜的性 質。 第22圖乃示出一設在第二基板14中之第一與第二條型 電極22a、22b及活性基體的例子。該活性基體包括閘極匯 流線30、資料匯流線32及TFTs 34。由該閘極匯流線30與 資料匯流線32所界定的區域,乃相當於一像元。第一群之 二條型電極22a係連接於該TFT 34,並以一連接電極22c互 相連接,而被供以該資料匯流線32的AC資料電壓。此外 ,有一共同匯流線40被設成平行於該等閘極匯流線30。三 個第二群的條型電極22b乃連接於該共同匯流線40,並以 一連接電極22d互相連接。該二個第一條型電極22a,及三 個第二條型電極22b等,係交替排列來形成一橫向或水平Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 24 22587191 V. Description of the Invention (Printed by the Consumer Cooperative Office of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs) As the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 increases, its transmittance will increase. When the thickness of the electrical layer 36 is about 3 to 4 / zm, its transmittance is the highest, and when the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 exceeds 4 # m, its transmittance will gradually decrease. However, 'when the dielectric layer When the thickness of 36 exceeds 4 μm, the role of the entire transparent electrode is reduced. Therefore, in theory, the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 is preferably in the range of 3 β m ± 3 // m. Φ This dielectric The thickness of the dielectric layer 36 depends on its dielectric constant. If the dielectric constant of the dielectric layer 36 is in the range of 3 ± 1, the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 should be not less than 0.1 m but not more than 5 / zm. If the dielectric constant of the dielectric layer 36 is in the range of 5 ± 1, its thickness should be not less than 0.5 / ζπ1 but not more than 10 # m. In particular, if the dielectric layer 36 When the dielectric constant is about 3, its thickness should be 1 β m to 4. If the dielectric constant of the dielectric layer 36 is about 7, its normal thickness is 3 # m to 6 # m. This is determined based on the way in which the equipotential lines of the 9th line are formed. Figures 18 to 21 show various examples of the dielectric layer 36. In Figure 18, a color filter 38 is placed in the first On the inner surface of the substrate 12. A whole piece of transparent electrode 18 is provided on the color filter 38, a dielectric layer 36 is provided on the transparent electrode 18, and a vertical alignment layer 20 is provided on the dielectric layer 36. In FIG. 19, the color filter 38 is disposed on the inner surface of the first substrate 12, the transparent electrode 18 is disposed on the color filter 38, and the dielectric layer 36 is also used as the vertical alignment layer 20. It is provided on the transparent electrode 18. In this example, the normal vertical alignment layer 20 is made thicker to match the required thickness of the dielectric layer 36. In Figure 20, the transparent electrode 18 is The inner page binding line set on the first base plate 12 The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public shame) 25 587191 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (23 ), The dielectric layer 36 is also provided as a color filter 38 on the transparent electrode 18, and the vertical alignment layer 20 is provided on the color filter 38 In FIG. 21, the transparent electrode 18 is provided on the inner surface of the first substrate 12, and the dielectric layer 36 is also provided as the color filter 38 and the vertical alignment layer 20 on the transparent electrode 18. In this example, polyimide with vertical alignment characteristics is used as the basic material of the color filter 38 to form the above-mentioned structure. In the structure of FIG. 18, the dielectric layer 36 is required However, in the structure of Figs. 19 to 21, the dielectric layer 36 is not required. If the dielectric layer 36 is added, manufacturing steps need to be added to form the dielectric layer 36 'to form a transmission electrode. This transparent electrode 18 is connected to a lead electrode of the second substrate 14. Further, the dielectric layer 36 is likely to have the properties of a phase film as described later. FIG. 22 shows an example of the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b and the active substrate provided in the second substrate 14. As shown in FIG. The active substrate includes a gate bus line 30, a data bus line 32, and a TFTs 34. The area defined by the gate bus line 30 and the data bus line 32 is equivalent to one pixel. The two type electrode 22a of the first group are connected to the TFT 34 and connected to each other by a connection electrode 22c, and are supplied with the AC data voltage of the data bus line 32. In addition, a common bus line 40 is provided parallel to the gate bus lines 30. Three strip electrodes 22b of the second group are connected to the common bus line 40, and are connected to each other by a connection electrode 22d. The two first strip electrodes 22a and the three second strip electrodes 22b are alternately arranged to form a horizontal or horizontal electrode.

I 的電場。如第6、7圖中所說明者,該水平電場乃可促進該 第一群之條型電極22a與第一基板12的宽型透明電極18之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) I H· 1^— - "ill ml mu i^i 1 (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ,^1 26 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(24 ) 間的傾斜電場之形成。 f詩先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第2 3圖係表不設在第-一基板14上之第一與第二群的條 型電極22a、22b及活性基體的另一例子。同樣地,在此例 中,其第一群的條型電極22a係經由連接電極22c連接於該 TFT 34,而第二群的條型電極22b則由該連接電極22d連 接於共同匯流線40。該第一群的條型電極22a與第二型的 & 條型電極22b係交替列設而形成一水平電場。該等條型電 經濟部智慧財產局員工涓費合作社印製 極22a、22b係對該閘極匯流線30與資料匯流線32形成一 45 ^角。而且,該第一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b皆分成 二個直線部份的副群,於各部份之間以90度的方向延伸。 具體而言,該連接電極22c包括一連接電極部份22cx平行 於閘極匯流線30延伸,及一連接電極部份22cy沿該像元的 中心線平行於資料匯流線32延伸。該連接電極22d亦同樣 地具有連接電極部份22dx、22dy。該第一與第二群的條型 電極22a、22b皆在該連接電極部份22cy、22dy的兩側分成 | 二個副群。在每一副群中,位於該第一群之各條型電極22a 兩側的液晶分子係以相反方向斜傾(第7囷),因此該液晶 會以不同方向調準。結果,該像元會分成2X2的四個區域 。藉此構造,其液晶分子會以四個方向斜傾,因此其視角 特性會更為改善。 第22與23圊所示之第二基板亦可與第18至21囷所示之 第一基板12組合使用。 第24圖係以一簡化方式示出第6及7圖(第18至23圖)之 液晶顯示裝置10。該液晶顯示裝置10包括一液晶面板具有 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) 27 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _^_B7_.一_五、發明説明(27 ) 如上所述,於第28囷中,在45度方向而具有10之對比 值的視角係為38度。因此在第30圖中只要視角係為38度或 者更多,而具比10大的對比值,則該相位膜的增設即是有 效的。 在第30圖中,當滿足以下Rxz、Ryz之條件時,該具有 10之對比值的視角即為38度或更多。 Ryz^ Rxz-230nm Ryz^ Rxz+130nm Ryz S -Rxz+1060nm 重整該等條件,則為: -130nm^ (nx-ny)d^ 230nm [(nx+ny)/2-nz]d^ 530nm 其中假設該 R = (nx-Hy)d,Rt = [(nx+ny)/2-nz]d,則該 等條件將可被如下之相位膜42所滿足: -130nm^R^ 230nm (2) Rt^ 530nm 在一相同的方式中,R與Rt之最佳條件係藉改變該液 晶面板之AndLc來決定(du係為其液晶層的厚度)。已發現 該R之最佳條件乃無關該液晶面板的Andu:,而由下列公 式來設定。 -130nm^R^ 230nm (2) 另一方面,該Rt之最佳條件則視該液晶面板的Ληοΐα 而定。在AndLc與Rt之最佳條件的上限之間的關係,乃被 研究及決定如第31圖所示。設一液晶面板之△ ndu,= Rjlc 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 30 經濟部智楚財產局員工消赀合作社印製 587191 A7 __^B7___ 五、發明説明(28 ) ,則其Rt之最佳條件的上限係為IAXRlc。故,Rt應在較 此上限為低的範圍内。換言之,其關係保持為:I's electric field. As illustrated in Figures 6 and 7, the horizontal electric field can promote the stripe electrodes 22a of the first group and the wide transparent electrodes 18 of the first substrate 12. The paper size of this paper applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297mm) IH · 1 ^ —-" ill ml mu i ^ i 1 (Read the precautions on the back before filling in this page), ^ 1 26 587191 A7 B7 V. Tilt between the description of the invention (24) The formation of an electric field. f. Read the notes on the back of the poem before filling out this page.) Figures 2 and 3 show another example of the first and second group of strip electrodes 22a, 22b and the active substrate not provided on the first substrate 14. . Similarly, in this example, the strip electrodes 22a of the first group are connected to the TFT 34 via the connection electrode 22c, and the strip electrodes 22b of the second group are connected to the common bus line 40 by the connection electrode 22d. The strip electrodes 22a of the first group and the & strip electrodes 22b of the second type are alternately arranged to form a horizontal electric field. The printed electrodes 22a and 22b of the employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs of these strips form a 45 ° angle with the gate bus line 30 and the data bus line 32. Moreover, the strip electrodes 22a, 22b of the first and second groups are each divided into two sub-groups of linear portions, extending in a direction of 90 degrees between the portions. Specifically, the connection electrode 22c includes a connection electrode portion 22cx extending parallel to the gate bus line 30, and a connection electrode portion 22cy extends parallel to the data bus line 32 along the center line of the pixel. This connection electrode 22d also has connection electrode portions 22dx and 22dy. The strip electrodes 22a, 22b of the first and second groups are divided into two subgroups on both sides of the connection electrode portions 22cy, 22dy. In each subgroup, the liquid crystal molecules located on both sides of each of the electrode electrodes 22a of the first group are tilted in opposite directions (No. 7), so the liquid crystals are aligned in different directions. As a result, the pixel will be divided into four regions of 2X2. With this structure, its liquid crystal molecules will be inclined in four directions, so its viewing angle characteristics will be more improved. The second substrates shown in 22 and 23 (2) can also be used in combination with the first substrates 12 shown in 18 to 21 (2). Fig. 24 shows the liquid crystal display device 10 of Figs. 6 and 7 (Figs. 18 to 23) in a simplified manner. The liquid crystal display device 10 includes a liquid crystal panel having the paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 27 587191 printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy A7 _ ^ _ B7_. I_V. Description of the Invention (27) As described above, in the 28th range, the angle of view having a contrast value of 10 in the 45-degree direction is 38 degrees. Therefore, in FIG. 30, as long as the viewing angle is 38 degrees or more, and the contrast value is greater than 10, the addition of the phase film is effective. In Fig. 30, when the following conditions of Rxz and Ryz are satisfied, the viewing angle having a contrast value of 10 is 38 degrees or more. Ryz ^ Rxz-230nm Ryz ^ Rxz + 130nm Ryz S -Rxz + 1060nm To reform these conditions, then: -130nm ^ (nx-ny) d ^ 230nm [(nx + ny) / 2-nz] d ^ 530nm Assuming that R = (nx-Hy) d and Rt = [(nx + ny) / 2-nz] d, these conditions will be satisfied by the phase film 42 as follows: -130nm ^ R ^ 230nm (2 ) Rt ^ 530nm In the same way, the optimal conditions of R and Rt are determined by changing the AndLc of the liquid crystal panel (du is the thickness of its liquid crystal layer). It has been found that the optimal condition of the R is not related to the Andu of the liquid crystal panel, but is set by the following formula. -130nm ^ R ^ 230nm (2) On the other hand, the optimal condition of the Rt depends on the Δηοΐα of the liquid crystal panel. The relationship between AndLc and the upper limit of the optimal condition of Rt is studied and determined as shown in Fig. 31. Set a LCD panel of △ ndu, = Rjlc This paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 30 Printed by the employees' cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 587191 A7 __ ^ B7___ 5. Description of the invention ( 28), the upper limit of the optimal condition of Rt is IAXRlc. Therefore, Rt should be in a range lower than this upper limit. In other words, the relationship remains:

Rt = 1.6 X △ Rlc 前述係為針對有一片相位膜42插設於該對極化板26、 28之間時的研究。該研究亦可被使用於有多數相位膜插設 於一對極化板26、28之間的狀況。參考第26與27圖的說明 ,例如,在該等極化板26、28係為有一PVA膜與TAC膜等 > 互相疊合之構造的狀況下,假設,其内部的TAC膜作用如 公式(1)所界定的相位膜。若在第27圊所示之構造中,其 會有三個相位膜插設於一對極化板26、28之間。 一相同的研究乃被進行,係有關N個相位膜插設於一 對極化板26、28之間的狀況。假設有N個相位膜之R係為心 、R2、……Rn,而Rt為Rti、Rt2……RTn,則其已發現最佳 條件係能同時滿足下列關係。 -130nm^R1^ 230nm (2) -130nm ^ RN ^ 230nmRt = 1.6 X Δ Rlc The foregoing is a study when a phase film 42 is interposed between the pair of polarizing plates 26 and 28. This study can also be applied to a situation where most phase films are interposed between a pair of polarizing plates 26 and 28. With reference to the explanations in FIGS. 26 and 27, for example, in the case where the polarizing plates 26 and 28 are constructed with a PVA film and a TAC film, etc., it is assumed that the function of the TAC film inside is as follows: (1) Defined phase film. In the structure shown in (27), three phase films are interposed between a pair of polarizing plates 26, 28. An identical study was performed on the situation where N phase films were interposed between a pair of polarizing plates 26,28. Assuming that the R system of N phase films is heart, R2, ... Rn, and Rt is Rti, Rt2 ... RTn, it has been found that the optimal condition can satisfy the following relationship at the same time. -130nm ^ R1 ^ 230nm (2) -130nm ^ RN ^ 230nm

Rti+Rt2+— Rjn ^ 1.6 X Rlc (3) 上述係為具有10之對比值的視角不小於38度者的條件 說明。進一步地將此擴大,視角為50度或更多而具有對比 值10的條件亦被研究。已發現當下列關係同時得到時,其 條件乃可符合。 nz,ny 2 nz(但非 nx= ny= nz) (1) -50nm 150nm (4) 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公董) ---------f------IT------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 31 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(29 ) -50nm^RN^ 150nmRti + Rt2 + — Rjn ^ 1.6 X Rlc (3) The above is a description of conditions where the viewing angle with a contrast value of 10 is not less than 38 degrees. Further expanding this, the condition that the viewing angle is 50 degrees or more and a contrast value of 10 is also studied. It has been found that the conditions are met when the following relationships are obtained simultaneously. nz, ny 2 nz (but not nx = ny = nz) (1) -50nm 150nm (4) This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public director) --------- f ------ IT ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 31 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (29) -50nm ^ RN ^ 150nm

Rti+Rt2+···· RtN $ 1 ·3 x Rlc (5) 第29圖示出一固定對比曲線,即在第27圖的構造中’ △ ndtc = Rlc = 330nin,R = (nx-ny)d = 50nni ’ 一 200πιπRti + Rt2 + ···· RtN $ 1 · 3 x Rlc (5) Figure 29 shows a fixed contrast curve, that is, in the structure of Figure 27 '△ ndtc = Rlc = 330nin, R = (nx-ny) d = 50nni '-200πιπ

該相位膜42係由Japan Synthetic Rubber公司所製的AR丁ONThis phase film 42 is AR Dingon manufactured by Japan Synthetic Rubber

Film(R= 50nm,Rt= 200nm),其慢袖係對鄰接的極化板 之吸收轴呈直角排列。 第32囷係為一剖視圖示出本發明第三實施例的液晶顯 示裝置。該液晶顯示裝置10包括第一與第二玻璃基板12、 14互相對設,及一液晶層16設於其間。該第一玻璃基板12 為一濾色基板,而第二基板14為一 TFT基板。該第一玻璃 基板12包含一透明電極18具有一完全實心的表面,一介電 層36及一垂直調準層20。該第二玻璃基板14包含第一與第 二群的條型電極22a、22b互相平行延伸,一絕緣層50及一 垂直調準膜24。第1圖與第6圊所示的極化板26、28等,雖 未示出,但亦可設置。附帶說明,以下所述之實施例係可 使用於僅利用第5A及5B圖所示之水平電場的液晶顯示裝 置,如同第1至第4圖所示之實施例者。 該絕緣層50覆蓋第一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b, 而設在調準層24底下。該絕緣層50並非一定為如圖所示含 有單一的絕緣層,而亦可包含多數絕緣層的組合。例如, 該絕緣層5 0乃可係為如下所述之第一與第二絕緣層的組合 。在此例中,被施以一共同電壓之第二群條型電極22b係 被設在玻璃基板14上,而第一絕緣層乃復蓋第二群的條型 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 鮮· 經濟部智慧財產局員工涓費合作社印製 32 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印¾ 587191 A7 • , . ·.—* 4ΙΜ·ΙΜ>* *· _Β7___ 五、發明説明(30 ) 電極22b如同該等TFTs的閘極絕緣層,被施以資料電壓之 第一群條型電極22a則設在第一絕緣層上,而第二絕緣層 係覆蓋第一群的條型電極22a如同該等TFTs的保護層。該 絕緣層50(或該第一與第二絕緣層)係由SiNx、Si02、抗蝕 劑、樹脂、壓克力樹脂或類似的絕緣材料等所製成。 第33圖乃示出第32圖所示之液晶顯示裝置的修正例。 在此例中,該絕緣層50覆蓋第二群的條型電極22b,而設 > 在調準層24底下。第一群的條型電極22a係設在該絕緣層50 上方而在該調準層24底下。第32、.33圊的絕緣層50乃可例 如使用SiN在製成該等TFT的步驟中來插入設置。 第34圖乃示出第32圖的液晶顯示裝置之一參考圖。在 第34圖中,該第32及33圖中的絕緣層50並未被包含。 在如第33至34圖中所示,具有第一與第二群條型電極 22a、22b的液晶顯示裝置中,其第一條型電極22a係連接 於TFT並被供入一資料電壓,而第二條型電極22b則被施 > 以一共同電壓。 第34圖的液晶顯示裝置中,當長期施加一 DC電壓成 分於該第一群條型電極22a與第二群條型電極22b之間以後 ,可能產生螢幕的影像滯留。但是,在第32與32圊的液晶 顯示裝置中,該絕緣層50的設置將可避免螢幕的影像滯留 ,其係可能因DC電壓成分而形成者。 第44圖示出一電壓施加於該液晶顯示裝置的例子,其 中Vc係指一閘極電壓,VD為一資料電壓,Vc為一共同電 壓。施加於液晶的電壓Vt(:係等於資料電壓VD。可見的事 本紙伕尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4说格(210X297公釐) ---------^------1T------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 33 587191 A7 B7 _二· 五、發明説明(31 ) 實係在導通該閘極之後,由於電容耦合,立刻產生電壓下 降,因而,該電壓VLC會稍低於資料電壓VD。該共同電壓 係假設施加於液晶之電壓VLC平均值已將電壓減降計入而 來決定。由於液晶係被以AC電壓所駆動,在該索一條型 電極22a與第二條型電極22b之間,DC電壓成分正常不會 長時間地施加。假使其中該共同電壓乂〇偏離施於液晶的 電壓VLC之平均值,但是,有一DC電壓施加於該第一條型 電極22a與第二條型電極22b之間•結果,第34圖的液晶顯 示裝置中,會由於DC電壓成分而可能產生影像滯留。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第35圖表示有一電壓施於第32圖之液晶顯示裝置。第 35圖示出在施加IV於第一群的條型電極22a,及0V於第二 群條型電極22b之後立刻顯現的電位分佈。在第35圓中的 曲線係為等位曲線。V!代表在液晶層16及第一群條型電 極22a上方的調準層22之間的邊界之電壓,V,則為該調準 層22與在第一群條型電極22a上方的絕緣層50之間的邊界 之電壓。以相同的方式,V2代表該液晶層16與在第二條 型電極22b上方的調準層22之間的邊界之電壓,而v2,為該 調準層22與在第二群條型電極22b上方的絕緣層50之間的 邊界之電壓。 第3 6A、B、C圖係表示當IV的DC電壓施加於第32至34 圖所示之液晶顯示裝置的第一與第二群條型電極之間時的 電壓變化。第36A圖表示第32囷之液晶顯示裝置的電壓變 化。第36B圖表示第33圖之液晶顯示裝置的電壓變化。第 36C圖表示第34圖之液晶顯示裝置的電壓變化。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 34 587191 經濟部智慧財/|.局肖工乳^合作社印^ A7 B7 五、發明説明(32 ) ,· * 在第36A與36Bffl中,¥1與乂2之間的變化差異,即施 加於液晶層16的DC電壓成分,會隨時時間而減少,且在 經過10至20秒之後會歸於零。因此,如果其中設有該絕緣 層50,即使具有DC電壓成分的存在,產生螢幕影像滯留 的可銓性也會減少。在第36C囷中,乂1與乂2之間的電壓差 異不會隨著時間而減少,因此可能發生螢幕的影像滯留。 為了避免影像滯留,要設置該絕緣層50及考慮以下事 > 項。(a)吸收¥1與乂2間之電壓差異所須的時間,即DC電壓 成分施加於該液晶層16歸於零的時間,係為幾秒至數百秒 。在▽1與乂2間之電壓差歸零之前的時間越短,則DC電壓 成分被施加於該液晶層16的時間越少。此對避免勞幕的影 像滯留乃是非常有利的。但是,歸零的時間太短,也會減 少液晶的電壓保持率。因此,適當的歸零時間,係為數秒 至數百秒。0)在乂1與乂1,之間的電壓差,即在該調準層22 附近之電場的強度,係儘可能地趨近於〇。結果,在液晶 _ 層16與調準層22之間的邊界,由於離子吸收之剩餘DC電 壓將會減少。藉著適當地選擇液晶單元組成材料的體電阻 率,該二條件乃可被滿足。Film (R = 50nm, Rt = 200nm), its slow sleeves are arranged at right angles to the absorption axis of the adjacent polarizing plate. The 32nd series is a sectional view showing a liquid crystal display device according to a third embodiment of the present invention. The liquid crystal display device 10 includes first and second glass substrates 12 and 14 facing each other, and a liquid crystal layer 16 is provided therebetween. The first glass substrate 12 is a color filter substrate, and the second substrate 14 is a TFT substrate. The first glass substrate 12 includes a transparent electrode 18 having a completely solid surface, a dielectric layer 36 and a vertical alignment layer 20. The second glass substrate 14 includes first and second groups of strip electrodes 22a, 22b extending parallel to each other, an insulating layer 50 and a vertical alignment film 24. Although not shown, the polarizing plates 26, 28, etc. shown in Figs. 1 and 6 (a) may be provided. Incidentally, the embodiments described below are applicable to the liquid crystal display device using only the horizontal electric field shown in Figs. 5A and 5B, as in the embodiments shown in Figs. 1 to 4. The insulating layer 50 covers the strip electrodes 22 a and 22 b of the first and second groups, and is disposed under the alignment layer 24. The insulating layer 50 does not necessarily include a single insulating layer as shown in the figure, but may include a combination of a plurality of insulating layers. For example, the insulating layer 50 may be a combination of the first and second insulating layers described below. In this example, the second group of strip electrodes 22b to which a common voltage is applied is provided on the glass substrate 14, and the first insulating layer is a strip type covering the second group. CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) (please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Pre-order · Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by the cooperative 32 Printed by the Employees ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 587 191 A7 ··· — * 4ΙΜ · ΙΜ > * * · _B7___ V. Description of the Invention (30) The electrode 22b is like the gate insulating layer of these TFTs, and the first group of strip electrodes 22a to which the data voltage is applied is located at the first An insulating layer, and the second insulating layer is a strip-type electrode 22a covering the first group as a protective layer for the TFTs. The insulating layer 50 (or the first and second insulating layers) is made of SiNx, SiO2, a resist, a resin, an acrylic resin, or a similar insulating material. Fig. 33 shows a modified example of the liquid crystal display device shown in Fig. 32. In this example, the insulating layer 50 covers the second group of strip electrodes 22b, and is set under the alignment layer 24. The strip electrode 22a of the first group is disposed above the insulating layer 50 and under the alignment layer 24. The insulating layers 50 of the 32nd and the 33rd can be provided by, for example, using SiN in the step of forming the TFTs. FIG. 34 is a reference diagram showing one of the liquid crystal display devices of FIG. 32. In Fig. 34, the insulating layer 50 in Figs. 32 and 33 is not included. As shown in FIGS. 33 to 34, in a liquid crystal display device having first and second group strip electrodes 22a, 22b, the first strip electrode 22a is connected to the TFT and is supplied with a data voltage, and The second strip electrode 22b is applied with a common voltage. In the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 34, when a DC voltage is applied for a long period of time between the first group of strip electrodes 22a and the second group of strip electrodes 22b, a screen image may remain. However, in the 32nd and 32nd LCD devices, the insulating layer 50 is provided to prevent image retention on the screen, which may be caused by the DC voltage component. Fig. 44 shows an example in which a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device, where Vc refers to a gate voltage, VD is a data voltage, and Vc is a common voltage. The voltage applied to the liquid crystal Vt (: is equal to the data voltage VD. The visible paper size of the paper applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 grid (210X297 mm) --------- ^ ----- -1T ------ ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 33 587191 A7 B7 _II. V. Description of the invention (31) After the gate is turned on, due to capacitive coupling, immediately A voltage drop occurs, so the voltage VLC will be slightly lower than the data voltage VD. The common voltage is determined by assuming that the average value of the voltage VLC applied to the liquid crystal has taken into account the voltage drop. Since the liquid crystal system is moved by the AC voltage Between the first and second electrode 22a and 22b, the DC voltage component is normally not applied for a long time. If the common voltage 偏离 deviates from the average value of the voltage VLC applied to the liquid crystal, there is a DC A voltage is applied between the first strip electrode 22a and the second strip electrode 22b. As a result, in the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 34, image retention may occur due to the DC voltage component. Employee Cooperatives, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs Printing Figure 35 shows a voltage The liquid crystal display device shown in Fig. 32. Fig. 35 shows a potential distribution that appears immediately after applying IV to the strip electrode 22a of the first group and 0V to the strip electrode 22b of the second group. In the 35th circle The curve is an isobaric curve. V! Represents the voltage at the boundary between the liquid crystal layer 16 and the alignment layer 22 above the first group of strip electrodes 22a, and V is the alignment layer 22 and the first group. The voltage at the boundary between the insulating layer 50 above the strip electrode 22a. In the same manner, V2 represents the voltage at the boundary between the liquid crystal layer 16 and the alignment layer 22 above the second strip electrode 22b, and v2 Is the voltage at the boundary between the alignment layer 22 and the insulating layer 50 above the second group of strip electrodes 22b. Figures 36A, B, and C show when the DC voltage of IV is applied to Figures 32 to 34 The voltage change between the first and second stripe electrodes of the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 36A shows the voltage change of the liquid crystal display device of the 32nd line. FIG. 36B shows the voltage change of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 33. Voltage change. Figure 36C shows the voltage change of the liquid crystal display device in Figure 34. This paper is applicable National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) 34 587191 Smart Money of the Ministry of Economic Affairs / |. Bureau Xiao Gongru ^ Cooperative Press ^ A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (32), * * In the 36A and 36Bffl, ¥ 1 The difference from 乂 2, that is, the DC voltage component applied to the liquid crystal layer 16 will decrease at any time, and will return to zero after 10 to 20 seconds. Therefore, if the insulating layer 50 is provided therein, With the presence of DC voltage components, the feasibility of causing screen image retention will also be reduced. In 36C 囷, the voltage difference between 乂 1 and 乂 2 does not decrease with time, so the screen image may be stuck. In order to avoid image stagnation, the insulating layer 50 should be provided and the following items > should be considered. (A) The time required to absorb the voltage difference between ¥ 1 and 乂 2, that is, the time when the DC voltage component is applied to the liquid crystal layer 16 to return to zero, is several seconds to hundreds of seconds. The shorter the time before the voltage difference between ▽ 1 and 乂 2 becomes zero, the less time the DC voltage component is applied to the liquid crystal layer 16. This is very beneficial to avoid the lingering image of labor. However, if the reset time is too short, the voltage retention of the liquid crystal will be reduced. Therefore, the proper zeroing time is several seconds to hundreds of seconds. 0) The voltage difference between 乂 1 and 乂 1, that is, the strength of the electric field near the alignment layer 22, is as close as possible to 0. As a result, at the boundary between the liquid crystal layer 16 and the alignment layer 22, the residual DC voltage due to ion absorption will decrease. By properly selecting the volume resistivity of the constituent materials of the liquid crystal cell, these two conditions can be satisfied.

第37A至37F圖係表示電壓變化的狀況,其中假設第32 圖所示之液晶顯示裝置1〇的調準層22之體電阻率為1〇ι〇Ωιη ’而改變該液晶層16的電壓電阻率。第da圊表示該液晶 層16之電壓電阻率▽111^為1〇8〇111的狀況,第37Β圊表示該 液晶層16之電壓電阻率乂1^(:為1〇9〇111的狀況,第37C圓表 不該液晶層16之電壓電阻率▽111^為1〇1()〇111的狀況,第37D 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉率(匚阳)戍4規格(21〇><297公|) ---------矣------π------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 35 587191Figures 37A to 37F show voltage changes. Assuming that the volume resistivity of the alignment layer 22 of the liquid crystal display device 10 shown in Figure 32 is 100 Ω, the voltage resistance of the liquid crystal layer 16 is changed. rate. Da 圊 represents the situation where the voltage resistivity ▽ 111 ^ of the liquid crystal layer 16 is 108011, and 37B 圊 represents the situation where the voltage resistivity ▽ 1 ^ (of the liquid crystal layer 16 is 109109), The 37C circle indicates the situation where the voltage resistivity of the liquid crystal layer 16 ▽ 111 ^ is 101 () 〇111. The 37D paper size is applicable to the Chinese national kneading ratio (Liyang) 戍 4 specification (21〇 > <; 297 Male |) --------- 矣 ------ π ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 35 587191

五、發明説明(34) 愈小’則\^與\^2之間的電壓差歸於0之前的時間愈短。在 乂1與从1’之間的電壓差及%與ν2,之間的電壓差也會愈小。 故,該調準層22的體電阻率應儘可能地小,且該調準層22 的體電阻率應要低於該液晶層16之電壓電阻率VRlc。該 調準層22的體電阻率最好是不小於1〇1GQm,但不大於l〇uV. Description of the invention (34) The smaller the value is, the shorter the time before the voltage difference between \ ^ and \ ^ 2 falls to 0. The voltage difference between 乂 1 and slave 1 'and the voltage difference between% and ν2, will also be smaller. Therefore, the volume resistivity of the alignment layer 22 should be as small as possible, and the volume resistivity of the alignment layer 22 should be lower than the voltage resistivity VRlc of the liquid crystal layer 16. The volume resistivity of the alignment layer 22 is preferably not less than 10 GQm, but not more than 10 u.

Qm。尤其是,該調準層22的體電阻率係最好不小於ι〇1〇 Ω m,但不大於ιο11^ m β 該絕緣層50的體電阻率應要大於該液晶層16與調準層 22的體電阻率。 第40Α至40D圖係表示電壓變化圖,其中假設該液晶 層16與該液晶顯示裝置10之調準層22的體電阻率為1〇1QQm ,而改變該絕緣層50之體電阻率的狀況。第4〇八圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為i〇i2Qm的狀況,第4〇B圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為i〇nQm的狀況,第4〇c圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為i〇i4Qm的狀況,第4〇E)圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為的狀況。 第41A至41D圖係為電壓變化圖,其乃假設該液晶顯 示裝置10之液晶層16及其調準層22的體電阻率為l〇uQm ,而改變該絕緣層50之體電阻率的狀況。第41A圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為l〇12Qm的狀況,第413圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為1〇13Ωιη的狀況,第41C圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為l〇i4Qm的狀況,第41Ε)圖表示該 絕緣層50之體電阻率為1〇16Ωιη的狀況。 在第40Α至41D圖中,該絕緣層5〇的體電阻率越大, 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I .¾-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 37 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(35 ) •則Vi與V2間之電壓差歸於〇之前的時間越短❶已發現該絕 緣層50的體電阻率最好不要小於10i3Qm。 第42A至42C圖係表示電壓的變化,其中第32圖之液 晶顯示裝置10之絕緣層50設在第一條型電極22a上的部份 其厚度為1\,而具有1〇14Ωιη的體電阻率。如果該絕緣層5〇 設在第一條型電極22a上的部份之厚度丁!,與該絕緣層50 設在第二條型電極22b與第一條型電極22a之間的部份之厚 度相等,則該絕緣層50之整體厚度係為2!\ 〇 第42A圖表示該絕緣層50之該部份的厚度m 的狀況,第42B囷表示該絕緣層50之該部份的厚度^為⑴々 的狀況,第42C圖表示該絕緣層50之該部份的厚度^ 為0.8/zm的狀況。在第42A至42C圊中,該絕緣層50之該 部份的厚度乃係足以減少DC電壓成分,而該絕緣層50之 各部份的厚度丁1可以較小。該絕緣層50之該部份的厚度丁丨 已被發覺最好不要小於50nm。 荖jiXSL係表示第33圖之液晶顯示裝置1〇的絕緣層5〇, 設在第二條型電極22b上的部份具有1〇14Ωπι之體電阻率, 當其厚度丁2改變時電壓的變化。在第33圖中,該絕緣層50 僅覆蓋第二條型電極22b,而該第一條型電極22a並未被該 絕緣層50所覆蓋。 於慕4^福中,▽1與乂2間的電壓差歸零之前的時間, 係大致相等於第42A圖中,¥1與乂2之間的電壓差歸零之前 的時間。因此,由防止螢幕影像滯留的效果之觀點而言, 在第43圖中之絕緣層50的厚度,乃可考慮相等於第42圊中 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) —4! (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) IJ— I JJ.. -訂 經濟部智棼財產局员工消贲合作社印製 38 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(36 ) 之絕緣層50的厚度。換言之,在第42A圖中,該絕緣層50 設在第一條型電極22a上的部份之厚度卩,與該絕緣層50 設在第二條型電極22b上的部份之厚度乃,其兩者之間的 平均厚度係等於:在第43圖中,該絕緣層50設在第一條型 電極22a上的部份之厚度(在本例中為〇),與該絕緣層5〇設 在第二條型電極22b上的部份之厚度丁2,此兩者之間的平 均厚度。該絕緣層50的厚度T2最好不要小於50nm。 t 第45圖係為一平面囷,示出具有像元之液晶顯示裝置 的例子,其含有呈預定圖案列設的第一與第二群條型電極 。該液晶顯示裝置10具有一像元52之矩陣,該各像元包含 第一群的條型電極22a與第二群的條型電極22b列設在一基 板上。具有此電極結構的液晶顯示裝置,基本上與前述各 實施例具有相同的功能。 於各像元52中,該各第一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b 之形狀係有一部份朝第45圖的左側彎折。所有像元52中之 一第一與第二群的全部條型電極皆有一朝向左側的彆折部份 。故’在第45圖的液晶顯示裝置中,該第一與第二群的條 型電極22a、22b皆朝左彆折遍及整個螢幕。 第^46A圖係表示具有第45圊之第一與第二群條型電極 22a、22b的液晶顯示裝置之螢幕54的例子。藉施加一電壓 會有一影像54a產生於該螢幕54中。第46B圖係表示當第 46A圖之螢幕54整個顯示灰色時,發生一影像滯留54b的 例子。該螢幕之影像滯留54b通常係在該影像54a長期形成 之後會發生,而形如該影像54a之一部份的執跡。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I--------^-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 39 587191 A7 B7____ 五、發明説明(37 ) 該螢幕之影像滯留通常係可歸因於其像元結構的不對 稱所產生者。尤其是,在第46A圖中的螢幕54係由具有第 45圖之第一與第二條型電極22a、22b之像元52所製成,而 該第一與第二條型電極22a、22b皆向左彎折。因該液晶顯 示裝置具有此不對稱現象,故其液晶會不對稱地流動如第 46A圖的箭號所示,而由於該液晶會沿該影像54a的輪廓 不同地流動,但包含於液晶中的雜質會停滯,故造成其驅 動電壓產生差異,而會形成看似該螢幕的影像滯留54b。 第47圖為一平面圖,表示本發明第四實施例之液晶顯 示裝置,具有由呈一圖案列設之第一與第二群條型電極22a 、22b的像元,而可解決於第45與46圖中所述的問題。該 液晶顯示裝置10具有類似於第1、5、6圖之基本構造。該 液晶顯示裝置10包含一像元52矩陣,各像元包括第一群條 型電極22a與第二群條型電極22b設在一基板上。該第一群 條型電極22a會接受一資料電壓,而第二群條型電極22b會 接受一共同電壓。因此,具有此結構之液晶顯示裝置會具 有與前述各實施例基本上相同的功能。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消费合作社印製 在各像元52中,各第一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b 皆具有一單方向的造型。具體而言,該第一與第二群條型 電極22a、22b係皆形成有一部份彎折成90度的形狀。但是 ,在一區域中,例如位於第一排的像元52中,該第一與第 二群條型電極22a、22b係皆向左彎折。而在另一區域,例 如位於第47圖之第二排的像元52中,其第一與第二條型電 極22a、22b則各向右弩折。故在整個螢幕上,該等電極向 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 40 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明説明(38) 左弩折的區域,與電極向右弩折的區域乃會互相交替列設 0 故,在第47圖中,第45圖所述的不對稱現象會被消除 ,而改善在第46圖中所述之像元構造的不對稱所造七的螢 幕影像滯留。 第48與49圖示出第47圖之液晶顯示裝置的修正例。於 該等圖式中,該液晶顯示裝置1〇亦包含一像元,52矩陣,各 像元乃包括第一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b設在一基板 上。該第一與第二群的條型電極22 a、22b皆形成有一部份 彎折90度的形狀。 在第48圖中’考量設在一區域中的像元52,例如在最 右行的像元52。在該各像元52中,其第一與第二群條型電 極22a、22b係向左彆折。而在另一區域中的像元,例如在 第48圖中之右邊第二行的像元,其第一與第二條型電極22a 、22b則向右彎折。由整體螢幕的觀點視之,其電極向左 丨彎折的區域,與電極向右弩折的區域會互相交替列設。 於第49圖中,在各區域中,例如在第49圖右上方的像 元52 ’及位在右邊第二行第二排的像元52中,其第一與第 二條型電極22a、22b係向右彎折。而在其它區域,例如從 苐49圖頂端第一排右邊算起第二行的像元,及從頂端算起 第二排之右邊第一行的像元52中,其第一與第二群條型電 極22 a、22b則向左彎折。由整體螢幕的觀點視之,該等電 極向左彎折的區域,及電極向右彆折的區域係互相交替列 設。換言之,該等像元52係以交錯盤格的方式排設。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------装------1T------Φ (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 41 587191 A7 B7 _._ 五、發明説明(39 ) 因此,在第48與49圖中,其像元構造皆呈對稱的,故 能改善在第46圖所述之像元構造不對稱造成的螢幕影像滯 留 54b 〇 第50·圖係為一平面圖,示出第47至49囷所示的液晶顯 示裝置一像元之例。第52圖為一平面圖示出該第二條型電 極22b。此像元之特徵亦可應用於其它實施例。 在第50囷亦如第23圖所示的液晶顯示裝置10中,其一 基板14乃包含一活性基體,具有閘極匯流線30、資料匯流 線32及TFTs 34等。此外,亦設有共同匯流線40。由該等 閘極匯流線30及資料匯流線32所界定之大致呈矩形的像元 52,其内乃排列該等第一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b。 該第一群的條型電極22a係藉第一連接電極22c連接於該 TFT 34。第二群的條型電極22b則利用第二連接電極22d 連接於該等共同匯流線40。 經濟部智.¾財產局員工消贲合作社印製 第51及52圊中,該第·一群之多數的條型電極22a乃包 含第一副群的平行直線部份(在第50與51圓中之水平中線 上方的元件),及第二副群的平行直線部份(在第50與51圊 中之水平中線下方的元件),乃對該第一副群的直線部份 呈一角度。所有的直線部份皆對該等資料匯流線32形成2 至88度的角度。最好是,所有的直線部份皆對資料匯流線 32形成一 45度角。 該第一副群與第二副群的直線部份係互相呈9 0度排列 。換言之,該第一群的條型電極22a乃具有一垂直的變折 部份。該第一副群的直線部份係以第50與51囷的水平中線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 42 經濟部智慧財/i局Μ工消Φ合作社印製Qm. In particular, the volume resistivity of the alignment layer 22 is preferably not less than ι〇10 Ω m, but not more than ιο 11 ^ m β The volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50 should be greater than the liquid crystal layer 16 and the alignment layer 22 volume resistivity. Figures 40A to 40D are graphs showing voltage changes. It is assumed that the volume resistivity of the liquid crystal layer 16 and the alignment layer 22 of the liquid crystal display device 10 is 10QQm, and the volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50 is changed. FIG. 408 shows the state of the bulk resistivity of the insulating layer 50, i0i2Qm, FIG. 40B shows the state of the bulk resistivity of the insulating layer 50, i0nQm, and FIG. 40c shows the insulation. The state of the volume resistivity of the layer 50 is i0i4Qm, and FIG. 40E) shows the state of the volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50. The diagrams 41A to 41D are voltage change diagrams. It is assumed that the volume resistivity of the liquid crystal layer 16 and the alignment layer 22 of the liquid crystal display device 10 is 10 μQm, and the volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50 is changed. . FIG. 41A shows the volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50 at 1012Qm, FIG. 413 shows the volume resistivity of the insulation layer 50 at 1013Ωm, and FIG. 41C shows the volume resistivity of the insulation layer 50 It is a state of 10 μm, and FIG. 41E) shows a state where the volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50 is 1016 Ωm. In the figures 40A to 41D, the larger the volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50, the paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) I .¾-- (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) Ordering line 37 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (35) • The shorter the time before the voltage difference between Vi and V2 is reduced to 0, it has been found that the volume resistivity of the insulating layer 50 is preferably not less than 10i3Qm . Figures 42A to 42C show changes in voltage. The thickness of the portion of the insulating layer 50 of the liquid crystal display device 10 of Figure 32 provided on the first strip electrode 22a is 1 \, and it has a bulk resistance of 1014Ωm. rate. If the thickness of the portion of the insulating layer 50 provided on the first strip electrode 22a is small! , And the thickness of the portion of the insulating layer 50 provided between the second stripe electrode 22b and the first stripe electrode 22a is equal to 2, the overall thickness of the insulation layer 50 is 2! \ 〇 Figure 42A shows the insulation The thickness m of the part of the layer 50, 42B 囷 shows the thickness of the part of the insulating layer ^ is ⑴々, and FIG. 42C shows the thickness of the part of the insulating layer 50 ^ is 0.8 / zm's status. In sections 42A to 42C 圊, the thickness of the portion of the insulating layer 50 is sufficient to reduce the DC voltage component, and the thickness of each portion of the insulating layer 50 may be smaller. The thickness D of the portion of the insulating layer 50 has been found to be preferably not less than 50 nm.荖 JXSL is the insulating layer 50 of the liquid crystal display device 10 shown in FIG. 33. The portion provided on the second strip electrode 22b has a volume resistivity of 1014 Ωπm, and the voltage changes when the thickness D2 is changed. . In FIG. 33, the insulating layer 50 covers only the second strip electrode 22b, and the first strip electrode 22a is not covered by the insulating layer 50. In Mu 4 ^ Fuzhong, the time before the voltage difference between ▽ 1 and 乂 2 is zero is approximately equal to the time before the voltage difference between ¥ 1 and 乂 2 in Figure 42A is zero. Therefore, from the viewpoint of the effect of preventing screen image stagnation, the thickness of the insulating layer 50 in Fig. 43 can be considered to be equivalent to the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297) in the paper size in Fig. 42 — 4! (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) IJ— I JJ ..-Order printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 38 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (36) The thickness of the insulating layer 50. In other words, in FIG. 42A, the thickness 部份 of the portion of the insulating layer 50 provided on the first strip-type electrode 22a and the thickness of the portion of the insulating layer 50 provided on the second strip-type electrode 22b are: The average thickness between the two is equal to the thickness of the portion of the insulating layer 50 provided on the first type electrode 22a (in this example, 0) in FIG. 43 and the insulating layer 50 The thickness of the portion on the second strip-type electrode 22b is less than 2 and the average thickness between the two. The thickness T2 of the insulating layer 50 is preferably not less than 50 nm. Fig. 45 is a plan view showing an example of a liquid crystal display device having pixels, which includes first and second group electrodes arranged in a predetermined pattern. The liquid crystal display device 10 has a matrix of picture elements 52, each picture element comprising a strip electrode 22a of a first group and a strip electrode 22b of a second group arranged on a substrate. The liquid crystal display device having this electrode structure basically has the same functions as those of the foregoing embodiments. In each pixel 52, the shapes of the strip electrodes 22a, 22b of the first and second groups are partially bent toward the left side of FIG. 45. All of the strip electrodes of one of the first and second groups of all the pixel elements 52 have a folding portion facing the left side. Therefore, in the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 45, the strip electrodes 22a, 22b of the first and second groups are folded all the way to the left and across the entire screen. Fig. 46A shows an example of a screen 54 of a liquid crystal display device having first and second group-type electrodes 22a and 22b at 45th. By applying a voltage, an image 54a is generated in the screen 54. Fig. 46B shows an example in which an image retention 54b occurs when the screen 54 in Fig. 46A is entirely displayed in gray. The image retention 54b of the screen usually occurs after the image 54a is formed for a long time, and is shaped like a part of the image 54a. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) I -------- ^-(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives 39 587191 A7 B7____ 5. Description of the Invention (37) The image retention of this screen is usually due to the asymmetry of its pixel structure. In particular, the screen 54 in FIG. 46A is made of the picture element 52 having the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b of FIG. 45, and the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b Bend to the left. Because the liquid crystal display device has this asymmetry, its liquid crystal will flow asymmetrically as shown by the arrow in FIG. 46A, and because the liquid crystal will flow differently along the contour of the image 54a, but the Impurities will stagnate, causing differences in their driving voltages, and an image retention 54b that looks like the screen will form. FIG. 47 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device according to a fourth embodiment of the present invention. The liquid crystal display device has pixels of first and second group electrodes 22a and 22b arranged in a pattern, and can be solved in the 45th and The problem described in Figure 46. The liquid crystal display device 10 has a basic structure similar to that of Figs. The liquid crystal display device 10 includes a matrix of picture elements 52, each picture element including a first group of strip electrodes 22a and a second group of strip electrodes 22b provided on a substrate. The first group of strip electrodes 22a will receive a data voltage, and the second group of strip electrodes 22b will receive a common voltage. Therefore, a liquid crystal display device having this structure will have substantially the same functions as those of the foregoing embodiments. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs In each pixel 52, each of the first and second groups of strip electrodes 22a, 22b has a unidirectional shape. Specifically, the first and second group strip electrodes 22a, 22b are each formed into a shape that is partially bent at 90 degrees. However, in a region such as the pixel 52 located in the first row, the first and second group strip electrodes 22a, 22b are bent to the left. In another area, for example, in the pixel 52 in the second row of FIG. 47, the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b are each bent to the right. Therefore, on the entire screen, these electrodes apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) to this paper size. 40 587191 A7 B7 printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the invention (38) The folded area and the area where the electrode crosses to the right are alternately set to 0. Therefore, in Figure 47, the asymmetry described in Figure 45 will be eliminated, and the improvement described in Figure 46 will be improved. The screen image created by the asymmetry of the pixel structure remains. 48 and 49 illustrate modified examples of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 47. In the drawings, the liquid crystal display device 10 also includes a pixel, a matrix of 52, and each pixel includes strip electrodes 22a, 22b of the first and second groups disposed on a substrate. Each of the first and second group of strip electrodes 22a, 22b is formed in a shape bent partially by 90 degrees. In Fig. 48 ', consider the pixel 52 provided in an area, for example, the pixel 52 in the rightmost row. In each pixel 52, the first and second stripe electrodes 22a, 22b are folded to the left. For the pixels in another area, for example, the pixels in the second row on the right in Fig. 48, the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b are bent to the right. From the perspective of the overall screen, the areas where the electrodes are bent to the left and the areas where the electrodes are bent to the right are alternately arranged. In FIG. 49, in each region, for example, in the pixel 52 ′ at the upper right of FIG. 49 and the pixel 52 in the second row and the second row on the right, the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b is bent to the right. In other areas, for example, from the top row of the top row of Figure 49, the second row of pixels from the right of the first row, and the first row of the second row of pixels from the top of the second row of pixels 52, its first and second groups The strip electrodes 22 a and 22 b are bent to the left. From the perspective of the overall screen, the areas where the electrodes are bent to the left and the areas where the electrodes are bent to the right are alternately arranged. In other words, the pixels 52 are arranged in a staggered manner. This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) --------- install ------ 1T ------ Φ (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) 41 587191 A7 B7 _._ V. Description of the Invention (39) Therefore, in Figures 48 and 49, the pixel structure is symmetrical, so the pixel described in Figure 46 can be improved. Screen image retention caused by structural asymmetry 54b. 50th is a plan view showing an example of one pixel of the liquid crystal display device shown in 47th to 49th. Fig. 52 is a plan view showing the second strip electrode 22b. The characteristics of this pixel can also be applied to other embodiments. In the liquid crystal display device 10 shown in Fig. 50A and Fig. 23, a substrate 14 includes an active substrate, and includes a gate bus line 30, a data bus line 32, and a TFTs 34. In addition, a common bus line 40 is also provided. The substantially rectangular picture elements 52 defined by the gate bus lines 30 and the data bus lines 32 include the strip electrodes 22a, 22b of the first and second groups. The strip electrode 22a of the first group is connected to the TFT 34 via a first connection electrode 22c. The strip electrodes 22b of the second group are connected to the common bus lines 40 by the second connection electrodes 22d. In the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the staff of the Property Bureau printed the 51st and 52nd cooperatives. The majority of the stripe electrodes 22a of the first group consisted of parallel straight portions of the first subgroup (in the 50th and 51st circles). The element above the horizontal midline), and the parallel straight part of the second subgroup (the element below the horizontal midline in the 50th and 51th), at an angle to the straight part of the first subgroup . All straight parts form an angle of 2 to 88 degrees to these data buses 32. Preferably, all straight portions form a 45 degree angle to the data bus 32. The linear portions of the first subgroup and the second subgroup are arranged at 90 degrees to each other. In other words, the strip electrodes 22a of the first group have a vertical bent portion. The straight part of the first subgroup is based on the 50th and 51th horizontal midline. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) Print

為界,而與第二副群的直線部份對稱排列。該第一副群的 直線部份亦可與第二副群的直線部份就一點來對稱排列。 有些該等第一與第二副群的直線部份,乃由該矩形像元之 一長邊直伸至另一長邊,而中間沒有彎折。 在第50與52囷中,有多數第二群的條型電極22b包含 第三副群的平行直線部份(在第5〇與52圖之水平中線上方 的元件),及一第四副群的平行直線部份(在第5〇與52圖之 水平中線下方的元件)對該第三副群的直線部份呈一角度 。該第二副群的直線部份與第四副群的直線部份係互呈直 角排列。該第三副群的直線部份係就第5〇與52圖之水平中 線來與第四副群的直線部份對稱排列。有些該第三與第四 δ1】群的直線部份由該矩形像元之一長邊直伸至另一長邊, 而中途沒有彎折。 在一像元中’其第一連接電極22c係被設在該像元52 的周一邊-部份(稍微朝向界定該像元52之閘極匯流線30與資 料匯流線32的裏面),而將第一群的條型電極22a互相連接 。另一方面’該第二連接電極22d係被設在該像元52的周 邊部份,而將第二群的條型電極22b互相連接。該第一連 接電極22c至少有一部份會透過一絕緣層56(見第50與55圖 )來重疊第二連接電極22d。此絕緣層56係相同於第32與33 圖中的絕緣層50。 如第50圖所示,該第二連接電極22d的寬度係大於第 一連接電極22c,而該第一連接電極22c係位於第二連接電 極22d的内緣,且儘量遠離該閘極匯流線30與資料匯流線32 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4说格(210Χ297公釐) 43 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(41 ) ,以避免電路短路。 該第一連接電極22c將被詳細說明〃該第一連接電極 22c包含連接電極部份22cp、22cq,可將第一群條型電極22a 的第一與笫二直線部份之末端互相連接。該連接電極部份 22cp乃在該像元52的周邊部份平行於該閘極匯流線3〇延伸 ’而將第一與第二直線部份的末端互相連接。另外,該等 連接電極部份22cq則在該像元52的周邊部份平行於該資料 匯流線32延伸,而各將第一群的條型電極22a之至少兩個 第一或第一直線部份的末端連接。 尤其是’該連接電極部份22cq被設在該像元52周邊部 份而平行於資料匯流線32的構造,乃可免除例如在第23圖 所示之像元中央部位呈縱向延伸的連接電極部份22cy。該 連接電極部份22cy在像元中央部位縱向延伸,會可觀地降 低該像元的孔徑比❶然而,在該像元52的周邊部份設置該 等連接電極部份22cq,將能改善該像元的孔徑比。 藉著斷續地列設平行於資料匯流線32之連接電極部份 22cq等,則該連接電極部份22cq在該資料匯流線32附近的 份量乃可減少,而可使該等連接電極部份22cq,與資料匯 流線32之間產生電路短路的可能性降低。該第一連接電極 部份22c另包括連接電極部份22cr沿著像元52之水平中線 斷續地列設。此等連接電極部份22cr雖非特別需要,但可 防止在第一與第二群條型電極22a、22b之彆折部份的液晶 因紊亂調準所產生的紊亂區。 第一群條型電極22a之一直線部份的末端(第51圖中之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公後) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 訂 4 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 44 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(42 ) a所示者)係位於該像元之短邊的角隅處,而另一直線部份 的末端(第51圖中之b所示者)係位於該像元另一短邊的角 隅處。一實質上連續的電路將會被形成,而由該具有端部 a的直線部份,通過幾乎所有第一連接電極的其它直線部 份及連接電極部份22cq,而朝該具有端部b的另一直線部 份延伸。具體而言。該第一連接電極之連接電極部份22cq 係僅被0又於最少的需要部份’以完成第一群條型電極22a 的電連接。 該第二連接電極22d乃包含連接電極部份22dp,在該 像元52的周邊部份平行於該閘極匯流線30延伸,而將第二 群條型電極22b之第三與第四直線部份的末端互相連接; 及連接電極部份22dq在該像元52的周邊部份平行於資料匯 流線32延伸。該第二連接電極22d另包括一連接電極部份 22dr,功能如一輔助電容電極而沿該像元的水平中線列設 。該連接電極部份22dr亦可防止可能由在第一與第二條型 電極22a、22b之彎折部份的液晶紊亂調準所造成的紊亂區 。該連接電極部份22dr亦可不設置。該第二連接電極22d 更含有外凸部22ds可在很多點處連接於相鄰像元之類似的 連接電極。此等外凸部22ds係為第50圖之共同匯流線40的 部份。即是,在一像元中之該第一連接電極22d乃以多數 的共同匯流線40連接於相鄰像元中之第一連接電極22d。 第53圖為一平面圖,示出第一與第二群的條型電極22a 、22b,及第一與第二連接電極22c、22d等之一修正例。 第54圖為一平面圖,示出策一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標隼(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) ---------^-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 經濟部¾7.¾財產局:Η工消费合作社印製 45 587191 A7 —___B7__ 五、發明説明(43 ) ,及第一與第二連接電極22c、22d等之另一修正例。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 在第53與54圖中,該第一與第二連接電極22c、22d的 連接電極部份22cq、22dq係僅被設在該像元的周邊部份, 但沒有連接電極部份被設在該像元内。故,可形成一具有 大孔徑比之明亮的液晶顯示裝置。 由於連接電極部份22cq等係設在該像元的周邊部份, 以連接第一群的條型電極22a,故平行於一資料匯流線32 之連接電極部份22cq的總長度,最好大致相等於平行另一 相對之資料匯流線的連接電極部份22cq的總長度。如此一 來,在一資料匯流線32與連接電極部份22cq之間的串音可 能性將會減少。 在一像元内,具有對資料匯流線32呈2至88度角之第 一群條型電極22a的第一直線部份之區域面積,乃最好大 致等於具有對其呈互補角度之第二直線部份的區域面積。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第55A囷乃示出一第56A圖之實施例的比較例。第55B 圖係沿第55A圖之55B-55B載線所採的剖視圖。如前所述 ,在一具有第一與第二群的條型電極22a、22b之液晶顯示 裝置中,有一水平電場FT會生成於該第一群條型電極22a 與第二群條型電極22b之& ‘而不管在該相對基板12上是 否設有該完全為實心的透明電極18皆會產生。 在有一第一群之條型電極22a以一銳角或直角交叉於 第一連接電極22c之連接電極部份22cq的位置,該第一群 的條型電極22a會與該第一連接電極22c的連接電極部份 22cq有相同的電位,因此將產生使水平電場FT不會形成於 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 46 經濟部智慧財產局员工消費合作社印製 587191 A7 _— _ B7 ' - . 五、發明説明(44 ) ~" — 此二元件之間的問題,而令液晶不能被充分地駆動。相同 的狀況,在有一第二群之條型電極22b以一銳角或直角交 叉於第二連接電極22d之連接電極部份22dq的位置,該第 二群條型電極22b係與該第二連接電極22d之連接電極部份 22dq相同電位,因此將造成該水平電場匕不會形成於此二 元件之間,而致液晶不能被充分駆動的問題。該水平電場 FT不會產生及液晶不能被充分驅動,將會使該液晶顯示裝 置的亮度減少,其孔徑比亦同。另一方面,假使第二連接 電極22d之連接電極部份22dq,與第一連接電極22c的連接 電極部份22cq具有重疊的關係,則會有一水平電場形成於 該第一群條型電極22a與第二連接電極22d的第二連接電極 部份22叫之間。但是,已發現該第一連接電極22c的連接 電極部份22cq,會對該水平電場的產生造成阻礙。 第5 6 A圖示出本發明第五實施例之液晶顯示裝置的一 部份。第56B圖係沿第56A圊之56B-56B載線所採的剖視圊 〇 在第56A圊之例中,有一驅動修正電極部份22m被設 在該連接電極部份22cq所在的位置,且在該處有該第一群 之一條型電極22a以第55A圊之銳角或直角,交叉於該第 一連接電極22c的連接電極部份22cq。此將可被整體說明 於後。該裝置更包含一驅動修正電極部份22m,以一銳角 或直角交又於該第一與第二群條型電極22a、22b之一條型 電極22a。此驅動修正電極部份22m係連接於與前述第一 個條型電極22a不同群之另一群的條型電極22b,而被設在 本紙張尺度適用中國國家榡準(CNS ) Α4规格(210X297公釐) 装------1T------線 ί請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 47 587191 A7 _B7___ 五、發明説明(45 ) 該特殊不同群之一條型電極22b的第一或第二連接電極22d 的同一層。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 具體而言,該第一條型電極22a以一銳角或直角交叉 該與第二條型電極22b在同一層的驅動修正電極部份22m ,而該第二條型電極22b係在與該第一條型電極22a不同的 一層中,該第一群條型電極22a會與該驅動電極部份22m 有不同的電位,而在該二元件之間產生一水平電場FT。故 ,該液晶能被以改善的孔徑比所驅動。 第57圖示出第55A圖之構造及第56A囷之液晶顯示裝 置的透射率。曲線N表示第55A圊之液晶顯示裝置的透射 率,曲線0為第56A圖之液晶顯示裝置的透射率。在第56A 圖的液晶顯示裝置中,其液晶係在較多部份被驅動,因此 . 乃可能形成光Tc的顯示。 經濟部智.¾財產局員工消費合作社印製 第58圖係一平面圖示出該液晶顯示裝置具有依據第 56A圖之原理的第一與第二群條型電極22a、22b,及第一 與第二連接電極22c、22d。在此例中,該連接電極22cy係 設在該像元中央,而該驅動修正電極部份22m係設在該像 元的周邊部份。該驅動修正電極部份22m係可對應於第二 連接電極22d的連接電極部份22dq來呈現。不過,該驅動 修正電極部份22m不能連接該第二群的條型電極22b。 第59圖表示一例子,其中該像元在縱向被該連接電極 22cy分成四個部份。以一類似於第58圖的方式,該驅動修 正電極部份22m係被設在該像元的周邊部份。在第58與59 圖的構造中,其連接電極不能被設在該像元的周邊部份上 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29*7公釐) 48 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(46 ) 請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 注 意 事 項 再 填 寫裝 本衣 頁 。但是,在以下所述的例子中,連接電極可被設在該像元 的周邊部份,且該駆動修正電極部份22m亦可被設在該像 元的周邊部份上。 第60圖示出一例,其中該第一與第二群的條型電極22a 、22b乃以一銳角交叉該第一與第二連接電極22c、22d, 並含有該驅動修正電極部份22m。第60圊示出在該第一與 第二連接電極22c、22d之連接電極部份22cq、22dq附近的 部份,係平行於在該像元的周邊部份的資料匯流線32。 訂 在第60至66圖中所示的實施例,該第一群的條型電極 22a與第一連接電極22c,係位於第二群的條型電極22b與 第二連接電極22d的上層。因此,該第一群條型電極22a與 第一連接電極22c係以實線來表示,而第二群條型電極22b 與第二連接電極22d則以虛線表示。 線 於第60圖中,乃示出二驅動修正電極部份22m卜22m2 。第61圖表示該驅動修正電極部份22ml的詳圖。第62圖 係沿第61圖之62-62裁線穿過該驅動修正電極部份22ml所 採的剖視圖。第63圖係沿第60圖中之63-63載線穿過該驅 動修正電極部份22m2所採的剖視圖。 經濟部irft財產局肖工消費合作社印製 在第60、61、62圊中,該第一群條型電極22a之第一 與第二兩直線部份,係被平行於資料匯流線32之第一連接 電極22c的連接電極部份22cq所連接。該驅動修正電極部 份22ml係沿一直線延伸而與該連接電極部份22cq形成一 體。 當由位在第中央的第一群條型電極22a之一直線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 49 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(47 ) 部份(稱為中央直線部份)觀之,該連接電極部份22cq連接 該中央直線部份及位在其上方的直線部份,但該驅動修正 電極部伤沒有連接該中央直線部份與其下方的直線 部份。該驅動修正電極部份22ml會與位在該中央直線部 份下方的第二群條型電極22b之直線部份形成一銳角。該 驅動修正電極部份22ml及位於其下方之第二群條型電極 22b的直線部份會被施以不同的電壓。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 換言之,第一群條型電極22a的第一與第二直線部份 之一’係連接於平行該資料匯流線32之第一連接電極22c 的連接電極部份22cq,該第一連接電極22c之連接電極部 份22cq會由該特殊之一直線部份與連接電極部份間之接合 處朝一方向延伸,而該驅動修正電極部份22ml會朝與該 資料匯流線平行之連接電極部份22cq的相反方向延伸,並 終結於一位置該處乃與多數第二條型電極22b的直線部份 最靠近之一者重疊。,因此,該第二群條型電極22b之一直 線部份會以一銳角交叉該驅動修正電極部份22rnl,但兩 者係被施以不同電壓。其結果會增加該液晶可被驅動的部 份’故能產生明亮的顯示。 如第62圖所示,該驅動修正電極部份22ml,當由上 方視之’係由該第二連接電極22d的連接電極部份22dq向 内突出一突伸量L。該驅動修正電極部份22ml由該第二連 接電極22d之連接電極部份22dq朝内突伸,對在該驅動修 正電極部份22ml及與其形成一銳角之第二群條型電極22b 的直線部份之間產生水平電場FT,乃是很重要的。依據該 本紙張尺度適財ϋΗ家樣準(CNS )从胁(21()><297公瘦) 50 587191 B7 五、發明説明(48) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 實施例,第一連接電極22c的連接電極部份22cq及該驅動 修正電極部份22ml,兩者皆由第二連接電極22d的連接電 極部份22dq向内突伸。 在第60與63圖中,該第二群條型電極22b之一直線部 份係連接於平行該閘極匯流線之第二連接電極22d的連接 電極部份22dq,而該驅動修正電極部份22m2則連接於該 第二連接電極22d之連接電極部份22dq的内部。故,該第 > 一群條型電極22a之一直線部份會以一銳角交叉該驅動修 正電極部份22m2,但兩者係被施以不同電壓。因此,該 液晶可被驅動的部份會增加而形成更明亮的顯示。如第63 圖所示,該驅動修正電極部份22m2當從上方視之,係由 該第一群條型電極22a的直線部份向内突伸一L量。該驅 動修正電極部份22m2的如此突伸,對形成該水平電場FT 係很重要。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消Φ合作社印製 第64圖示出該驅動修正電極部份22ml如第61圖所示 丨 ,由該第一群的條型電極22a延伸,因此該第一連接電極 22c的連接電極部份22cq的内緣,會與該第二連接電極22d 之連接電極部份22dq的内緣位於同一垂直平面中。但是, 在該第二連接電極22d的連接電極部份22dq之内緣,即該 驅動修正電極部份22ml所在處,會形成一凹缺部。因此 ,該驅動修正電極部份22ml會比該第二連接電極22d的連 接電極部份22dq更為水平地突出。 在第65圖中,該第一群的條型電極22a伸向該驅動修 正電極部份22ml外緣的直線部份之斜面更靠近該資料匯 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 51 587191 A7 Β7___ 五、發明説明(49 ) 流線32,故可儘量減少該驅動修正電極部份22ml與該資 料匯流線32在同一層部份的面積,其係位於該特殊資料匯 流線32附近者。因此,該駆動修正電極部份22ml會更較 少可能與該資料匯流線32發生短路現象。 < 第66圖示出一例,其中該驅動修正電極部份22m3的 第一連接電極22c之連接電極部份22cp係形成凹缺,因此 該第二連接電極22d之連接電極部份22dp會由該第一連接 電極22c之連接電極部份22cp向内突出。該第一群的條型 電極22a之直線部份係以一銳角交又於該驅動修正電極部 份 22m3 〇 該等驅動修正電極部份22ml、22m2、22m3亦被示於 第50圖中。第50囷更示出堪動修正電極部份22m4。 第67圓表示在第61囷的構造中,當該驅動修正電極部 份22ml如第62圖之突伸量為零時,該液晶顯示裝置的透 射率。如Μ所示之透射率的減降會在一位置被測得,於該 處第二群的條型電極22b係以一銳角與驅動修正電極部份 22ml交又。 第68圖表示在第61囷的構造中,當如第a囷的突伸量 L為2//m時,該液晶顯示裝置的透射率。如第67囷中之在 Μ位置處的透射率減降乃已消失。 第69圊表示在第60围的構造中,若該駆動修正電極部 份22m2於第63圈之突伸量L為零時,該液晶顯示裝置的透 射率。以N所示之透射率減降會在一位置被測得,於該處 第一群的條型電極22a係以一銳角與驅動修正電極部份 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公慶) (請先Μ讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ··(等 訂 經濟部智*財產局員工消贲合作社印製 52 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(50 ) 22m2交叉。 第70圊表示在第60圖的構造中,若第63圖之突伸量L 為4# m時,該液晶顯示裝置的透射率。在第69圖之N位置 處的透射率減降可被消除。 第71囷係示出該駆動修正電極部份22ml之突伸量L、 驅動修正電極部份22m2之突伸量L、及液晶顯示裝置之光 | 透射率之間的關係。已發現該駆動修正電極部份22ml的 突伸量L最好不要少於〇·5 ;tzm。亦已發現該驅動修正電極 部份22m2的突伸量L最好不要少於3/zm。 第72圖示出第73圖之液晶顯示裝置的參考圖。第72囷 示出該液晶顯示裝置10類似於第32圖的實施例。但是,在 第72圖中,並未示出該調準層與極化板。如第32圖之說明 ,該絕緣層50可避免螢幕的影像滯留。然而,在具有該絕 緣層50時,所施電壓會被該絕緣層50所分受,故僅有一較 低電壓會施於液晶上,因而產生需要較高的液晶驅動電壓 | 之問題。 第72圊表示液晶分子在有一電壓施加其上時的調準狀 況。有一斜傾電場會形成於該第一群條型電極22a與完全 實心的透明電極18之間。一可促成該斜視電場之水平電場 ,會形成於該第一群條型電極22a與第二群條型電極22b之 第73圖為一剖視圖示出本發明第六實施例的液晶顯示 裝置10。第73圖亦示出該液晶顯示裝置1〇包含一絕緣層5〇 類似於第32與72圖之液晶顯示裝置。該絕緣層50包括一第 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) ----------1-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 經濟部智慧財產局8工涓費合作社印^ 53 587191 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工#費合作社印製 五、發明説明(51 ) 一絕緣層50a覆蓋被施以共同電壓的第二群條型電極22b , 及一第二絕緣層50b覆蓋被施以資料電壓的第一群條型電 極22a 〇 在第73圊中,該絕緣層50在形成後有部份被除去。具 體而言,在該第二群條型電極22b周圍的絕緣層50部份會 被以蝕刻除去。 第78囷為一平面圖示出在第73圖中第二條型電極22b 的附近部份。該絕緣層50包括一開放部50X可曝現該第二 群的條型電極22b。因此,在第一群條型電極22a與第二群 條型電極22b之間所形成的水平電場,會被該絕緣層50阻 斷較少程度,而可避免液晶驅動電壓被減降。 第74圖表示第73®的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例。在第 74囷中,該絕緣層50在製成之後有部份被除去。即,在第 一群條型電極22a之周邊部份的絕緣層50(第二絕緣層50b) 部份會被以蝕刼除去。故,形成於第一群條型電極22a與 整片實心透明電極18之間的斜傾電場,將不會被該絕緣層 50阻斷,而可避免液晶驅動電壓被減降。 於製成該絕緣層50之後,在第一群條型電極22a周邊 部份的絕緣層50部份,及在第二群條型電極22b周邊之絕 緣層50部份,亦可被有效地除去。 第75至77圖係分別表示第72至74囷之液晶顯示裝置的 光透射率。例如,在第75圖中其光透射率在6V電壓時約 為15%。在第76圓中,6V電壓時的光透射率亦約15〇/〇,其 大致維持第75囷的結果不變。在第77圖中,6V電壓的光 (請先聞讀背面之注意事吩再填寫本頁)For the boundary, and arranged symmetrically with the straight part of the second subgroup. The straight portion of the first subgroup may be arranged symmetrically with the straight portion of the second subgroup. Some of the straight parts of the first and second subgroups extend straight from one long side to the other long side of the rectangular pixel without bending in the middle. In the 50th and the 52th, most of the stripe electrodes 22b of the second group include the parallel straight portion of the third subgroup (the elements above the horizontal centerline in Figs. 50 and 52), and a fourth subgroup The parallel straight part of the group (the elements below the horizontal centerline in Figures 50 and 52) make an angle to the straight part of the third subgroup. The straight part of the second subgroup and the straight part of the fourth subgroup are arranged at right angles to each other. The straight line portion of the third subgroup is symmetrically arranged with respect to the straight line portion of the fourth subgroup with respect to the horizontal center lines in Figs. Some of the straight parts of the third and fourth δ1] groups extend straight from one long side to the other long side of the rectangular pixel without being bent in the middle. In a pixel, its first connection electrode 22c is provided on the peripheral side of the pixel 52-portion (slightly toward the inside of the gate bus line 30 and the data bus line 32 defining the pixel 52), and The strip electrodes 22a of the first group are connected to each other. On the other hand, the second connection electrode 22d is provided on the peripheral portion of the pixel 52, and the second group of strip electrodes 22b are connected to each other. At least a part of the first connection electrode 22c will pass through an insulating layer 56 (see FIGS. 50 and 55) to overlap the second connection electrode 22d. This insulating layer 56 is the same as the insulating layer 50 in Figs. 32 and 33. As shown in FIG. 50, the width of the second connection electrode 22d is larger than that of the first connection electrode 22c, and the first connection electrode 22c is located on the inner edge of the second connection electrode 22d and as far away from the gate bus line 30 as possible. Convergence with data 32 This paper is in accordance with Chinese National Standards (CNS) A4 grid (210 × 297 mm) 43 587191 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (41) to avoid short circuit. The first connection electrode 22c will be described in detail. The first connection electrode 22c includes connection electrode portions 22cp and 22cq, which can connect the ends of the first and second linear portions of the first group of strip electrodes 22a to each other. The connection electrode portion 22cp extends parallel to the gate bus line 30 at the peripheral portion of the pixel 52 to connect the ends of the first and second straight portions to each other. In addition, the connection electrode portions 22cq extend parallel to the data bus line 32 in the peripheral portion of the pixel 52, and each of the at least two first or first straight portions of the strip electrodes 22a of the first group End of the connection. In particular, the structure in which the connection electrode portion 22cq is provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel 52 and is parallel to the data bus line 32 can eliminate the connection electrode that extends longitudinally at the center of the pixel as shown in FIG. 23, for example. Section 22cy. The connection electrode portion 22cy extends longitudinally at the center of the pixel, which will significantly reduce the aperture ratio of the pixel. However, the connection electrode portion 22cq provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel 52 will improve the image. Element's aperture ratio. By intermittently arranging the connection electrode portions 22cq and the like parallel to the data bus line 32, the weight of the connection electrode portion 22cq near the data bus line 32 can be reduced, so that these connection electrode portions can be reduced 22cq, the possibility of a short circuit between the data bus 32 and the data bus 32 is reduced. The first connection electrode portion 22c further includes connection electrode portions 22cr arranged intermittently along the horizontal center line of the pixel 52. Although these connection electrode portions 22cr are not particularly required, they can prevent the disordered regions generated by the disordered alignment of the liquid crystals at the other folded portions of the first and second group strip electrodes 22a, 22b. The end of a straight section of the first group of strip electrodes 22a (the paper size in Figure 51 applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (after 210X297)) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page} Order 4 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 44 587191 A7 B7 V. The description of the invention (42) a) is located at the corner of the short side of the pixel, and the end of the other straight part (the 51st The one shown in b in the figure) is located at the corner of the other short side of the pixel. A substantially continuous circuit will be formed, and the straight portion with the end a passes through almost all first The other straight portions of the connection electrode and the connection electrode portion 22cq extend toward another straight portion having the end portion b. Specifically, the connection electrode portion 22cq of the first connection electrode is only 0 and at least Required portion 'to complete the electrical connection of the first group of strip-shaped electrodes 22a. The second connection electrode 22d includes a connection electrode portion 22dp, which extends parallel to the gate bus line 30 at the peripheral portion of the pixel 52 And the second group of strip electrodes 22b Connected to the end of the fourth straight line portion; and the connection electrode portion 22dq extends parallel to the data bus line 32 at the peripheral portion of the picture element 52. The second connection electrode 22d further includes a connection electrode portion 22dr, which functions For example, an auxiliary capacitor electrode is arranged along the horizontal center line of the pixel. The connecting electrode portion 22dr can also prevent the liquid crystal disorderly adjustment by the bent portions of the first and second type electrodes 22a and 22b. The disordered area caused by this. The connection electrode portion 22dr may not be provided. The second connection electrode 22d further includes convex portions 22ds which can be connected to similar connection electrodes of adjacent pixels at many points. These convex portions 22ds It is a part of the common bus line 40 in FIG. 50. That is, the first connection electrode 22d in one pixel is connected to the first connection electrode 22d in the adjacent pixel by a plurality of common bus lines 40. Fig. 53 is a plan view showing a modified example of the strip electrodes 22a, 22b of the first and second groups, and the first and second connection electrodes 22c, 22d, etc. Fig. 54 is a plan view showing The first and second group of strip electrodes 22a, 22b Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm) --------- ^-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs ¾ 7.5.2 The Bureau of Property : Printed by Ηconsumer cooperatives 45 587191 A7 —___ B7__ V. Description of the invention (43) and another modified example of the first and second connection electrodes 22c, 22d, etc. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page In Figures 53 and 54, the connection electrode portions 22cq, 22dq of the first and second connection electrodes 22c, 22d are provided only in the peripheral portion of the pixel, but no connection electrode portion is provided in Within that pixel. Therefore, a bright liquid crystal display device having a large aperture ratio can be formed. Since the connection electrode portion 22cq is provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel to connect the first group of strip electrodes 22a, the total length of the connection electrode portion 22cq parallel to a data bus line 32 is preferably approximately It is equal to the total length of the connection electrode portion 22cq parallel to another opposite data bus line. As a result, the possibility of crosstalk between a data bus line 32 and the connection electrode portion 22cq will be reduced. Within a pixel, the area of the first straight line portion of the first group of strip electrodes 22a at an angle of 2 to 88 degrees to the data bus line 32 is preferably approximately equal to the second straight line having a complementary angle to it Partial area area. Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figure 55A is a comparative example showing the embodiment shown in Figure 56A. Figure 55B is a sectional view taken along the line 55B-55B of Figure 55A. As described above, in a liquid crystal display device having first and second groups of strip electrodes 22a, 22b, a horizontal electric field FT is generated in the first and second groups of strip electrodes 22a and 22b. &Amp; 'Whether or not the completely solid transparent electrode 18 is provided on the opposite substrate 12 will be generated. Where a strip electrode 22a of a first group crosses the connection electrode portion 22cq of the first connection electrode 22c at an acute or right angle, the strip electrode 22a of the first group is connected to the first connection electrode 22c The electrode part 22cq has the same potential, so that the horizontal electric field FT will not be formed on this paper scale. Applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). 46 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 587191 A7 _— _ B7 '-. V. Description of the Invention (44) ~ " — The problem between the two components prevents the liquid crystal from being fully moved. In the same situation, at a position where a second group of strip electrodes 22b crosses the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d at an acute or right angle, the second group of strip electrodes 22b is connected to the second connection electrode The connecting electrode portion 22dq of 22d has the same potential, so that the horizontal electric field knife will not be formed between the two elements, and the liquid crystal cannot be fully agitated. The horizontal electric field FT will not be generated and the liquid crystal cannot be fully driven, which will reduce the brightness of the liquid crystal display device, and the aperture ratio will be the same. On the other hand, if the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d and the connection electrode portion 22cq of the first connection electrode 22c have an overlapping relationship, a horizontal electric field is formed in the first group of strip electrodes 22a and The second connection electrode portion 22 of the second connection electrode 22d is called between. However, it has been found that the connection electrode portion 22cq of the first connection electrode 22c hinders the generation of the horizontal electric field. Fig. 56A shows a part of a liquid crystal display device according to a fifth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 56B is a sectional view taken along the 56B-56B load line of 56A. In the example of 56A, a drive correction electrode portion 22m is provided at the position where the connection electrode portion 22cq is located, and There, one of the strip electrodes 22a of the first group intersects the connection electrode portion 22cq of the first connection electrode 22c at an acute or right angle of 55A 第. This will be explained later in its entirety. The device further includes a driving correction electrode portion 22m, which intersects at an acute or right angle to one of the first and second group of strip electrodes 22a, 22b. The driving correction electrode portion 22m is connected to a strip electrode 22b of another group different from the first strip electrode 22a described above, and is set on this paper to apply China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297) (Li) Install the ------ 1T ------ line, please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 47 587191 A7 _B7___ V. Description of the invention (45) One of the special different group of strip electrodes 22b The first or second connection electrode 22d is on the same layer. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) Specifically, the first type electrode 22a crosses the driving correction electrode portion 22m on the same layer as the second type electrode 22b at an acute or right angle, and The second stripe electrode 22b is in a layer different from the first stripe electrode 22a. The first group of stripe electrodes 22a and the driving electrode portion 22m have different potentials, and between the two elements A horizontal electric field FT is generated. Therefore, the liquid crystal can be driven with an improved aperture ratio. Figure 57 shows the structure of Figure 55A and the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 56A 囷. A curve N represents the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device of the 55A 圊, and a curve 0 represents the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device of the 56A. In the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 56A, the liquid crystal system is driven in a large part, so... May form a display of light Tc. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs ¾ Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Property Bureau Figure 58 is a plan view showing that the liquid crystal display device has first and second group electrodes 22a, 22b according to the principle of Figure 56A, and the first and The second connection electrodes 22c and 22d. In this example, the connection electrode 22cy is provided in the center of the pixel, and the driving correction electrode portion 22m is provided in the peripheral portion of the pixel. The driving correction electrode portion 22m can be represented corresponding to the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d. However, the driving correction electrode portion 22m cannot be connected to the strip electrode 22b of the second group. Fig. 59 shows an example in which the picture element is divided into four parts by the connection electrode 22cy in the longitudinal direction. In a manner similar to that of Fig. 58, the driving correction electrode portion 22m is provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel. In the structure of Figs. 58 and 59, the connection electrodes cannot be set on the peripheral part of the pixel. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29 * 7 mm) 48 587191 A7 B7 5 、 Explanation of invention (46) Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page. However, in the example described below, the connection electrode may be provided on the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the manual correction electrode portion 22m may also be provided on the peripheral portion of the pixel. FIG. 60 shows an example in which the first and second group of strip electrodes 22a, 22b intersect the first and second connection electrodes 22c, 22d at an acute angle, and include the driving correction electrode portion 22m. The 60th digit shows that portions near the connection electrode portions 22cq, 22dq of the first and second connection electrodes 22c, 22d are parallel to the data bus line 32 in the peripheral portion of the pixel. According to the embodiment shown in Figs. 60 to 66, the strip electrodes 22a and the first connection electrodes 22c of the first group are located above the strip electrodes 22b and the second connection electrodes 22d of the second group. Therefore, the first group strip electrode 22a and the first connection electrode 22c are represented by solid lines, and the second group strip electrode 22b and the second connection electrode 22d are represented by dashed lines. The line in Figure 60 shows the two drive correction electrode sections 22m and 22m2. Fig. 61 is a detailed view of 22 ml of the drive correction electrode portion. Fig. 62 is a sectional view taken along the cutting line 62-62 of Fig. 61 through 22 ml of the driving correction electrode portion. Fig. 63 is a sectional view taken through the driving correction electrode portion 22m2 along the 63-63 load line in Fig. 60. The Xiaogong Consumer Cooperative of the Irft Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs is printed in the 60th, 61st, and 62nd sections. The first and second straight parts of the first group of strip electrodes 22a are parallel to the data bus line 32. A connection electrode portion 22cq of a connection electrode 22c is connected. The drive correction electrode portion 22ml extends in a straight line to form a body with the connection electrode portion 22cq. When one of the first group of strip electrodes 22a located at the center is straight, the paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 49 587191 A7 B7 V. Part (47) of the description of the invention (referred to as the center Straight line portion) In view, the connecting electrode portion 22cq connects the central straight line portion and the straight line portion above it, but the drive correction electrode portion injury does not connect the central straight line portion and the straight line portion below it. The drive correction electrode portion 22ml forms an acute angle with a straight portion of the second group of strip-shaped electrodes 22b located below the central straight portion. The driving correction electrode portion 22ml and the linear portion of the second group of strip electrodes 22b located below it are applied with different voltages. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy In other words, one of the first and second straight portions of the first group of strip electrodes 22a is a connection electrode portion connected to the first connection electrode 22c parallel to the data bus line 32 The portion 22cq of the first connection electrode 22c will extend in a direction from the junction between the special straight portion and the connection electrode portion, and the drive correction electrode portion 22ml will converge with the data The line-parallel connection electrode portion 22cq extends in the opposite direction and ends at a position that overlaps with the closest one of the straight portions of most of the second type electrodes 22b. Therefore, the linear portion of the second group of strip electrodes 22b crosses the driving correction electrode portion 22rnl at an acute angle, but the two are applied with different voltages. As a result, the portion where the liquid crystal can be driven is increased, so that a bright display can be produced. As shown in Fig. 62, the driving correction electrode portion 22ml, when viewed from above, is projected inwardly by a protruding amount L from the connecting electrode portion 22dq of the second connecting electrode 22d. The drive correction electrode portion 22ml protrudes inward from the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d, and the straight portion of the drive correction electrode portion 22ml and the second group of strip electrodes 22b forming an acute angle therewith. It is important to generate a horizontal electric field FT between the components. According to this paper standard, the financial standard of the family (CNS) is from the threat (21 () > < 297 male thin) 50 587191 B7 V. Description of the invention (48) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page In the embodiment, the connection electrode portion 22cq of the first connection electrode 22c and the drive correction electrode portion 22ml both protrude inward from the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d. In Figures 60 and 63, a straight portion of the second group of strip electrodes 22b is connected to a connection electrode portion 22dq of a second connection electrode 22d parallel to the gate bus line, and the drive correction electrode portion 22m2 It is connected to the inside of the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d. Therefore, a straight portion of the > group of strip electrodes 22a crosses the driving correction electrode portion 22m2 at an acute angle, but the two are applied with different voltages. Therefore, the portion where the liquid crystal can be driven is increased to form a brighter display. As shown in Fig. 63, when viewed from above, the driving correction electrode portion 22m2 protrudes inwardly by an amount of L from the straight portion of the first group of strip electrodes 22a. Such a protrusion of the driving correction electrode portion 22m2 is very important for forming the horizontal electric field FT system. Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs printed on the cooperative. Figure 64 shows that the drive correction electrode part 22ml is shown in Figure 61 丨, which extends from the first group of strip electrodes 22a, so the first connection electrode 22c The inner edge of the connecting electrode portion 22cq of the second connecting electrode portion 22cq is located in the same vertical plane as the inner edge of the connecting electrode portion 22dq of the second connecting electrode 22d. However, a recessed portion is formed on the inner edge of the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d, that is, where the drive correction electrode portion 22ml is located. Therefore, the drive correction electrode portion 22ml protrudes more horizontally than the connection electrode portion 22dq of the second connection electrode 22d. In FIG. 65, the slope of the linear portion of the first group of strip electrodes 22a projecting toward the 22ml outer edge of the driving correction electrode portion is closer to the data collection. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210X297 mm) 51 587191 A7 Β7 ___ V. Description of the invention (49) Streamline 32, so the area of the drive correction electrode part 22ml and the data bus line 32 on the same layer can be minimized, which is located in the special data Near bus line 32. Therefore, the automatic correction electrode portion 22ml is less likely to short-circuit with the data bus line 32. < FIG. 66 shows an example in which the connection electrode portion 22cp of the first connection electrode 22c of the drive correction electrode portion 22m3 forms a recess, so the connection electrode portion 22dp of the second connection electrode 22d is formed by The connection electrode portion 22cp of the first connection electrode 22c projects inward. The linear portions of the first group of strip electrodes 22a intersect at an acute angle to the driving correction electrode portion 22m3. The driving correction electrode portions 22ml, 22m2, and 22m3 are also shown in FIG. At 50th, it is shown that the movable correction electrode portion is 22m4. The 67th circle indicates the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device when the protrusion amount of 22 ml of the drive correction electrode portion is zero in the structure of the 61st structure. The decrease in transmittance as shown by M will be measured at a position where the second group of strip electrodes 22b intersect with the drive correction electrode portion 22ml at an acute angle. Fig. 68 shows the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device when the protrusion amount L of the a) th part is 2 // m in the structure of the 61st part. The decrease in transmittance at the M position as in the 67th point has disappeared. Number 69th represents the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device in the structure of the 60th circumference, if the protrusion amount L of the automatic correction electrode portion 22m2 at the 63rd lap is zero. The decrease in transmittance shown by N will be measured at a position where the first group of strip electrodes 22a are at an acute angle and drive the correction electrode portion. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specifications (210X297 public holidays) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) ·· (Identified by the Ministry of Economic Affairs * printed by the staff of the Property Bureau Consumer Cooperatives 52 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (50) 22m2 cross 70th figure shows the transmittance of the liquid crystal display device when the protrusion amount L of FIG. 63 is 4 # m in the structure of FIG. 60. The transmittance at the N position of FIG. 69 can be reduced. Eliminated. The 71st line shows the relationship between the protrusion amount L of the automatic correction electrode portion 22ml, the protrusion amount L of the driving correction electrode portion 22m2, and the light | transmittance of the liquid crystal display device. It has been found The protrusion amount L of the 22ml correction electrode portion is preferably not less than 0.5; tzm. It has also been found that the protrusion amount L of the 22m2 drive correction electrode portion is preferably not less than 3 / zm. Figure 72 Reference drawing showing the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 73. Fig. 72A shows that the liquid crystal display device 10 is similar to that of Fig. 32. However, in FIG. 72, the alignment layer and the polarizing plate are not shown. As illustrated in FIG. 32, the insulating layer 50 can prevent the image of the screen from being stuck. However, when the insulating layer is provided, At 50 o'clock, the applied voltage will be divided by the insulating layer 50, so only a lower voltage will be applied to the liquid crystal, thus causing a problem that a higher liquid crystal driving voltage is needed. Section 72 第 indicates that the liquid crystal molecules are under a voltage The alignment condition when applied on it. An oblique electric field will be formed between the first group of strip-shaped electrodes 22a and the completely solid transparent electrode 18. A horizontal electric field that will cause the oblique electric field will be formed on the first Fig. 73 of the group strip electrode 22a and the second group strip electrode 22b is a sectional view showing a liquid crystal display device 10 according to a sixth embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 73 also shows that the liquid crystal display device 10 includes an insulating layer. 50. Similar to the liquid crystal display device of Figs. 32 and 72. The insulating layer 50 includes a paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ---------- 1- -(Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Industrial Cooperative Cooperative Association ^ 53 587191 A7 B7 Printed by the Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs # 费 cooperative society 5. V. Description of the invention (51) An insulating layer 50a covers the second group of strips that are applied with a common voltage. The electrode 22b, and a second insulating layer 50b cover the first group of stripe electrodes 22a to which the data voltage is applied. In section 73F, the insulating layer 50 is partially removed after formation. Specifically, in this A part of the insulating layer 50 around the second group of strip-type electrodes 22b will be removed by etching. Fig. 78A is a plan view showing a portion near the second strip-type electrode 22b in Fig. 73. The insulation layer 50 includes an open portion 50X to expose the second group of strip electrodes 22b. Therefore, the horizontal electric field formed between the first group of strip-type electrodes 22a and the second group of strip-type electrodes 22b is blocked to a lesser extent by the insulating layer 50, thereby preventing the liquid crystal driving voltage from being reduced. Fig. 74 shows a modified example of the 73th LCD device. In Section 74 (i), the insulating layer 50 is partially removed after fabrication. That is, a portion of the insulating layer 50 (second insulating layer 50b) in the peripheral portion of the first group of strip-shaped electrodes 22a is removed by etching. Therefore, the oblique electric field formed between the first group of strip-shaped electrodes 22a and the entire solid transparent electrode 18 will not be blocked by the insulating layer 50, and the liquid crystal driving voltage can be prevented from being reduced. After the insulating layer 50 is made, the portion of the insulating layer 50 around the first group of strip electrodes 22a and the portion of the insulating layer 50 around the second group of strip electrodes 22b can also be effectively removed. . Figures 75 to 77 show the light transmittances of the liquid crystal display devices of 72 to 74 °, respectively. For example, in Figure 75, the light transmittance is about 15% at a voltage of 6V. In the 76th circle, the light transmittance at a voltage of 6V is also about 15/0, which is about the same as the result of the 75th torr. In Figure 77, 6V voltage light (please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

Hi I:-. 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 54 587191Hi I:-. The size of the paper is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 54 587191

五、發明説明(52 ) 透射率約為20% ,其乃顯與第74圖的結果不同。而看起來 似乎可降低驅動電壓。 在第72圖所示的液晶顯示裝置中,有一斜傾電場會產 生而由第一條型電極22a朝向相對基板12的整片實心透明 電極18延伸。在第一群條型電極22a附近,該電場係大致 垂直於該透明電極18。 | 有見於此,如第79圖所示,在該基板12相對於第二群 條型電極22b的位置處,該整片實心透明電極18乃被以一 第三群的條型電極18a所取代。如此而為,會有一斜傾電 場能有效率地形成於該第一群條型電極22a與第三群條型 電極18a之間。但是,於第79囷的構造中,若在基板12與14 之間產生位移,則將使該各電極之間造成位移,而會令電 壓與透射率之間的關係形成相當不規則的問題。 第80圖為一剖視圖表示本發明第七實施例之液晶顯示 裝置。在此實施例中,有一基板14包含第一群的條型電極 f 22a及第二群的條型電極22b,而另一基板12包含該整片實 心的透明電極18,及一第三群的條型電極18a相對於該第 二群的條型電極22b。詳而言之,只有該透明電極18的部 份含有高電阻電極部份18x,而該透明電極18與第三群條 型電極1 8a互相重疊的部份,係由一低電阻的電極部份18y 所製成。該透明電極18係被以ITO濺射例如200至300A的 厚度所製成,並予熱處理使其不會被蝕刻溶液除去。嗣, 該第三群的條型電極乃被濺射至例如2000A的厚度,並被 使用一罩體來蝕刻。 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) ^-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 經濟部智慧財產局員工消贲合作社印製 55 587191 - --a«一- 、··一 *· ·w -^m. e<y., __B7 ___ 五、發明説明(53 ) 當施予一電壓,其電荷首先會蓄貯在該底電阻電極部 份18y,因此有一電場會形成於該低電阻電極部份I8y與第 一群條型電極22a之間,而液晶初步會依據此電場來運作 。事實上該高電阻電極部份18x之電位係與該低電阻電極 部份18y相等。因此,經過一段時間之後,其電荷亦會蓄 存在該高電阻電極部份18x中。換言之,有一電場將形成 於該液晶反應的範圍。故,第80囷之液晶顯示裝置乃能用 與第79囷之液晶顯示裝置一樣低的驅動電壓來操作。第8〇 圖之液晶顯示裝置含有該整片實心·的透明電極18,因此假 使有任何基板之間的位移,亦不會可觀地改變其電壓與透 射率的關係特性。 第81至84圓示出第80圖的液晶顯示裝置之修正例。如 第81圖所示,該等修正例係使用一條型結構或網狀結構來 取代該整片實心透明電極,其包括多數具有相同電阻的透 明條線,而組成一高電阻電極部份18χ及一低電阻電極部 份18y。該低電阻電極部份18y係以粗線來表示,而高電阻 電極部份18x則以細線表示❶ 第82與83囷示出一例,其中該高電阻電極部份18χ與 低電阻電極部份18y係由條狀直線結構所組成。該細線結 構係被設成復蓋第一群的條型電極22a,而以粗線所示的 結構則被設成相對於第二群條型電極22b。該粗線最好係 與第二群條型電極22b同樣地寬粗。具體而言,該粗線可 被有效地設定為不少於一半但不大於兩倍的第二群條.型電 極22b之寬粗。 (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) i裝· 訂 經濟部智*財產局3工消費合作社印製 56 5871915. Description of the invention (52) The transmittance is about 20%, which is significantly different from the result shown in Figure 74. It seems to reduce the driving voltage. In the liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 72, an oblique electric field is generated and extends from the first strip-shaped electrode 22a toward the entire solid transparent electrode 18 of the opposing substrate 12. The electric field is approximately perpendicular to the transparent electrode 18 near the first group of strip-shaped electrodes 22a. Seen here, as shown in FIG. 79, at the position of the substrate 12 relative to the second group of strip electrodes 22b, the entire solid transparent electrode 18 is replaced by a third group of strip electrodes 18a. . In this way, an oblique electric field can be efficiently formed between the first group of strip electrodes 22a and the third group of strip electrodes 18a. However, in the 79th structure, if a displacement occurs between the substrates 12 and 14, the electrodes will be displaced, and the relationship between the voltage and the transmittance will be quite irregular. Fig. 80 is a sectional view showing a liquid crystal display device according to a seventh embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, a substrate 14 includes a first group of strip electrodes f 22a and a second group of strip electrodes 22b, and another substrate 12 includes the entire solid transparent electrode 18, and a third group of The strip electrode 18a is opposite to the strip electrode 22b of the second group. In detail, only the portion of the transparent electrode 18 includes a high-resistance electrode portion 18x, and the portion where the transparent electrode 18 and the third group of strip electrodes 18a overlap each other is a low-resistance electrode portion Made of 18y. The transparent electrode 18 is made of ITO sputtering, for example, at a thickness of 200 to 300 A, and is heat-treated so as not to be removed by the etching solution. Alas, the third group of strip-shaped electrodes is sputtered to a thickness of, for example, 2000 A, and is etched using a cover. This paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ^-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 55 587191 -a «一-·· 一 * · · w-^ m. e < y., __B7 ___ V. Description of the invention (53) When a voltage is applied, its charge will be stored in the bottom resistance electrode part first. 18y, therefore, an electric field will be formed between the low-resistance electrode portion I8y and the first group of strip electrodes 22a, and the liquid crystal will initially operate based on this electric field. In fact, the potential of the high-resistance electrode portion 18x is equal to the low-resistance electrode portion 18y. Therefore, after a period of time, its charge is also stored in the high-resistance electrode portion 18x. In other words, an electric field will be formed in the range of the liquid crystal reaction. Therefore, the 80th LCD device can be operated with the same low driving voltage as the 79th LCD device. The liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 8 includes the solid transparent electrode 18 as a whole. Therefore, if there is any displacement between the substrates, the relationship between the voltage and the transmittance will not be changed significantly. Circles 81 to 84 show modified examples of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. 80. As shown in FIG. 81, these modified examples use a single-type structure or a net-like structure to replace the entire solid transparent electrode, which includes most of the transparent bars with the same resistance, and constitutes a high-resistance electrode portion 18χ and A low resistance electrode portion 18y. The low-resistance electrode portion 18y is represented by a thick line, and the high-resistance electrode portion 18x is represented by a thin line. An example is shown in sections 82 and 83, where the high-resistance electrode portion 18x and the low-resistance electrode portion 18y It consists of a strip-shaped straight structure. The thin line structure is provided so as to cover the first group of strip electrodes 22a, and the structure shown by the thick line is provided so as to be opposed to the second group of strip electrodes 22b. The thick line is preferably as wide as the second group of strip electrodes 22b. Specifically, the thick line can be effectively set to a width of the second group of electrodes 22b which is not less than half but not more than twice. (Read the precautions on the back before you fill in this page.) I Binding and ordering Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs * Property Bureau 3 Industrial Consumer Cooperatives 56 587191

經濟部皙慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 第84囷示出一例,其中該高電阻電極部份18χ與低電 阻電極部份18y係由一網狀直線結構所组成。在第83與84 圖中’於波狀線上方的部份表示在相對基板上的圏案,而 於波狀線下方的部份表示在該TFT基板上的囷案。對應於 第二群條型電極22b的部份具有寬粗的條狀電極乃被設成 低電阻。在其間之空間内,乃設有微細的條狀電極,其電 阻較高而使電荷不會立即蓄貯,亦不能容易地形成電場。 另一方面,在第84圖所示的網狀直線結構中,乃比第83囷 之條狀直線結構可更均勻地形成一·電場。於高電阻電極部 份18x中,其條狀或網狀的直線結構之寬度係不大於3#历 ,而在低電阻電極部份18y中,其條狀或網狀的直線結構 乃具有不小於3#m的寬度。 第85圖係為一液晶顯示裝置的示意囷,乃供說明第% 圖之液晶顯示裝置的問題點。該液晶顯示裝置包括第一與 第二基板12、14(例如參見第1圓),以一周邊密封物66互 相固接。該周邊密封物66在其一端具有一液晶注入孔68 , 在注入液晶之後會被封閉。該液晶係由該注入孔68注入, 而當其由該注入孔68流向遠端時,由該調準層流出的雜質 會隨液晶流動集中於遠離該注入孔68的另端。因此,遠離 該液晶注入孔68的區域70,將會由於電壓保持率降低而可 能形成一顯示失效區。 第86與87圖為剖視囷,示出本發明第八實施例的液晶 顯不裝置。一基板12具有一介電層36,而另一基板14具有 一絕緣層5〇〇該介電層36與絕緣層5〇皆由該遠離注入孔68 本紙fk尺度適用中國国家梯準(CNS ) A4«息(2丨0><297公4 ) I^------1T------^ (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 57 587191 ^^7 · — ________B7 _-_ 五、發明说明(55 ) 的區域70被除掉。因此,遠離注入孔68的該區域70會形成 一區域具有較寬的液晶腔室空間。而且,有一黑色基質72 覆蓋該遠離注入孔68的區域70,因此該特殊區域乃被設成 一非顯示區域。 該介電層36係由JSR所製造的PC403樹脂所製成,具 有至5em的厚度。該絕緣層係由SiN所製成。該液 晶層16具有4#m的厚度,而該遠離注入孔68的區域70之 腔室空間大小約為8# m。因此,該遠離注入孔68的區域70 之寬度乃可被由4mm減少至2mm。·故,該遠離注入孔68的 區域70將可被黑色基質72所覆蓋,而不會改變顯示區域的 面積。該遠離注入孔68的區域70乃可被設在相反於具有該 液晶注入孔68之一邊的另一邊附近。 如上所述,依據本發明,乃可製成一具有優異視角特 性而沒有紊亂區的液晶顯示裝置❶ 第88囷係為一平面圊示出本發明第九實施例之液晶顯 示裝置。第89圊為沿第88圊之89-89載線所採的剖視圖。 第90圖示出該液晶顯示裝置之上層及下層中的導件。 該液晶顯示裝置包含一對玻璃基板12、14互相對設’ 一液晶設於該對玻璃基板12、14之間,及極化板(未示出) 設在該等玻璃基板12、14的兩面。該玻璃基板14為一 TFT 基板,具有多數互相平行列設的閘極匯流線30,多數的資 料匯流線32以直角交叉該等閘極匯流線30,並包含TFTs 34 ,第一群的條型電極22a,與第二群的條型電極22b。該TFT 34乃包括一閘極電極34g、一汲極電極34d、及一源極電極 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本I) • yi· J1 · 订 經濟部智楚財產局員工消費合作社印製 58 經濟部智慧財產局Μ工消費合作社印製 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(56 ) 34s。一輔助電容電極23設在閘極匯流線30上方。該輔助 電容電極23會與其底下的對應閘極匯流線30形成一輔助電 容。 由二閘極匯流線30與二資料匯流線32所界定之一矩形 區域會構成一像元區域。第88與90圖乃示出該液晶顯示裝 置之一像元區域。該玻璃基板14在水平方向含有2400(800 X 3(RGB)個像元區域,而在垂直方向有600個像元區域。 > 依據該實施例,一像元區域中包含一條型電極22a垂直列 設於其中央位置,及二條型電極22b排列在其兩側。該實 施例的特徵係可應用於如第5囷所示之未包含整片透明電 極18的液晶顯示裝置,及如第1圊所示之包含該整片透明 電極的液晶顯示裝置。 在第90圖中,其實線表示在上層的導件(電極、匯流 線等),而虛線表示在下層的導件(電極、匯流線等)。如 第90圖所示,該等閘極匯流線30,TFT 34的閘極電極34g i ,及第二條型電極22b等係設在該下層中。該閘極電極34g 係連接於形成該像元區域之二閘極匯流線30的上方一者, 而該第二條型電極22b則連接於下方的閘極匯流線30。 如第89圖所示,SiN的層間絕緣膜50a係設在該下閘極 匯流線30,該TFT 34的閘極電極34g與下層的第二條型電 極22b等之上面。而設在該層間絕緣膜50a上方的導件包括 製成該TFT 34的非結晶矽膜34a,一通道保護膜34b,一其 中摻有雜質的非結晶矽膜34c,一汲極電極34d,及一源極 電極34s。 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) 裝 I 訂 線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 59 1 587191Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of Xihui Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, No. 84 (i) shows an example in which the high-resistance electrode portion 18χ and the low-resistance electrode portion 18y are composed of a linear network structure. In Figs. 83 and 84, a portion "above the wavy line" indicates a case on the opposite substrate, and a portion below the wavy line indicates a case on the TFT substrate. The portion corresponding to the second group of strip-shaped electrodes 22b having a wide and thick strip-shaped electrode is set to have a low resistance. In the space between them, there are fine strip-shaped electrodes, whose electric resistance is high, so that electric charges are not stored immediately, and an electric field cannot be easily formed. On the other hand, in the mesh linear structure shown in FIG. 84, an electric field can be formed more uniformly than the strip linear structure of 83 直线. In the high-resistance electrode portion 18x, the width of the strip-like or mesh-like linear structure is not greater than 3 # calendar, while in the low-resistance electrode portion 18y, the strip-like or mesh-like linear structure has a length of not less than 3 # m width. FIG. 85 is a schematic diagram of a liquid crystal display device, and is used to explain the problems of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. The liquid crystal display device includes first and second substrates 12, 14 (see, for example, the first circle), and is fixed to each other by a peripheral seal 66. The peripheral seal 66 has a liquid crystal injection hole 68 at one end, and is sealed after the liquid crystal is injected. The liquid crystal is injected through the injection hole 68, and when it flows from the injection hole 68 to the far end, the impurities flowing out of the alignment layer will be concentrated at the other end away from the injection hole 68 along with the liquid crystal flow. Therefore, a region 70 far from the liquid crystal injection hole 68 may form a display failure region due to a decrease in the voltage holding ratio. Figures 86 and 87 are sectional views showing a liquid crystal display device according to an eighth embodiment of the present invention. One substrate 12 has a dielectric layer 36, and the other substrate 14 has an insulating layer 500. The dielectric layer 36 and the insulating layer 50 are both far away from the injection hole 68. The fk standard of this paper is applicable to China National Standards (CNS) A4 «Interest (2 丨 0 > &297; 4) I ^ ------ 1T ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 57 587191 ^^ 7 · — ________B7 _-_ 5. The area 70 of the description of the invention (55) is removed. Therefore, the region 70 far from the injection hole 68 will form a region with a wider liquid crystal chamber space. Moreover, a black matrix 72 covers the area 70 away from the injection hole 68, so the special area is set as a non-display area. The dielectric layer 36 is made of PC403 resin manufactured by JSR and has a thickness of up to 5em. The insulating layer is made of SiN. The liquid crystal layer 16 has a thickness of 4 # m, and the size of the chamber space of the region 70 away from the injection hole 68 is about 8 # m. Therefore, the width of the region 70 far from the injection hole 68 can be reduced from 4 mm to 2 mm. Therefore, the area 70 far from the injection hole 68 can be covered by the black matrix 72 without changing the area of the display area. The region 70 away from the injection hole 68 may be provided near the other side opposite to the side having the liquid crystal injection hole 68. As described above, according to the present invention, a liquid crystal display device having excellent viewing angle characteristics without a turbulent region (the 88th series is a flat surface) and shows a liquid crystal display device according to a ninth embodiment of the present invention. Section 89 圊 is a sectional view taken along the line 89-89 of Section 88 第. FIG. 90 shows the guides in the upper and lower layers of the liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device includes a pair of glass substrates 12, 14 facing each other. A liquid crystal is provided between the pair of glass substrates 12, 14 and a polarizing plate (not shown) is provided on both sides of the glass substrates 12, 14. . The glass substrate 14 is a TFT substrate, and has a plurality of gate bus lines 30 arranged in parallel with each other. Most of the data bus lines 32 cross the gate bus lines 30 at a right angle, and include TFTs 34. The electrode 22a is a strip electrode 22b of the second group. The TFT 34 includes a gate electrode 34g, a drain electrode 34d, and a source electrode. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ---- (Please read the note on the back first Please fill in this item again. I) • yi · J1 · Order printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 58 Printed by the Intellectual Property Co., Ltd. of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by M Industrial Consumer Cooperative 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (56) 34s. An auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 is disposed above the gate bus line 30. The auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 forms an auxiliary capacitor with the corresponding gate bus line 30 below it. A rectangular area defined by the two gate bus lines 30 and the two data bus lines 32 will constitute a pixel area. Figures 88 and 90 show one pixel area of the liquid crystal display device. The glass substrate 14 contains 2400 (800 X 3 (RGB) pixel regions in the horizontal direction and 600 pixel regions in the vertical direction. ≫ According to this embodiment, one pixel region includes one type of electrode 22a vertically. It is arranged at its central position, and two strip electrodes 22b are arranged on both sides. The features of this embodiment can be applied to a liquid crystal display device which does not include the entire transparent electrode 18 as shown in FIG. The liquid crystal display device including the entire transparent electrode shown in 圊. In Fig. 90, the lines actually indicate the guides (electrodes, bus lines, etc.) on the upper layer, and the dotted lines indicate the guides (electrodes, bus lines, etc.) on the lower layer. Etc.) As shown in FIG. 90, the gate bus lines 30, the gate electrode 34g i of the TFT 34, and the second type electrode 22b are provided in the lower layer. The gate electrode 34g is connected to One of the two gate bus lines 30 in the pixel area is formed, and the second type electrode 22b is connected to the lower gate bus line 30. As shown in FIG. 89, the SiN interlayer insulating film 50a is Provided on the lower gate bus line 30, the gate electrode 34g of the TFT 34 and the lower layer Two strip electrodes 22b and the like. The guide provided above the interlayer insulating film 50a includes an amorphous silicon film 34a forming the TFT 34, a channel protection film 34b, and an amorphous silicon film 34c doped with impurities. , A drain electrode 34d, and a source electrode 34s. The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). I line (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 59 1 587191

五、發明説明(58) 決定該第二條型電板22B的電位,及一第一電壓Vc供導通 該TFT 34,及一第二電壓Va供切閉該TFT 34。 第91A圖示出四個像元垂向排列。其中假設像元a係 為剛被寫入資料者,像元B係正在被寫入資料者,像元c 為將要被寫入下個資料者,而像元D為在C之後將要被寫 入資料者。於第88至90圖中,其閘極匯流線30乃以GiSG5 _來標示,資料匯流線32以〇丨、D2標示,TFTs以TFT^TFT4 : 4示不第一條型電释22a从S1SS4標不’第二條型電極22b 以匕至。標示。 在該液晶顯示裝置中,有許多的閘極匯流線Gi、g2... 等以垂直方向排列,而在與垂向同步信號相同的時點,按 序由上而下被饋送一掃插信號。被送入該掃描信號的像元 係經由資料匯流線D!、D2…等來被送入資料信號,而可在 一特定的像元中寫入一特定的顯示資料。 例如,要在像元B中寫入資料,有一+15V的脈衝信號 電壓(掃描信號)會施於該閘極匯流線g2來導通該^凡一預 定長度的時間。另一方面,當該丁Ft2為011時,該資料匯 流線01會被供入_5V至+5V的電壓來當作顯示資料。在此 過程中,該等閘極匯流線Gi ' g4、g5會被供入·1〇v的電 壓’來關閉像元A與D的TFT!及丁FT4。而且,像元B的第 二條型電極C:2乃被設定為〇v。換言之,閘極匯流線g3係 被轉至0V。 當有一電壓被供入該等閘極匯流線〇1至〇5及資料匯 流線D!,如第91A圖所示時,丁FT2會導通而使顯示資料( 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) M規格(210><297公釐) II —------裝丨------訂—------^線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 61 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(59 ) 在±5V範圍内的信號)被寫入第一條型電極\中。於同時 ,在像元A與D中,由於閘極匯流線〇1與〇4皆為_i〇V,故 丁?丁1與丁?丁4皆會關閉。故,被送入資料匯流線Di的顯示 資料不會被寫入像元A及D中。 另一方面,在像元C中,TFT3的間極電壓為ov,因此 ,當被施於該資料匯流線D1的顯示資料之電壓為負值時 ’ TFT3即會導通而使該顯示資料非必要地寫入第一條型 電極。然而,在下個垂向同步信號期間,該顯示資料 會被寫入像元C中。即使當該顯示資料被寫入像元B的同 時’該顯示資料亦被錯誤地寫入像元C中,但在下個垂向 同步信號期間,正確的顯示資料會被寫入像元c中。故, 其錯誤寫入操作的影牢乃幾乎可被忽略。 當將該顯示資料寫入像元B的操作完成後,於下個垂 向同步信號期間,該閘極匯流線A會被施以-丨〇v的電壓 ,閘極匯流線G3被施以+15V的電壓,閘極匯流線G4則被 施以0V的電壓。結果,像元B的TFL會關閉,而該第一 型電極h會形成所謂的浮置狀態。同時,雖該第二條型 極q的電壓由0V轉至·1〇v,有一強度對應於寫入第一 型電極S2之顯不資料的電場,會生成於第一條型電極1與 第一條型電極C:2之間。由於第一條型電極S2係為浮置的, 故此狀態會被保持。因此,像元B的液晶分子會以對應於 該電場的方向及強度來被調準,而決定該像元B的透射率 。在第一條型電極S與第二條型電極q之間的電場強度會 被保持,直到該閘極匯流線G2形成0V。 (請先閲請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 條 電 條 62 - 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消ff合作社印製 A7 .._〆— · · . — f. . ·— ·· ·. r· . ^ ♦·<_·__<» 綱★鑛〆、一·- ___B7__五、發明説明(60 ) 在此實施例中,其第一條型電極22a(Si、S2..·等)與第 二條型電極22b(G1、G2…等)之間的電壓差,在該資料寫 入操作時,及該資料保持期間係會變化的。不過,例如假 設其有600個閘極匯流線,在相當於一幀週期的598>600之 時間内,相同的電壓差會被保持固定,因此由於該第一條 型電極22a(Si、S2···等)與第二條型電極22b(Gi、G2…等) 之間的電壓差所產生的顯示品質之變差,實質上可以被忽 •略。 依據此實施例之液晶顯示裝置,該第二條型電極22b 係連接於閘極匯流線30,因此在習知技術中所需的共同匯 流線(例如在第20圖中標示為40者),乃已不再被需要用來 保持該第二條型電極22b的固定電位。故,可用於顯示的 像元區域部份乃會相對地增加,而能提高孔徑比。以此方 法,乃可形成明亮顯示及高對比的影像。 而且,依據該實施例,其第二條型電極22b係有部份 > 重疊該資料匯流線32,因此會造成一個好處,即在第二條 型電極22b與資料匯流線32之間不會有光洩漏。 該第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b最好係皆被設 成上層之導件。或者,該第二條型電極22b亦可被製成下 層的導件。假使該等第二條型電極22b係被製成下層之導 件,則該等第二條型電極22b最好被設成有部份與資料匯 流線32重疊。此將可使其避免由第二條型電極22b與資料 匯流線32的間隙中產生光洩漏。 第92圖係為一平面圖,示出第88圊的液晶顯示裝置之 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) .裝· 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 63 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ...... .<m «-«»•,丨^r«^- · »,* · ,**»··»·*·、.,丽.. _B7___ 五、發明説明(61 ) 一修正例❶务93^示出該液晶顯示裝置之上層與下層的導 件。在第93圖中,其實線表示上層的導件,而虛線表示下 層的導件。該實施例雖然基本上類似於第88至90圖的實施 例,但相異處在於其各像元區域含有第一與第二TFTs 34x 、34y。該等第一與第二TFTs 34x、34y係在各像元區域的 .左上方互相靠近設置。 該第一與第二TFTs 34x、34y係各包含一閘極電極34g 、一汲極電極34d與一源極電極34s。該閘極電極34g由上 閘極匯流線30伸長,而被第一與第二TFTs 34x、34y所共 用。該第一 TFT 34x的汲極電極34d連接於資料匯流線32 ,而該第一 TFT 34x的源極電極34s連接於第一條型電極 22a 〇 該第二TFT 347的汲極電極34d係經由共同匯流線40a 連接下閘極匯流線30,而該第二TFTs 34y的源極電極34s 則連接於第二條型電極22b。該共同匯流線40a係由下閘極 匯流線30,朝第二TFTs 34y的汲極電極34d下方延伸,而 平行於資料匯流線32,並以一貫孔連接於該汲極電極34d 〇 於此實施例中,其下層的導件包括閘極匯流線30,閘 極電極34g被第一與第二TFTs 34x、34y所共用,及共同匯 流線40a等。另一方面,其上層導件乃包括資料匯流線32 ,第一與第二TFTs 34x、34y的汲極電極34d及源極電極34s ,第一條型電極22a,第二條型電極22b,及輔助電容電極 23等。該第一TFT 34x的源極電極34s係有部份與該像元區 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 64 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 一 _B7_^_ 五、發明説明(62) 域的上閘極匯流線30重疊,而左邊的共同匯流線40a則有 部份與左邊的資料匯流線32及第二條型電極22b重疊。另 一方面,右邊的共同匯流線40a則部份地與右邊的資料匯 流線32及第二條型電極22b重疊,而該輔助電容電極23係 部份地與下閘極匯流線30重疊。 第94圖表示一驅動第92與93圖之液晶顯示裝置的方法 | °有四個像元被示出垂直疊置。該閘極匯流線30乃被供以 第91B圖所示的電壓。假設像元a係為一剛被寫入資料者 ’像元B為正在被寫入資料者,像元c為將要被寫入下個 資料者,像元D為在像元C之後將被寫入資料者。於第94 圖中,丁FTn、丁FT12...TFT41、TFT42係代表各像元之第一 與第二TFTs 34x與34y。 例如,要將資料寫入像元B時,有一+15V的脈衝信號 (掃描信號)會被供入該閘極匯流線〇2來導通tft21&tft22 一預定長的時間。另一方面,當TFT2,及TFT2:^〇n時,該 資料匯流線0!會被供入-5V至+5V範圍内的電壓當作顯示 :貝料。於此過程中,為了關閉該像元A與D之tftm、TFT12 及TFT”、TFT4:,該閘極匯流線Gi、G4等乃被供入·ι〇ν的 電壓。而且,為了將像元Β之第二條型電極c2降至〇ν ,該 閘極匯流線G3的電壓乃被減至〇 ν。 當該閘極匯流線(^至Gs與資料匯流線D!被施以如第 94圖所示之電壓時,其丁1:丁21及丁1:丁22會導通,且該第一條 型電極會被送入顯示資料(在±5V範圍内的信號),而該 第二條型電極C:2會被供入〇v的電壓。結果,有一平行於 (請先聞讀背面之注意Ϋ項再填寫本頁) .裝. 訂 線 I i m HI · 本紙張尺度適用中國國家縣(CNS )从胁(21〇χ297公羞) 65 587191 A7 B7一 五、發明説明(63 ) 該基板的電場會形成於該第一條型電極$2與第二條型電極 C2之間,因此該像元B的液晶分子之調準方向會改變,而 像元B的透射率會依照在該第一條型電極s2與第二條型電 極<:2之間的電場強度來改變。 在此過程中,像元A與D的TFTn、TFT12&TFT41、TFT42 等,會由於該閘極匯流線01與04皆為·1〇ν而關閉。因此 送入該資料匯流線D!的顯示資料將不會寫入像元Α及D中 〇 另一方面,在像元C中,其丁?丁31與丁卩丁32的閘極電壓 為ον。因此,若送入該資料匯流線]^的顯示資料之電壓 為負值,則其TFT31&TFT32會導通,而使該顯示資料非必 要地寫入第一條型電極$3中。但是,在下個垂向同步信號 期間,該顯示資料會被寫入像元c中。因此,即使若該顯 示資料在被寫入像元B的同時被錯誤地寫入像元c中,在 下個垂直同步信號期間,正確的顯示資料仍會被寫入像元 C中,故該錯誤的寫入操作之影饗實質上可被忽略。 當將顯示資料寫入像元B的操作完成後,於下個垂直 同步信號期間,會有-10V的電壓供入閘極匯流線〇2 , +15V 的電壓供入閘極匯流線G3,0V的電壓供入閘極匯流線〇4 結果’該像元Β的TFT2i與TFT22會關閉,而使第一條 型電極S2與第二條型電極(:2進入浮置狀態。因此,該等電 極52與<:2會保留電荷以供資料寫入操作。 依據本實施例,該第二TFT 34y(TFTi2、TFT22…等)只 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 丨丨If—丨 (請先聞讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) HI I iuj · 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 66 587191V. Description of the invention (58) The potential of the second type electric board 22B is determined, and a first voltage Vc is used to turn on the TFT 34, and a second voltage Va is used to switch off the TFT 34. Fig. 91A shows four pixels arranged vertically. It is assumed that pixel a is the person who has just been written, pixel B is the person who is being written, pixel c is the person who will be written to the next data, and pixel D is the person who will be written after C. Profiler. In Figures 88 to 90, the gate bus line 30 is marked with GiSG5 _, the data bus line 32 is marked with 〇 丨 and D2, and the TFTs are shown with TFT ^ TFT4: 4. The second type electrode 22b is marked as follows. Marked. In this liquid crystal display device, many gate bus lines Gi, g2, etc. are arranged in a vertical direction, and at the same time point as the vertical synchronization signal, a scanning signal is sequentially fed from top to bottom. The picture element sent into the scanning signal is sent into the data signal through data bus lines D !, D2, etc., and a specific display data can be written in a specific picture element. For example, to write data in pixel B, a + 15V pulse signal voltage (scanning signal) will be applied to the gate bus line g2 to turn on the signal for a predetermined length of time. On the other hand, when the Df2 is 011, the data bus line 01 will be supplied with a voltage of _5V to + 5V as display data. During this process, the gate bus lines Gi'g4, g5 will be supplied with a voltage of 10v 'to turn off the TFTs of pixels A and D! And DFT4. The second type electrode C: 2 of the pixel B is set to 0V. In other words, the gate bus line g3 is turned to 0V. When a voltage is supplied to the gate bus lines 〇1 to 〇5 and the data bus line D !, as shown in Figure 91A, Ding FT2 will be turned on to display the data (this paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) ) M specification (210 > < 297mm) II ---------- installation 丨 ------ order ------- ^ line (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page ) 61 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (59) Signals in the range of ± 5V) are written in the first electrode. At the same time, in the pixels A and D, since the gate bus lines 〇1 and 〇4 are both _i0V, so what? Ding 1 and Ding? Ding 4 will all be closed. Therefore, the display data sent to the data bus line Di will not be written into the pixels A and D. On the other hand, in pixel C, the inter-electrode voltage of TFT3 is ov. Therefore, when the voltage of the display data applied to the data bus D1 is negative, TFT3 will be turned on and the display data will be unnecessary. Ground is written to the first electrode. However, during the next vertical synchronization signal, the display data is written into the pixel C. Even when the display data is written into the pixel B, the display data is erroneously written into the pixel C, but during the next vertical synchronization signal, the correct display data is written into the pixel c. Therefore, the shadow cell of its erroneous write operation can be almost ignored. After the operation of writing the display data into the pixel B is completed, during the next vertical synchronization signal, the gate bus line A will be applied with a voltage of-丨 0V, and the gate bus line G3 will be applied with + A voltage of 15V is applied to the gate bus line G4. As a result, the TFL of the pixel B is turned off, and the first-type electrode h becomes a so-called floating state. At the same time, although the voltage of the second strip electrode q is changed from 0V to · 10v, an electric field having an intensity corresponding to the display data written in the first strip electrode S2 will be generated in the first strip electrode 1 and the first strip electrode q. One type of electrode C: between 2. Since the first type electrode S2 is floating, this state is maintained. Therefore, the liquid crystal molecules of pixel B will be aligned with the direction and intensity corresponding to the electric field to determine the transmittance of pixel B. The electric field strength between the first type electrode S and the second type electrode q is maintained until the gate bus line G2 forms 0V. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Order the printed article of the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 62-587191 Print the A7 of the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs to print A7 .._ 〆 — · · · . — F.. ·· · · ·. R ·. ^ ♦ < _ · __ < »★ 〆〆, 一 ·-___B7__V. Description of the Invention (60) In this embodiment, the first The voltage difference between the stripe electrode 22a (Si, S2 ..., etc.) and the second stripe electrode 22b (G1, G2, etc.) will change during the data writing operation and during the data retention period. . However, for example, if it has 600 gate bus lines, the same voltage difference will be kept fixed within the time equivalent to 598> 600 of one frame period. Therefore, because the first type electrode 22a (Si, S2 ·· ··· etc.) The deterioration in display quality caused by the voltage difference between the second electrode 22b (Gi, G2, etc.) can be ignored. According to the liquid crystal display device of this embodiment, the second type electrode 22b is connected to the gate bus line 30, so the common bus line required in the conventional technology (for example, the one marked as 40 in FIG. 20), It is no longer necessary to maintain the fixed potential of the second strip electrode 22b. Therefore, the portion of the pixel area that can be used for display will be relatively increased, which can increase the aperture ratio. In this way, brightly displayed and high-contrast images can be formed. Moreover, according to this embodiment, the second type electrode 22b is partially > the data bus line 32 is overlapped, so there is an advantage that the second type electrode 22b and the data bus line 32 are not overlapped. There is light leakage. Preferably, the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b are provided as upper-layered conductive members. Alternatively, the second strip-type electrode 22b may be made into a lower-layer guide. If the second-type electrodes 22b are made into a lower-layer conductive member, the second-type electrodes 22b are preferably provided to partially overlap the data bus line 32. This will prevent light leakage from occurring in the gap between the second type electrode 22b and the data bus line 32. Figure 92 is a plan view showing the 88th LCD device (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page). Binding and binding The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 (Mm) 63 587191 Printed A7 by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs .... ≪ m «-« »•, 丨 ^ r« ^-· », * ·, **» ·· » · * ·,., Li .. _B7___ 5. Description of the Invention (61) A modified example of task 93 ^ shows the upper and lower guides of the liquid crystal display device. In Fig. 93, the line actually indicates the upper-layer guide, and the dotted line indicates the lower-layer guide. Although this embodiment is basically similar to the embodiment of Figs. 88 to 90, it is different in that each pixel region contains first and second TFTs 34x and 34y. The first and second TFTs 34x and 34y are arranged close to each other at the upper left of each pixel region. The first and second TFTs 34x and 34y each include a gate electrode 34g, a drain electrode 34d, and a source electrode 34s. The gate electrode 34g is extended from the upper gate bus line 30, and is commonly used by the first and second TFTs 34x, 34y. The drain electrode 34d of the first TFT 34x is connected to the data bus line 32, and the source electrode 34s of the first TFT 34x is connected to the first type electrode 22a. The drain electrode 34d of the second TFT 347 is connected in common through The bus line 40a is connected to the lower gate bus line 30, and the source electrode 34s of the second TFTs 34y is connected to the second type electrode 22b. The common bus line 40a extends from the lower gate bus line 30 toward the drain electrode 34d of the second TFTs 34y, is parallel to the data bus line 32, and is connected to the drain electrode 34d through a through hole. In the example, the lower-layer guide includes a gate bus line 30, the gate electrode 34g is shared by the first and second TFTs 34x, 34y, and a common bus line 40a. On the other hand, the upper layer guides include data bus lines 32, drain electrodes 34d and 34s of the first and second TFTs 34x, 34y, first strip electrodes 22a, second strip electrodes 22b, and The auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 and the like. The source electrode 34s of the first TFT 34x is partly connected to the pixel area (please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page. The paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 64 587191 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs _B7 _ ^ _ V. Description of the Invention (62) The upper gate bus line 30 of the domain overlaps, while the common bus line 40a on the left part of the data bus line on the left 32 and the second type electrode 22b overlap. On the other hand, the common bus line 40a on the right partly overlaps with the data bus line 32 on the right and the second type electrode 22b, and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 is partially Overlaps the lower gate bus line 30. Fig. 94 shows a method of driving the liquid crystal display device of Figs. 92 and 93. ° Four pixels are shown to be vertically stacked. The gate bus line 30 is provided with The voltage shown in Figure 91B. Assume that pixel a is a person who has just been written. 'Cell B is the person who is writing data, pixel c is the person who will be written to the next data, and pixel D is Those who will be written after pixel C. In Figure 94, Ding FTn, Ding FT 12 ... TFT41, TFT42 represent the first and second TFTs 34x and 34y of each pixel. For example, when data is to be written to pixel B, a + 15V pulse signal (scanning signal) will be supplied to the The gate bus line 02 turns on tft21 & tft22 for a predetermined time. On the other hand, when TFT2, and TFT2: ^ 〇n, the data bus line 0! Will be supplied in the range of -5V to + 5V The voltage is used as a display: in the process, in order to turn off the tftm, TFT12 and TFT ", TFT4: of the pixel A and D, the gate bus lines Gi, G4, etc. are supplied to In addition, in order to reduce the second type electrode c2 of the pixel B to 〇ν, the voltage of the gate bus line G3 is reduced to 〇ν. When the gate bus line (^ to Gs and the data bus line) D! When the voltage shown in Figure 94 is applied, its Ding 1: Ding 21 and Ding 1: Ding 22 will be turned on, and the first electrode will be sent to the display data (in the range of ± 5V) Signal), and the second type electrode C: 2 will be supplied with a voltage of 0V. As a result, there is a parallel (please read the note on the back before filling this page). Assembly. I im HI · This Zhang scale is applicable to China National Counties (CNS) Congxie (21〇χ297 public shame) 65 587191 A7 B7 1-5. Description of the invention (63) The electric field of the substrate will be formed on the first type electrode $ 2 and the second type electrode C2, so the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules of pixel B will change, and the transmittance of pixel B will follow the electric field between the first strip electrode s2 and the second strip electrode <: 2 Intensity to change. In this process, the TFTn, TFT12 & TFT41, TFT42, etc. of the pixels A and D are turned off because the gate bus lines 01 and 04 are all · 1〇ν. Therefore, the display data sent to the data bus D! Will not be written into the pixels A and D. On the other hand, in pixel C, its D? The gate voltages of Ting 31 and Ting Ding 32 are ον. Therefore, if the voltage of the display data sent to the data bus line is negative, its TFT31 & TFT32 will be turned on, so that the display data is unnecessarily written into the first type electrode $ 3. However, during the next vertical synchronization signal, the display data is written in the pixel c. Therefore, even if the display data is erroneously written into the pixel c while being written into the pixel B, the correct display data will still be written into the pixel C during the next vertical synchronization signal, so the error The effect of the write operation can be ignored. After the operation of writing the display data into the pixel B is completed, during the next vertical synchronization signal, a voltage of -10V will be supplied to the gate bus line 〇2, and a voltage of + 15V will be supplied to the gate bus line G3, 0V. The voltage is supplied to the gate bus line. As a result, the TFT2i and TFT22 of the pixel B will be turned off, so that the first type electrode S2 and the second type electrode (: 2 enter a floating state. Therefore, these electrodes 52 and <: 2 will retain charge for data writing operation. According to this embodiment, the second TFT 34y (TFTi2, TFT22, etc.) is only applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) for this paper size ) 丨 丨 If— 丨 (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) HI I iuj · Printed by the Employees ’Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 66 587191

五、發明説明(64 ) 經濟部智慧財產局S工消費合作社印製 在資料寫入操作時會被導通,且該第二條型電極22b的電 壓形成0V,而一旦完成寫入操作,該第二丁FT 34y會關閉 ’因此該第二條型電極22b會與閘極匯流線30電斷接。結 果’除了前述實施例之類似效果之外,其優點係在資料寫 入操作與資料保持時間之間的電位變化乃可避免。 而且’依據本實施例,其源極電極34s係部份地與像 元區域之上閘極匯流線30重疊,左邊的共同匯流線40a係 部份地與左邊的資料匯流線32及第二條型電極22b重疊, 右邊的共同匯流線4(^則部份地與右邊的資料匯流線32及 第二條型電極22b重疊,而輔助電容電極23係部份地與下 問極匯流線30重疊。因此,由該資料匯流線32與閘極匯流 線30附近區域所產生之光漏,乃可被更精確地防止❶ 此外’依據本實施例,只有該調準層被設在第一條型 電極22&與第二條型電極22b上。因此,較諸於先前的實施 例’其中有一保護膜(絕·緣膜)存在於第二條型電極22b與 該調準層之間者,該電場將更容易作用於液晶上,因此可 形成避免顯示劣化的優點,否則電荷積存於該電極上之絕 緣層與調準層之間的邊界處乃可能造成顯示不良。 第HI1乃示出第94圖的液晶顯示裝置驅動方法之一修 正例。在此例中,其TFTs(TFTh、tft21、tft31、tft41) 乃插設於該資料匯流線(D1)與第一條型電極(Si、S2…等) 之間’並被排列於左上方部份;而其TFTs(TFTi2、tft22 、TFT32、TFT42)則被插設於閘極匯流線阳丨、G2…等)與第 二條型電極(c〖、c2···等)之間,並被排列在該像元區域之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(21〇χ297公釐) ---------^------1T------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 67 587191 ..A7 B7 五、發明説明(65 ) 左下方部份。此液晶顯示裝置的操作係相同於前述實施例 〇 --丨 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁 訂 在具有此構造的液晶顯示裝置中,有一薄膜電晶體乃 連接於第二條型電極與閘極匯流線之間。因此,在資料寫 入操作及資料保持時間,乃可避免第二條型電極的電壓改 變°而且,於此液晶顯示裝置中,該第二條型電極正常係 設在第二薄膜電晶體之源極電極的同一層,即被作為上層 導件。在此狀況下,乃需要一共同匯流線作為下層導件來 連接該等閘極匯流線與第二薄膜電.晶體的汲極電極。藉著 將此共同匯流線製成使該資料匯流線與第二條型電極部份 地互相重叠,則由該資料匯流線與第二條型電極之間發生 的光漏將可被屏蔽。 以此驅動方法,該液晶顯示裝置乃可不用該共同匯流 線來被驅動,而具有改良的孔徑比。 經濟部智楚財產局3:工消費合作社印製 第96囷係為一平面圖,示出本發明又另一實施例的液 晶顯示裝置;第97圖為一平面囷,示出第96囷之下玻璃基 板的導電層圖形;第98圖係沿第96圊之98-98截線所採的 剖視圖。本實施例之液晶顯示裝置包含一對玻璃基板12、 14,一液晶16設在該對玻璃基板12、14之間,及一極化板 (未示出)。 該玻璃基板14包含許多閘極'匯流線30互相平行排列, 共同匯流線40b平行於該等資料匯流線32,及多數的資料 匯流線32以直角交又於該等閘極匯流線30。許多由閘極匯 流線30及資料匯流線32所形成的矩形區域構成像元區域。 68 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 587191 _ . 一 ·· 〜-r..... 一一—一» 1111 ·Μ»ΙΙ·ΙΙ -. Α7 一…..... ___Β7 五、發明説明(66 ) 該等像元區域係例如在水平方向以1〇〇 的節距,在垂 直方向以300# m的節距來列設。 每一像元區域包含一 TFT 34,一第一條型電極22a, 一第二條型電極22b,及輔助電容電極23等設在該像元區 域的頂底端。該閘極匯流線30、共同匯流線4〇b、TFT 34 的閘極電極、第二條型電極22b、及輔助電容電極23等係 設在下導電層。該TFT 34之閘極電極34g係連接於閘極匯 > 流線30,第二條型電極22b則全部連接於共同匯流線4〇b, 而輔助電容電極23乃連接於該等第二條型電極22b的項端 〇 另一方面,該閘極匯流線30、TFT 34的汲極電極34d 與源極電極34s、第一條型電極22a、及輔助電容電極23係 全部設於上導電層中。該汲極電極34d係連接於資料匯流 線32,該源極電極34s以水平方向延伸而連接於第一條型 電極22a,該輔助電容電極23則連接於第一條型電極22a的 > 底端。 有一層間絕緣層(未示出)被設在構成下層的導電層與 構成上層的導電層之間,及一調準層(未示出)設在構成上 層的導電層上。該輔助電容電極23與其上方的源極電極34s ,及輔助電容電極23與其上方的共同匯流線40b,各構成 一輔助電容。 此外,由氧化鉻或類似金屬,或低反射率的金屬化合 物所製成的黑色基質80,乃被設在該玻璃基板12的内面而 平行於該等資料匯流線32。在此例中,料匯流線32的 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標丰(CNS > A4规格(210X297公釐) ---------^------1T------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 69 587191 - · ....., . ·—- .- __ B7_’ ·'. ··_ 五、發明説明(67 ) 寬度W1為4#m,而該黑色基質80的宽度W2係被設為8私m 。又有一藍色濾色物82B、一紅色濾色物82R、及一綠色 濾色物82G等設在該玻璃基板12的内表面。在此例中,例 如該藍色濾色物82B係設在第3n行(n=l、2.··等)的像元區 域中,該紅色濾色物82R係設在第3n+l行的像元區域中, 該綠色濾色物82G則設在第3n+2行的像元區域中。該等濾 色物的宽度W4係為110# m。 如第98囷所示,該等濾色物82B、82R、82G等係有些 延伸至在黑色基質80底下的鄰接像元中。具體而言,在黑 色基質80底下,該等藍色及綠色濾色物82B、82G會互相 重疊,或藍色及紅色濾色物82B、82R互相重疊,或綠色 與紅色濾色物82G、82R會互相重疊。各二濾色物之重疊 部份的寬度W3係為10/zm,其乃被設成大於該黑色基質80 的寬度W2。該等濾色物82B、82R、82G的厚度係為0.1至 2/z m。在此特殊例子中,該等濾色物82B、82R、82G的 厚度係假設為1 /z m。 經濟部智楚財產局員工消贲合作社印製 請參閱第99圖,該實施例的效用將被說明。於該液晶 顯示裝置中,其液晶分子的調準方向,係由該第一條型電 極22a與第二條型電極22b之間的電場所控制。液晶分子的 調準方向存在於第二條型電極22b與在其左側的資料匯流 線32之間,及該第二條型電極22b與在其右側的資料匯流 線32之間,但是,不能被第一條型電極22a與第二條型電 極22b之間的電場所控制。因此,由它們之間的空隙(大約 2/zm寬)進入該液晶層的光,將可能穿過相對面而洩漏。 70 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(68 ) 在此實施例中,兩種不同顏色的濾色物(第99圖中的 濾色物82R、82G)會在黑色基質80底下重*。因此,假若 由該玻璃基板14底面進入的光要洩漏穿過玻璃基板12,則 該等特定的泡漏光會依循第99囷之箭號所示的路徑行進。 具體而言,由該第二條型電極22b與資料匯流線32之間的 空隙進入該液晶層的光,乃會穿過濾色物82R、82G之重 疊部份,而在該黑色基質80的表面反射。該反射光又會穿 過該等濾色物82R、82G之重疊部份,而在第二條型電極22b 上反射。此反射光則會穿過該等濾色物82R、82G而投射 於該玻璃基板12。在此狀況下,該等洩漏光會穿過該等濾 色物82R、82G的重疊部份三次。 通常作為該液晶顯示裝置之底光的冷陰極射線管,在 波長對應於红、綠、藍色時乃具有高的波峰,而穿過紅色 濾色物82R的光乃可能被吸收於綠色或藍色濾色物82G、 82B中。相同的方式,穿過該綠色濾色物82G的光乃可能 被吸收於红色或藍色濾色物82R、82B中,而穿過該藍色 濾色物82B的光乃可能被吸收於红色或綠色濾色物82R、 82G中。因此,在此實施例之液晶顯示裝置中,其洩漏之 光的強度會相當地減少,且可避免顯示品質的降低。 第100圖係表示在本實施例之液晶顯示裝置A,一含 有由金屬膜製成之黑色基質的習知液晶顯示裝置C,一含 有樹脂製成之黑色基質的習知液晶顯示裝置B中,測出由 於串音所造成的光洩漏量之結果。假設白色顯示部份的亮 度為100。如第100圖所示,相較於金屬黑色基質的亮度約 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •柒.V. Description of the Invention (64) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and the Industrial Cooperative Cooperative during the data writing operation will be turned on, and the voltage of the second strip electrode 22b will be 0V. Once the writing operation is completed, the first Erding FT 34y will be closed, so the second electrode 22b is electrically disconnected from the gate bus 30. As a result, in addition to the similar effects of the foregoing embodiments, the advantage is that the potential change between the data writing operation and the data holding time can be avoided. Moreover, according to this embodiment, the source electrode 34s partially overlaps the gate bus line 30 above the pixel region, and the common bus line 40a on the left partly overlaps with the data bus line 32 on the left and the second The type electrode 22b overlaps, and the common bus line 4 on the right side partially overlaps with the data bus line 32 on the right side and the second type electrode 22b, and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 partially overlaps with the lower interposer bus line 30. Therefore, the light leakage generated in the vicinity of the data bus line 32 and the gate bus line 30 can be prevented more accurately. In addition, according to this embodiment, only the alignment layer is set in the first type. Electrode 22 & and the second strip-type electrode 22b. Therefore, compared with the previous embodiment 'wherein a protective film (insulation film) exists between the second strip-type electrode 22b and the alignment layer, the The electric field will more easily act on the liquid crystal, so it has the advantage of avoiding display degradation, otherwise the charge may accumulate at the boundary between the insulating layer and the alignment layer on the electrode, which may cause poor display. Figure liquid crystal display device driving method A modified example. In this example, the TFTs (TFTh, tft21, tft31, tft41) are inserted between the data bus (D1) and the first type electrode (Si, S2, etc.) and arranged. In the upper left part; and its TFTs (TFTi2, tft22, TFT32, TFT42) are inserted in the gate bus lines (Y, G2, etc.) and the second type electrode (c〗, c2, etc.) The size of the paper that is arranged in the pixel area is in accordance with China National Standard (CNS) A4 (21〇297297 mm) --------- ^ ------ 1T- ----- line (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 67 587191 .. A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (65) The lower left part. The operation of this liquid crystal display device is the same as that of the previous embodiment. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this page. In a liquid crystal display device with this structure, a thin film transistor is connected to the second type Between the electrode and the gate bus line. Therefore, during the data writing operation and the data holding time, the voltage change of the second type electrode can be avoided. Moreover, in this liquid crystal display device, the second type electrode is normally connected. The same layer as the source electrode of the second thin film transistor is used as the upper layer guide. In this case, a common bus line is required as the lower layer guide to connect the gate bus lines and the second thin film transistor. Drain electrode of the crystal. By making this common bus line such that the data bus line and the second type electrode partially overlap each other, light generated between the data bus line and the second type electrode The leakage will be shielded. With this driving method, the liquid crystal display device can be driven without the common bus line, and has an improved aperture ratio. Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economy 3: Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 96 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 97 is a plan view showing a conductive layer pattern of a glass substrate below 96 °; FIG. 98 is a view along 96th A cross-sectional view taken along the line 98-98. The liquid crystal display device of this embodiment includes a pair of glass substrates 12, 14, a liquid crystal 16 provided between the pair of glass substrates 12, 14, and a polarizing plate (not shown). (Shown). The glass substrate 14 includes a plurality of gate bus lines 30 arranged in parallel to each other, a common bus line 40b is parallel to the data bus lines 32, and most of the data bus lines 32 intersect at a right angle to the gate buses. Line 30. Many rectangular areas formed by the gate bus line 30 and the data bus line 32 constitute a pixel area. 68 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 587191 _. I.- ~ -r ..... One one—one »1111 · Μ» ΙΙ · ΙΙ-. Α7 一… ..... ___ Β7 V. Description of the Invention (66) These pixel regions are, for example, horizontally at a pitch of 100 and vertical The directions are arranged at a pitch of 300 # m. Each pixel area contains a TFT 34, a first A type electrode 22a, a second type electrode 22b, and an auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 are provided at the top and bottom ends of the pixel region. The gate bus line 30, the common bus line 40b, the gate electrode of the TFT 34, The second type electrode 22b and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 are provided on the lower conductive layer. The gate electrode 34g of the TFT 34 is connected to the gate sink > streamline 30, and the second type electrode 22b is all connected to a common electrode. The bus line 40b, and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 is connected to the terminals of the second type electrodes 22b. On the other hand, the gate bus line 30, the drain electrode 34d and the source electrode 34s of the TFT 34, The first stripe electrode 22a and the storage capacitor electrode 23 are all provided in the upper conductive layer. The drain electrode 34d is connected to the data bus line 32, the source electrode 34s extends in a horizontal direction and is connected to the first type electrode 22a, and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 is connected to the > bottom of the first type electrode 22a end. An interlayer insulating layer (not shown) is provided between the conductive layer forming the lower layer and the conductive layer forming the upper layer, and an alignment layer (not shown) is provided on the conductive layer forming the upper layer. The auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 and the source electrode 34s above it, and the common bus line 40b above the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 each constitute an auxiliary capacitor. In addition, a black matrix 80 made of chromium oxide or a similar metal, or a low-reflectivity metal compound is provided on the inner surface of the glass substrate 12 and parallel to the data bus lines 32. In this example, the paper wave scale of the material confluence line 32 is applicable to China National Standards (CNS > A4 specification (210X297 mm) --------- ^ ------ 1T ---- -^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 69 587191-· .....,. · —- .- __ B7_ '·'. ·· _ 5. Description of the invention (67) Width W1 Is 4 # m, and the width W2 of the black matrix 80 is set to 8m. A blue color filter 82B, a red color filter 82R, and a green color filter 82G are provided on the glass substrate. The inner surface of 12. In this example, for example, the blue color filter 82B is provided in the pixel region of the 3nth row (n = 1, 2 ....), and the red color filter 82R is provided in In the pixel region of the 3n + l row, the green color filter 82G is set in the pixel region of the 3n + 2 row. The width W4 of these color filters is 110 # m. It is shown that the color filters 82B, 82R, 82G, etc. extend to adjacent pixels under the black matrix 80. Specifically, under the black matrix 80, the blue and green color filters 82B, 82G Will overlap each other, or the blue and red color filters 82B, 82R overlap each other, or green It overlaps with the red color filters 82G and 82R. The width W3 of each of the two color filters is 10 / zm, which is set to be larger than the width W2 of the black matrix 80. The color filters 82B , 82R, 82G thickness is 0.1 to 2 / zm. In this particular example, the thickness of these color filters 82B, 82R, 82G is assumed to be 1 / zm. Please refer to FIG. 99 for the system. The effect of this embodiment will be explained. In the liquid crystal display device, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules is determined by the distance between the first strip electrode 22a and the second strip electrode 22b. Electric field control. The alignment direction of liquid crystal molecules exists between the second type electrode 22b and the data bus line 32 on its left side, and between the second type electrode 22b and the data bus line 32 on its right side, However, it cannot be controlled by the electric field between the first stripe electrode 22a and the second stripe electrode 22b. Therefore, the light entering the liquid crystal layer through the gap (about 2 / zm wide) between them may pass through Leaked on the opposite side. 70 This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 210X297 mm) 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (68) In this embodiment, two different color filters (color filters 82R, 82G in Fig. 99) will be weighted under the black matrix 80 *. Therefore, if light entering from the bottom surface of the glass substrate 14 is to leak through the glass substrate 12, the specific bubble leakage light will follow the path shown by the arrow No. 99 囷. Specifically, the light entering the liquid crystal layer through the gap between the second type electrode 22 b and the data bus line 32 passes through the overlapping portion of the filter materials 82R and 82G, and is on the surface of the black matrix 80. reflection. The reflected light passes through the overlapping portions of the color filters 82R and 82G, and is reflected on the second electrode 22b. The reflected light passes through the color filters 82R and 82G and is projected on the glass substrate 12. Under this condition, the leaked light will pass through the overlapping portions of the color filters 82R, 82G three times. The cold cathode ray tube usually used as the bottom light of the liquid crystal display device has a high peak when the wavelength corresponds to red, green, and blue, and the light passing through the red color filter 82R may be absorbed in green or blue. Among the color filters 82G and 82B. In the same way, the light passing through the green color filter 82G may be absorbed in the red or blue color filters 82R, 82B, and the light passing through the blue color filter 82B may be absorbed in the red or blue colors. Among the green color filters 82R and 82G. Therefore, in the liquid crystal display device of this embodiment, the intensity of the leaked light is considerably reduced, and a reduction in display quality can be avoided. FIG. 100 shows a liquid crystal display device A of this embodiment, a conventional liquid crystal display device C containing a black matrix made of a metal film, and a conventional liquid crystal display device B containing a black matrix made of a resin. The result of measuring the amount of light leakage due to crosstalk. Assume that the brightness of the white display portion is 100. As shown in Figure 100, the brightness compared to the metallic black matrix is approximately the same as the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page).

、TI 經濟部智慧財產局肖工消贲合作社印製 71 587191 —A7 B7 五、發明説明(69 ) 4·3,及樹脂黑色基質之亮度约1.6,本實施例A的亮度係 為非常低的〇·1或者更少。此乃可清楚地示出本實施例能 非常有效地減少串音。 如上所述,本實施例存在於該金屬或金屬化合物之黑Printed by Xiao Gongxiao Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 71 587191 —A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (69) 4 · 3, and the brightness of the resin black matrix is about 1.6. The brightness of this embodiment A is very low 0.1 or less. This clearly shows that this embodiment is very effective in reducing crosstalk. As described above, this embodiment exists in the black of the metal or metal compound.

色基質80的特徵,乃可在像元區域與濾色物82R、82G、82B 之間遮光,而可供各像元區域決定透射光的顏色。另一個 特徵係該等濾色物82R、82G、82B等會由一像元區域越過 黑色基質80延伸至相鄰的像元區域,且該黑色基質80會被 至少二濾色物所覆蓋,而該二濾色物的重疊部份之寬度W3 係大於該黑色基質的寬度W2。 在此構造中,由於在該黑色基質上疊設至少二濾色物 ,故反射於該黑色基質上的光量能被可觀地減少。該等濾 色物的重疊部份乃被用來當作黑色基質的一部份,因此, 可防止由該黑色基質之反射滋生串音,並得避免增加製造 的步驟。該實施例的特點亦在於,其不僅可應用於具有第 一與第二條型電極22a、22b的液晶顯示裝置,亦可應用於 具有金屬所製之輔助電容電極的TN式液晶顯示裝置。 於一液晶顯示裝置中,其具有相同顏色之濾色物以垂 直方向併列的像元,該等濾色物係為紅、藍、綠的長條, 且該等濾色物的重疊部份平行於閘極匯流線。另一方面, 假使該液晶顯示裝置具有第一與第二條型電極22a、22b , % 藉著將該等濾色物之重叠部份延伸蓋過該第二條型電極, 則由該黑色基質上之反射造成的串音,將可被更確實地防 止。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公if ) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) π裝· 訂 經濟部智慧財產局8工消費合作社印製 72 587191 經濟部智楚財產局員工消費合作社印^ B7 五、發明説明(70 ) 第107與108囷可供說明串音的產生。例如,假使有一 白色矩形顯示在該黑色背景中,會有一白色帶產生於該白 色矩形的上方及下方部份(圖中的斜線部份),如第107圖 所示。當由斜向觀看該影像時,此種硯象會特別明顯。如 第108圖所示,此現象的發生係由於穿過第二條型電極22b 與資料匯流線32之間隙的光,穿透了該液晶顯示裝置。 > 假使該整體螢幕全部顯示黑色,該等資料匯流線32的 電壓係實質上與第二條型電極22b相等。在該等資料匯流 線32與第二條型電極22b之間的液晶並未受到電場作用, 故不會有光洩漏。相反地,假使有一白色矩形顯示在黑色 背景上,則係有一電壓施加於該等資料滙流線,因此有一 電場會產生於該第二條型電極22b與資料匯流線32之間, 即在顯示該白色矩形部份的上方及下方區域中。故,其液 晶分子將會沿此電場來被調準。 如第108圖所示,該由基板14底面進入液晶層的偏極 光,將會在黑色基質80的表面反射,並再於第二條型電極 22b的表面反射,而穿過濾色物82與玻璃基板12。此等洩 漏的光會使應顯示黑色的部份形成略呈白色部份。此現象 即稱之為串音。 為了避免串音,一混合黑色顏料的樹脂乃可被用來形 成該黑色基質。該樹脂製成的黑色基質之光吸收率很低, 因此並不具有充分的防止光漏之效果,而會產生整體對比 變低的問題。於另一種方法中,有一樹脂黑色基質被覆設 在金屬黑色基質上。但是,此種方法由於增加步驟將會使 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4洗格(210X297公釐) ----------^------1T------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 73 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(71 ) 製程複雜而導致較高的製造成本β (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 該τν式液晶顯示裝置亦會有影像滯留的現象。在此 現象中,假設有一白色矩形顯示在黑色背景上一段長時間 之後,其整個表面會轉換成半色調的(灰色)顯示,例如第 109圖所示,該顯示黑色的部份及顯示白色的部份會形成 不同亮度® 本發明的一些實施例即欲以減少串音及改善影像滯留 現象。第101圖為一平面囷,示出本發明另一實施例之液 晶顯示裝置,第102囷示出第101囷之液晶顯示裝置下基板 導電層的圊案平面圖,而第103圓為沿第101圓之1〇3·1〇3 截線的剖視圖。該液晶顯示裝置具有一液晶16被容裝於一 對基板12、14之間。在第101囷中,只示出一黑色基質80 ,但未示出在兩側之資料匯流線上的黑色基質。 依據此實施例,該玻璃基板14乃設有閘極匯流線30與 資料匯流線32。有多數由閘極匯流線30與資料匯流線32所 界定的矩形區域即構成像元區域。該等像元區域乃以水平 方向之節距100 μ m及垂直方向之節距300// m來被列設。 經濟部智楚財產局員工消費合作社印製 各像元區域設有一 TFT 34、一輔助電容電極23、及 一像元電極84。該等閘極匯流線30、TFT 34之閘極電極34g ’與輔助電容電極23係被設在構成該下層的導電層中。如 第103圖所示,有一層間絕緣膜5〇a設在該等閘極滙流線30 、閘極電極34g及輔助電容電極23上。在該絕緣膜50a上方 構成該上層的導電層係設有資料匯流線32、TFT 34之汲 極電極34d與源極電極34S。有一保護膜50b設在該等資料 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 74 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(72 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 匯流線32、汲極電極34d與源極電極34S上。一由ITO(銦 錫氧化物)所製成之像元電極84設在該保護膜50b上。而有 一調準層24設在該像元電極84上。 該TFT 34的閘極電極34g係連接於閘極匯流線30,而 該汲極電極34d連接於資料匯流線32。並且,該TFT 34的 源極電極34S係經由一接觸孔(未示出)來電連接於該像元 電極84。 該輔助電容電極23具有“H”形狀,在水平方向寬度為 34 #m,在垂直方向為該輔助電容電極23的垂直部 份與資料匯流線32之間距係為例如2 /z m。 另一方面,該玻璃基板12乃設有一黑色基質80。該黑 色基質80具有比資料匯流線32更大的寬度,而設在該等資 料匯流線32上方。該玻璃基板12亦設有一紅色濾色物82R 、一綠色濾色物82G、及一藍色濾色物82B。在此實施例 中,該红色濾色物82R係被設在第3n行(n=l,2......)的各 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 > 像元區域中,該綠色濾色物82G係在第3n+l行的各像元區 域中,而該藍色濾色物82B則在第3n+2行的各像元區域中 。該等濾色物82R、82G、82B等會沿著黑色基質80的下方 延伸至相鄰的像元區域。具體而言,具有不同顏色之兩種 濾色物會在該黑色基質80的下方互相重疊。而且,有一反 向電極86係由ITO所製成而設在該等濾色物82R、82G、82B 底下,並有一調準層20設在該反向電極86上。 於此液晶顯示裝置中,其液晶分子的調準方向係由該 像元電極84與反向電極86之間所施加的電壓來控制,而可 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 75 587191 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局g(工消贲合作社印製 五、發明説明(73 ) 控制各像元區域的透射率。依據此實施例,各資料匯流線 34具有4私m的宽度W卜該黑色基質80具有8/z m的寬度W2 ,該等濾色物82R、82G、82B具有130/z m的寬度W4,而 該等濾色物之重疊部份具有15 /z m的寬度W3。該等濾色 物之重疊部份會覆蓋設有TFT 34的區域,及輔助電容電 極23與資料匯流線32的垂直部份之間的區域。 依據該實施例,其濾色物等之重疊部份亦覆蓋設有 TFT 34的區域,及該輔助電容電極23與資料匯流線32之 間的區域,如上所述。因此,如先前的實施例一般,其光 漏乃可被減少,而可達到一高對比的優良顯示β 第104圊為一平面圖示出本發明又另一實施例的液晶 顯示裝置,第105圊為沿第104圖之105-105截線所採的剖 視圖。該液晶顯示裝置包含一對玻璃基板12,14 ’ 一液晶 被密封於該對基板12,14之間,及一極化板(未示出)。該 玻璃基板14設有閘極匯流線30、資料匯流線32、及第一與 第二條型電極22a、22b。有多數由該等閘極匯流線3〇與資 料匯流線32所界定之矩形區域,乃分別形成像元區域。 各像元區域係設有一 TFT 34,二個第一條型電極22a ,三個第二條型電極22b,一輔助電容電極23可電連接該 二第一條型電極22a的底端,及一輔助電容電極23可連接 該三個第二條型電極22b的頂端。 該等閘極匯流線30,共同匯流線40a、TFT 34的閘極 電極34g、及第二條型電極22b係被設在下導電層中。該閘 極電極34g連接於閘極匯流線3〇,而第二條型電極22b連接 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •I裝· 訂 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 76 經濟部智慧財產局員工涓费合作社印製 587191 B7 五、發明説明(74 ) 於共同匯流線40a。 如第105圖中所示,有一層間絕緣膜50a被設在該等閘 極匯流線30、共同匯流線40a、閘極電極34g與第二條型電 極22b上。一構成TFT 34的非結晶矽膜34a、一通道保護膜 ♦ 34b、一摻有雜質的非結晶矽膜34c、一汲極電極34d及一 源極電極34S係設在該層間絕緣50a上。該汲極電極34d係 連接於像元區域左邊的資料匯流線32。另一方面,該源極 I 電極34s係與閘極匯流線30平行延伸,並連接於該二第一 條型電極22a。 有一 SiN的保護膜(絕緣膜)50b設在上導電層上方,該 上導電層設有資料匯流線30、汲極電極34d、源極電極34s 、第一條型電極22a與輔助電容電極23。一厚度為500A的 調準層24設在該保護膜50b上。該調準層24的表面會被以 大致垂直或平行於第一條型電極22a的方向(例如以75°或 34。角的方向)摩擦處理。依據此實施例,該調準層24具有 丨約101G至lOUQm的體電阻率。一使用聚胺酸基之調準層 即為一例。 該玻璃基板12亦設有一厚度為500A的調準層20。此 調準層20的表面亦被以相同於調準層24的方向接受摩擦處 理。但是,該調準層20最好係由比調準層24具有更高體電 阻率之材料所製成。在此實施例中,該調準層20的體電阻 率約為1013Ω cm。其乃可使用可溶的聚醯亞胺製成之調準 層。由JSR公司所提供之具有五環圈的聚醯亞胺即為一例 。甚者使用聚胺酸基的調準膜,藉著設定高燃燒溫度,其 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------^------II------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 77 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(75 ) 保持電壓的特性亦可更為改善。而且,藉著使用無機材料 ’例如由Nissan Chemical公司所製造之矽基的矽淀接合劑 (OA-003等),來當作具有高電壓保持能力之調準層,則更 能達到優異的特性。 另且,該實施例使用一種液晶,其具有接近調準層24 的體電阻率。該液晶之一例係為CN(|t)基之一而具有大 約l〇1GQcm的體電阻率者❶ 在此實施例之上述構造中,該基板14係使用一種低體 電阻率的調準層24,而其液晶16與該調準層24具有幾乎相 同的體電阻率。因此,乃可避免電荷滯留在該調準層24與 液晶16之間。於此方式中,電荷不易積存在具有幾乎相同 鱧電阻率的層界之現象,乃被泛知於電磁學領域中。 在該基板12上的調準層20具有較大的艘電阻率,故有 一較高電壓保持率。結果,寫入第一條型電極22a與第二 條型電極22b之間的顯示資料乃會被保持一段長時間,而 可避免顯示品質變差。 於此,依據此實施例之液晶顯示裝置在實際製造時, 有燃燒或沒有燃燒的研究結果,將與一參考例比較來說明 〇 依據該實施例與參考例的液晶顯示裝置乃具有第1 〇 5 圖所示的結構,而使用具有以下表1所示的體電阻率之調 準層與液晶所製成。在該實施例與參考例的液晶顯示裝置 中,有一白色矩形的影像顯示於黑色背景上有48小時。在 此之後’灰色(64級中顯示出16級)乃被顯示在整個螢幕上 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) n^· 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 78 587191The color matrix 80 is characterized in that it can block light between the pixel region and the color filters 82R, 82G, and 82B, and allows each pixel region to determine the color of transmitted light. Another feature is that the color filters 82R, 82G, 82B, etc. will extend from a pixel region across the black matrix 80 to adjacent pixel regions, and the black matrix 80 will be covered by at least two color filters, and The width W3 of the overlapping portion of the two color filters is larger than the width W2 of the black matrix. In this configuration, since at least two color filters are stacked on the black substrate, the amount of light reflected on the black substrate can be considerably reduced. The overlapping parts of the color filters are used as a part of the black matrix, so crosstalk can be prevented from being induced by the reflection of the black matrix, and additional manufacturing steps must be avoided. This embodiment is also characterized in that it can be applied not only to a liquid crystal display device having first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, but also to a TN type liquid crystal display device having an auxiliary capacitor electrode made of metal. In a liquid crystal display device, pixels having the same color of color filters are juxtaposed in a vertical direction. The color filters are strips of red, blue, and green, and the overlapping portions of the color filters are parallel. At the gate bus. On the other hand, if the liquid crystal display device has first and second strip-type electrodes 22a, 22b,% by extending the overlapping portion of the color filters over the second strip-type electrode, the black matrix Crosstalk caused by reflections above can be more reliably prevented. This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X297 male if) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Consumer Property Cooperative of the Chu Property Bureau ^ B7 V. Description of the Invention (70) 107 and 108 囷 can be used to explain the generation of crosstalk. For example, if a white rectangle is displayed on the black background, a white band will be generated above and below the white rectangle (the oblique line in the figure), as shown in Figure 107. This artifact is particularly noticeable when viewing the image from an oblique direction. As shown in FIG. 108, this phenomenon occurs because the light passing through the gap between the second type electrode 22b and the data bus line 32 penetrates the liquid crystal display device. > Assuming that the entire screen is all black, the voltage of these data bus lines 32 is substantially equal to the second type electrode 22b. The liquid crystal between the data bus lines 32 and the second type electrode 22b is not subjected to an electric field, so that no light leaks. Conversely, if a white rectangle is displayed on a black background, a voltage is applied to the data bus lines, so an electric field will be generated between the second type electrode 22b and the data bus line 32, that is, when displaying the Above and below the white rectangle. Therefore, its liquid crystal molecules will be aligned along this electric field. As shown in FIG. 108, the polarized light entering the liquid crystal layer from the bottom surface of the substrate 14 will be reflected on the surface of the black matrix 80, and then reflected on the surface of the second strip electrode 22b, and pass through the color filter 82 and glass. Substrate 12. This leaked light causes the portions that should appear black to form slightly white portions. This phenomenon is called crosstalk. To avoid crosstalk, a resin mixed with a black pigment can be used to form the black matrix. The black matrix made of this resin has a very low light absorption rate, and therefore does not have a sufficient effect of preventing light leakage, but may cause a problem that the overall contrast becomes low. In another method, a resin black matrix is coated on a metal black matrix. However, due to the additional steps of this method, the paper size will be applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ---------- ^ ------ 1T --- --- ^ (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) 73 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (71) The manufacturing process is complicated resulting in higher manufacturing costs β (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page ) This τν-type liquid crystal display device may also experience image retention. In this phenomenon, suppose that a white rectangle is displayed on a black background for a long time, and the entire surface will be converted to a halftone (gray) display. For example, as shown in Figure 109, the black part and the white part are displayed. Partially different brightness levels. Some embodiments of the present invention are intended to reduce crosstalk and improve image retention. FIG. 101 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device according to another embodiment of the present invention, and 102nd view shows a plan view of a conductive layer of a lower substrate of the liquid crystal display device according to 101st view, and circle 103 is a view along the 101st A cross-sectional view of the section of the round of the 103 · 103. The liquid crystal display device has a liquid crystal 16 housed between a pair of substrates 12, 14. In the 101st stage, only a black matrix 80 is shown, but the black matrices on the data buses on both sides are not shown. According to this embodiment, the glass substrate 14 is provided with a gate bus line 30 and a data bus line 32. Most of the rectangular areas defined by the gate bus lines 30 and the data bus lines 32 constitute pixel areas. These pixel regions are arranged with a pitch of 100 μm in the horizontal direction and 300 // m in the vertical direction. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Each pixel area is provided with a TFT 34, an auxiliary capacitor electrode 23, and a pixel electrode 84. The gate bus lines 30, the gate electrode 34g 'of the TFT 34, and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 are provided in the conductive layer constituting the lower layer. As shown in FIG. 103, an interlayer insulating film 50a is provided on the gate bus lines 30, the gate electrode 34g, and the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23. Above the insulating film 50a, the conductive layer constituting the upper layer is provided with a data bus line 32, a drain electrode 34d and a source electrode 34S of the TFT 34. A protective film 50b is set on such materials. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 74 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (72) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) The bus line 32, the drain electrode 34d, and the source electrode 34S. A pixel electrode 84 made of ITO (indium tin oxide) is provided on the protective film 50b. An alignment layer 24 is provided on the pixel electrode 84. The gate electrode 34g of the TFT 34 is connected to the gate bus line 30, and the drain electrode 34d is connected to the data bus line 32. The source electrode 34S of the TFT 34 is electrically connected to the pixel electrode 84 via a contact hole (not shown). The auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 has an "H" shape, with a width of 34 #m in the horizontal direction, and a distance between the vertical portion of the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 and the data bus line 32 in the vertical direction is, for example, 2 / z m. On the other hand, the glass substrate 12 is provided with a black substrate 80. The black matrix 80 has a larger width than the data bus lines 32 and is disposed above the data bus lines 32. The glass substrate 12 is also provided with a red color filter 82R, a green color filter 82G, and a blue color filter 82B. In this embodiment, the red color filter 82R is printed in the consumer's cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs in the 3n row (n = 1, 2 ...) in the pixel area The green color filter 82G is located in each pixel region of the 3n + 1th row, and the blue color filter 82B is located in each pixel region of the 3n + 1th row. The color filters 82R, 82G, 82B, etc. will extend below the black matrix 80 to adjacent pixel regions. Specifically, two color filters having different colors overlap each other under the black matrix 80. Further, a counter electrode 86 is made of ITO and is disposed under the color filters 82R, 82G, 82B, and an alignment layer 20 is disposed on the counter electrode 86. In this liquid crystal display device, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules is controlled by the voltage applied between the pixel electrode 84 and the counter electrode 86, and the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification can be applied to this paper size ( 210X297 mm) 75 587191 A7 B7 Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs (printed by the Industrial Cooperative Cooperative, V. Invention Description (73)) Controls the transmittance of each pixel area. According to this embodiment, each data bus 34 has 4 private The width W of the black matrix 80 has a width W2 of 8 / zm, the color filters 82R, 82G, and 82B have a width W4 of 130 / zm, and the overlapping portions of the color filters have a width of 15 / zm. Width W3. The overlapping portions of the color filters will cover the area where the TFT 34 is provided, and the area between the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 and the vertical portion of the data bus line 32. According to this embodiment, the color filters and the like The overlapping portion also covers the area where the TFT 34 is provided, and the area between the auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 and the data bus line 32, as described above. Therefore, as in the previous embodiment, the light leakage can be reduced. And can reach a high contrast excellent display β 104th FIG. 105 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention. Section 105 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 105-105 of FIG. 104. The liquid crystal display device includes a pair of glass substrates 12, 14 '. A liquid crystal is sealed between the pair of substrates 12, 14 and a polarizing plate (not shown). The glass substrate 14 is provided with a gate bus line 30, a data bus line 32, and first and second types. Electrodes 22a, 22b. Most of the rectangular areas defined by the gate bus lines 30 and data bus lines 32 respectively form pixel areas. Each pixel area is provided with a TFT 34, two first stripe types An electrode 22a, three second strip electrodes 22b, an auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 can be electrically connected to the bottom ends of the two first strip electrodes 22a, and an auxiliary capacitor electrode 23 can be connected to the three second strip electrodes 22b. The gate bus lines 30, the common bus line 40a, the gate electrode 34g of the TFT 34, and the second type electrode 22b are provided in the lower conductive layer. The gate electrode 34g is connected to the gate bus line 3 〇, and the second type electrode 22b is connected (please read the precautions on the back before (Write this page) • The size of the paper is bound to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm). 76 Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and printed by the cooperative. 587191 B7. Bus line 40a. As shown in FIG. 105, an interlayer insulating film 50a is provided on the gate bus lines 30, a common bus line 40a, a gate electrode 34g, and a second type electrode 22b. A TFT 34 is formed. The non-crystalline silicon film 34a, a channel protective film ♦ 34b, an impurity-doped non-crystalline silicon film 34c, a drain electrode 34d, and a source electrode 34S are provided on the interlayer insulation 50a. The drain electrode 34d is connected to the data bus line 32 on the left of the pixel region. On the other hand, the source I electrode 34s extends parallel to the gate bus line 30 and is connected to the two first strip electrodes 22a. A SiN protective film (insulating film) 50b is provided above the upper conductive layer. The upper conductive layer is provided with a data bus line 30, a drain electrode 34d, a source electrode 34s, a first type electrode 22a, and an auxiliary capacitor electrode 23. An alignment layer 24 having a thickness of 500 A is provided on the protective film 50b. The surface of the alignment layer 24 is rubbed in a direction (e.g., in a direction of 75 ° or 34 °) that is substantially perpendicular or parallel to the first strip-shaped electrode 22a. According to this embodiment, the alignment layer 24 has a volume resistivity of about 101 G to 1 OUQm. An example is an alignment layer using a polyamino group. The glass substrate 12 is also provided with an alignment layer 20 having a thickness of 500A. The surface of this alignment layer 20 is also subjected to rubbing treatment in the same direction as the alignment layer 24. However, the alignment layer 20 is preferably made of a material having a higher volume resistivity than the alignment layer 24. In this embodiment, the volume resistivity of the alignment layer 20 is about 1013Ω cm. It is an alignment layer that can be made using soluble polyimide. An example is polyimide with a five-ring ring provided by JSR. Even using a polyurethane-based alignment film, by setting a high burning temperature, its paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) --------- ^ --- --- II ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 77 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (75) The characteristics of holding voltage can also be improved. In addition, by using an inorganic material such as a silicon-based silicon lake bonding agent (OA-003, etc.) manufactured by Nissan Chemical Co., Ltd. as an alignment layer having a high voltage holding capability, excellent characteristics can be achieved . In addition, this embodiment uses a liquid crystal having a bulk resistivity close to the alignment layer 24. An example of the liquid crystal is one of the CN (t) groups and has a volume resistivity of about 101 GQcm. In the above configuration of this embodiment, the substrate 14 uses an alignment layer 24 with a low bulk resistivity. The liquid crystal 16 and the alignment layer 24 have almost the same volume resistivity. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the charge from staying between the alignment layer 24 and the liquid crystal 16. In this method, the phenomenon that charges do not easily accumulate in layer boundaries with almost the same 鳢 resistivity is widely known in the field of electromagnetics. The alignment layer 20 on the substrate 12 has a large ship resistivity, and therefore has a high voltage holding ratio. As a result, the display data written between the first type electrode 22a and the second type electrode 22b is maintained for a long period of time, and deterioration of display quality can be avoided. Here, the research results of the liquid crystal display device according to this embodiment with or without combustion will be described in comparison with a reference example. The liquid crystal display device according to this embodiment and the reference example has the first one. The structure shown in Fig. 5 was fabricated using an alignment layer having a volume resistivity shown in Table 1 below and a liquid crystal. In the liquid crystal display devices of this embodiment and the reference example, a white rectangular image was displayed on a black background for 48 hours. After that ‘grey (level 16 is displayed on level 64) is displayed on the entire screen (please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page)

五、發明説明(76 ) 。在此狀況下,將會產生影像滯留,顯示白色部份的亮度 會較高於顯示黑色部份。其兩部份之間的亮度差異,乃以 %示於以下表1中。 表 1 艘電阻率 i , 1 --- _調準層24 調準層20 液晶 1 影像滯留’ 實施例1 l〇10Qcm 1013Qcm 10,oQcm 3% 實施例2 1〇12Ωοιη 10,3Ωοιη 10I3Qcm 7% 參考例1 l〇13Qcm 10l3Qcm 109Qcm 20% 參考例2 1〇,4Ωοιη 1013Ωοπι 1〇,3Ωοπι 6% (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -裝. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如iL中所見,在第一與第二實施例中其留ρ 尤其是,當使用體電阻率與調準層24相同的液晶時, 其影像滯留很低只有3%。而在另一方面,該第一參考例 基本上具有與習知液晶顯示裝置相同之構造者,其影像滯 留較高有20%。 通常,在TN式液晶顯示裝置中係使用高體電阻率的 調準層。此係為了改善其電壓保持率。但是,即使有高電 壓保持率,若因電荷滯存於調準層與液晶的邊界間而產生 影像滯留,則其顯示品質亦將可觀地降低。有見於此,依 據該實靶例,設於該具有第一條型電極22a與第二條型電 極22b之玻璃基板14上的調準層24之體電阻率乃被降低。 在此狀況下,該玻璃基板12上的調準層2〇之體電阻率會較 南,因此由於電壓保持率降低所造成的顯示品質變差將可 避免。現在,電壓保持率之研究結果將被說明。 如第106圊所示,二設有驅動電極88a、8扑的玻璃基 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 79 5871915. Description of the invention (76). Under this condition, image retention will occur, and the brightness of the white portion will be higher than that of the black portion. The brightness difference between the two parts is shown in Table 1 below in%. Table 1 Resistivity i, 1 --- _ Alignment layer 24 Alignment layer 20 Liquid crystal 1 Image retention 'Example 1 1010Qcm 1013Qcm 10, oQcm 3% Example 2 1〇12Ωοιη 10,3Ωοιη 10I3Qcm 7% Reference Example 1 l〇13Qcm 10l3Qcm 109Qcm 20% Reference example 2 1〇, 4Ωοιη 1013Ωοπι 1〇, 3Ωοπι 6% (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page)-Packing. Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumer cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs It can be seen from iL that in the first and second embodiments, ρ is particularly low. When the liquid crystal having the same volume resistivity as that of the alignment layer 24 is used, image retention is very low by only 3%. On the other hand, the first reference example basically has a structure similar to that of a conventional liquid crystal display device, and has a high image retention of 20%. In general, a TN-type liquid crystal display device uses an alignment layer having a high volume resistivity. This is to improve its voltage retention. However, even if there is a high voltage retention rate, if image retention occurs due to charge stagnation between the alignment layer and the boundary of the liquid crystal, the display quality will be significantly reduced. In view of this, according to the actual target example, the volume resistivity of the alignment layer 24 provided on the glass substrate 14 having the first stripe type electrode 22a and the second stripe type electrode 22b is reduced. Under this condition, the volume resistivity of the alignment layer 20 on the glass substrate 12 will be relatively south, so the deterioration in display quality caused by the decrease in the voltage holding ratio will be avoided. The results of the voltage retention studies will now be explained. As shown in Section 106 圊, two glass-based threads with driving electrodes 88a and 8 flutter. This paper is sized to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm).

五、發明説明(77 ) 板乃被備妥,而調準層89a、89b分別設在該等電極88a、88b 上。該二玻璃基板乃互相平行列設,而使該等電極88a與88b 相對,且液晶16被封裝於該等玻璃基板之間。該等調準層 89a、89b乃具有如下表中所示的體電阻率。 有一電壓被施加於電極88a與88b之間,其電壓保持率 會被測出。在施加5V電壓於該電極88a、88b之間一幅的 時間(16ms)之後,其電壓會被測出而以%示之來當作電壓 保持率。 表 2 想電阻率 電壓保持率 調準層89a 調準層89b 液晶 10 丨 3Ωαη 1010Ωοπι 1013Ωοιη 1010Qcm 10,oQcm 10,0Qcm 98.50% 70% 經濟部智.¾財產局員工消费合作社印製 結果,如表2所示,假若使用體電阻率為1〇1〇〇(:111的 調準層89a、89b,則電壓保持率大約為70%。此乃相較於 通常習知液晶顯示裝置使用之體電阻率為1〇ΐ3Ως:π1的調準 層’其電壓保持率約為98.5%。依據本發明,低電壓保持 率的調準層係被使用在設有第一條型電極與第二條型電極 的基板(玻璃基板14)上,而兩電壓保持率的調準層則被使 用於相對基板(玻璃基板12)上,來避免該液晶顯示裝置的 影像滯留現象。 如上所述,該第二條型電極連接於閘極滙流線的構造 會改善孔徑比,而可形成一高對比之明亮影像的顯示。 該等閘極匯流線係被施以一參考電壓,來決定可供寫 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 805. Description of the invention (77) The plate is prepared, and the alignment layers 89a and 89b are provided on the electrodes 88a and 88b, respectively. The two glass substrates are arranged in parallel with each other so that the electrodes 88a and 88b are opposed to each other, and the liquid crystal 16 is encapsulated between the glass substrates. The alignment layers 89a, 89b have the volume resistivity shown in the following table. A voltage is applied between the electrodes 88a and 88b, and the voltage holding ratio is measured. After a voltage of 5V is applied between the electrodes 88a and 88b for a period of time (16ms), the voltage will be measured and expressed in% as the voltage holding rate. Table 2 The resistivity voltage retention rate adjustment layer 89a and the adjustment layer 89b LCD 10 丨 3Ωαη 1010Ωοπι 1013Ωοιη 1010Qcm 10, oQcm 10, 0Qcm 98.50% 70% Intellectual Property of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. ¾ The printed results of the employee consumer cooperative of the property bureau, as shown in Table 2 As shown, if the alignment layers 89a and 89b with a volume resistivity of 10100 (: 111) are used, the voltage holding ratio is about 70%. This is compared with the volume resistivity of conventional liquid crystal display devices. It is 10ΐ3Ως: the aligning layer of π1 has a voltage holding ratio of about 98.5%. According to the present invention, an adjusting layer with a low voltage holding ratio is used in the first layer electrode and the second electrode. On the substrate (glass substrate 14), the two voltage holding ratio adjustment layers are used on the opposite substrate (glass substrate 12) to avoid the image retention phenomenon of the liquid crystal display device. As mentioned above, the second strip type The structure in which the electrodes are connected to the gate bus lines will improve the aperture ratio, and can form a high-contrast bright image display. These gate bus lines are applied with a reference voltage to determine the size of the paper available for writing in China. standard( CNS) A4 size (210X297 mm) 80

587191 五、發明説明(78) 入顯糸資料的第二條型電極之電位,及第一電壓供導通該 薄膜電晶體,與第二電壓供在適當時點關閉該薄膜電晶禮 ,而使該第二條型電極連接於閘極匯流線的液晶顯示裝置 可被驅動。 此外,至少有二濾色物互相疊設在由金屬或金屬化合 物所製成的黑色基質上,該等濾色物之重疊部份的寬度乃 > 被設成大於該黑色基質的寬度。因此,可防止光漏而避免 可能因串音所造成之顯示品質的劣化。 設在第一基板上之第一調準層.,及設在第二基板上之 第二調準層具有不同的電特性,故能避免由於電荷蓋貯在 調整層上所產生的影像滯留,而同時可造成一優異的電壓 保持率及高品質的影像顯示。 第110圖為一平面圓,示出本發明又另一實施例的液 晶顯示裝置,第111圖係為第110圖之111-111截線的剖視 圖。第112圖表示第110及111圖的液晶顯示裝置未被施以 ► 電壓,而第113圖表示第110及111囷的液晶顯示裝置被施 以一電壓。第111與113圖代表該液晶顯示裝置之一像元。 另一方面,其若為彩色液晶顯示裝置,則雖未示出,會有 遽色物及黑色基質設在一基板上。 在第110及111圖中,該液晶顯示裝置包含一液晶16具 有介電異向性而設於一對玻璃基板12、14之間。該液晶16 乃被加入一種可決定液晶分子扭轉方向的自旋劑。 該玻璃基板14包括第一與第二條型電極22a、22b。該 等電極22a、22b係互相平行排列。該等電極22a、22b係由 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4规格(210X297公釐) ---------装------1T------線 (请先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智祛財產局員工消費合作社印製 81 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消胥合作社印製 一 一 A7 ....................‘ -............. :_五、發明説明(79 ) 鉻(Cr)、鋁(A1)或類似金屬等所製成❶該第一與第二條型 電極22a、22b乃被一由氧化矽或氮化矽所構成之絕緣膜50 所覆蓋。 一垂直調準層24設有該絕緣膜50上。該垂直謫準層24 係由例如具有烷基作為側鏈之聚胺酸或聚醯亞胺所製成。 該第一條型電極22a會被從資料匯流線32經由一TFT 34被送入一資料。該TFT 34的閘極會被經由閘極匯流線30 饋入掃描信號。其第二條型電極22b則連接於共同匯流線40 〇 該玻璃基板12設有一水平調準層90。該水平調準層90 係由一線性的可溶聚醯亞胺所製成,其表面會被以大致垂 直於第一與第二條型電極22a、22b的方向接受摩擦處理。 而且,有一極化板28設在該基板14外側,及一極化板 26設在基板12的外側。該等極化板26、28乃被設成使其極 化軸垂直(交又式尼科耳)或平行(平行式尼科耳)。在此狀 況下,該極化板26的極化轴係被設成垂直於第一與第二條 型電極22a,22b的方向(第112圖中之箭號所指方向),而 極化板28的極化軸則被設為平行於第一與第二條型電極 22a、22b的方向。 以具有此構造之液晶顯示裝置,只要設有電壓施加於 第一與第二條型電極22a、22b之間,如第112圖所示,則 其液晶分子16會以垂直於基板14上之調準層24的方向來調 準,並沿著在該基板14上之調準層90的摩擦方向來調準, 而使該等液晶分子16逐漸地由該垂直方向朝水平斜傾,( 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 82 587191 五 經濟部智祛財產局資工消費合作社印製 _ A7 _ _B7_^_ 發明説明(80 ) 由基板14朝基板1視之),而同時以該自旋劑所決定的方向 逐漸地扭轉。由玻璃基板14底面穿過極化板28進入液晶層 的偏極光會穿過該液晶層,而其極化轴舍以液晶分子16的 扭轉方向逐漸扭轉,共穿透該極化板90。即是,在此液晶 顯示裝置中,若無電壓施加於電極22a、22b之間,乃可獲 致明亮的顯示。 另一方面,一旦施加電壓於電極22a、22b之間時,如 第113圖所示,該液晶分子16則會沿著電場方向調準,即 ,垂直於電極22a、22b的方向。在此狀況下,由基板14底 側穿過極化板28進入該液晶層的偏極光,其極化轴不會被 該液晶層所改變,因此會被極化板26所遮蔽。換言之,若 有一電壓加於電極22a、22b之間,則可得到黑暗的顯示。 於此實施例中,由施加於電極22a、22b之間的電壓所 產生的電場,乃可消除液晶的扭轉。於此過程中,在該水 平調準層90附近而被該水平調準層90所牽制之液晶分子的 調準方向乃會與該電場方向一致,因此該液晶分子的調準 不會被該牽制所擾亂。故,甚至亦能以一較低電壓,來使 該液晶分子16沿著電場方向調準,因而減少驅動電壓。並 且,由於在電極22a、22b之間的液晶分子16皆以一個方向 來調準,故不會發生紊亂而可顯示明亮的影像。 較佳的d/p範圍 現在,對本發明之液晶裝置的腔室厚度d與自旋間距( 自然扭轉間距)p之間的d/p比例之較佳範圍的研究結果將 被說明。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Μ規格(210X297公釐) ----------#------1T------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 83 587191587191 V. Description of the invention (78) The potential of the second type electrode entered in the display data, and the first voltage supply to turn on the thin film transistor, and the second voltage supply to turn off the thin film transistor at an appropriate point, so that the The liquid crystal display device of the second type electrode connected to the gate bus line can be driven. In addition, at least two color filters are stacked on each other on a black substrate made of a metal or a metal compound, and the width of the overlapping portion of the color filters is set to be greater than the width of the black substrate. Therefore, it is possible to prevent light leakage and avoid deterioration of display quality which may be caused by crosstalk. The first alignment layer provided on the first substrate and the second alignment layer provided on the second substrate have different electrical characteristics, so it can avoid image retention caused by the charge cap stored on the adjustment layer. At the same time, it can cause an excellent voltage retention and high-quality image display. Fig. 110 is a plane circle showing a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 111 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 111-111 of Fig. 110. Fig. 112 shows that the liquid crystal display devices of Figs. 110 and 111 are not applied with a voltage, and Fig. 113 shows that the liquid crystal display devices of Figs. 110 and 111A are applied with a voltage. 111 and 113 represent one picture element of the liquid crystal display device. On the other hand, if it is a color liquid crystal display device, although it is not shown, there may be a black object and a black substrate provided on a substrate. In Figs. 110 and 111, the liquid crystal display device includes a liquid crystal 16 provided with a dielectric anisotropy between a pair of glass substrates 12, 14. The liquid crystal 16 is added with a spin agent that determines the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules twist. The glass substrate 14 includes first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b. These electrodes 22a and 22b are arranged parallel to each other. These electrodes 22a and 22b are made from this paper and are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) --------- install ------ 1T ------ line (please (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 81 587191 Printed by A11 of the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ... ........ '-.............: _V. Description of the invention (79) Chromium (Cr), aluminum (A1) or similar metals, etc. The first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b are covered by an insulating film 50 made of silicon oxide or silicon nitride. A vertical alignment layer 24 is disposed on the insulating film 50. The vertical alignment layer 24 is made of, for example, polyamic acid or polyimide having an alkyl group as a side chain. The first type electrode 22 a is sent from a data bus line 32 to a data through a TFT 34. The gate of the TFT 34 is fed with a scanning signal via a gate bus line 30. The second electrode 22b is connected to the common bus line 40. The glass substrate 12 is provided with a horizontal alignment layer 90. The horizontal alignment layer 90 is made of a linear soluble polyimide, and its surface is subjected to rubbing treatment in a direction approximately perpendicular to the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b. Further, a polarizing plate 28 is provided outside the substrate 14, and a polarizing plate 26 is provided outside the substrate 12. The polarizing plates 26, 28 are arranged such that their polarization axes are vertical (intersecting Nicols) or parallel (parallel Nicols). In this case, the polarization axis of the polarizing plate 26 is set to be perpendicular to the directions of the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b (the directions indicated by arrows in FIG. 112), and the polarizing plate The polarization axis of 28 is set parallel to the directions of the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b. With a liquid crystal display device having this structure, as long as a voltage is applied between the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, as shown in FIG. 112, the liquid crystal molecules 16 thereof will be aligned perpendicular to the substrate 14. Alignment of the alignment layer 24, and alignment along the rubbing direction of the alignment layer 90 on the substrate 14, so that the liquid crystal molecules 16 gradually tilt from the vertical direction to the horizontal, (this paper The scale is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 82 587191 Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives _ A7 _ _B7 _ ^ _ Description of the invention (80) View from substrate 14 toward substrate 1) While gradually twisting in the direction determined by the spin agent. The polarized light entering the liquid crystal layer from the bottom surface of the glass substrate 14 through the polarizing plate 28 passes through the liquid crystal layer, and its polarization axis is gradually twisted in the twisting direction of the liquid crystal molecules 16 and penetrates the polarizing plate 90 in total. That is, in this liquid crystal display device, if no voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a and 22b, a bright display can be obtained. On the other hand, when a voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a and 22b, as shown in FIG. 113, the liquid crystal molecules 16 are aligned along the direction of the electric field, that is, perpendicular to the direction of the electrodes 22a and 22b. In this case, the polarization axis of the polarized light entering the liquid crystal layer from the bottom side of the substrate 14 through the polarizing plate 28 will not be changed by the liquid crystal layer, so it will be shielded by the polarizing plate 26. In other words, if a voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a, 22b, a dark display can be obtained. In this embodiment, the electric field generated by the voltage applied between the electrodes 22a, 22b can eliminate the twist of the liquid crystal. During this process, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules near the horizontal alignment layer 90 and pinned by the horizontal alignment layer 90 will be consistent with the direction of the electric field, so the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules will not be pinned. Disturbed. Therefore, it is even possible to align the liquid crystal molecules 16 along the direction of the electric field with a lower voltage, thereby reducing the driving voltage. In addition, since the liquid crystal molecules 16 between the electrodes 22a and 22b are all aligned in one direction, no disturbance occurs and a bright image can be displayed. Preferred d / p range Now, the results of a study on a preferred range of the d / p ratio between the cavity thickness d and the spin pitch (natural twist pitch) p of the liquid crystal device of the present invention will be explained. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) M specifications (210X297 mm) ---------- # ------ 1T ------ ^ (Please read the precautions on the back first (Fill in this page again) 83 587191

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(si ) 第114圓表示該液晶的自旋間距與正面亮度之間的關 係之計算結果,該圖表中橫座標代表腔室間隊(液晶層的 厚度),而縱座標代表透射率。該液晶之雙折射率Λη假設 為 0.1 〇 * 由第114囷中可見,當自旋間距為2私m或64# m時, 其透射率不會隨著腔室間陈的變化而大量地增加。當自旋 間距介於4與32#m之間,而腔室間陈在4與12;tzm之間時 ’其透射率會比較高。尤其是當其自旋間距為16 μ m而腔 室間隙為8# m時,其透射率最高。. 依據此結果,本發明之腔室間隙d與自旋間距p之d/p 比值的較佳範圍乃被設為0.125(4/32)至3(12/4)之間。 更佳的d/p範圍與△!!(!的較佳範圍 具有第110圖所示構造之液晶顯示裝置乃被實際地製 造,而d/p與透射率之間的關係,及^11(1與透射率之間的 關係乃被研究。 假設電極22 a、22b的寬度為4απι,而電極22 a、22 b 之間距為6/zm、10#m、16#m或25#m。而且,該垂直 調準層24係由具有烷基作為側鏈且厚度為500A的可溶聚 醯亞胺所製成。具艘而言,該玻璃基板14係被使用旋轉器 以1500 rpm的速度旋轉,且該可溶聚醯亞胺會被澱積在該 玻璃基板14上,而將聚醯亞胺塗敷在玻璃基板14上。在塗 敷聚醯亞胺之後,該玻璃基板14會被置於一溫度90度的板 上’加熱一分鐘來初步乾燥。然後,該玻璃基板14會在一 180度的爐中加熱一小時來固化該聚醯亞胺膜。該垂直調 (讀先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本育) 【裝· 訂 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 84 587191 .A7. B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(82 ) 準層24不再接受摩擦或類似的處理。 另一方面,該水平調準層90乃被以相同於該垂直調準 層24的方法,使用一線性的可溶聚醯亞胺形成500A之厚 度設在該玻璃基片12上。但是,該水平調準層90在固化之 後,會被以人造絲絨布沿一方向對其表面施以摩擦處理。 該氟化物之液晶16具有正介電異向性而被封裝於該等 玻璃基板12與14之間。此液晶16之雙折射率Λη為0.1227 。Cholesterilnonanoate (Merck公司所製造)乃被用來當作 自旋劑。 具有腔室厚度 3·5 # m( △ η<1=0·429)、4.5 # m( △ nd=0.552)或 5.5/zm(Z\nd=0.675)的液晶,及 12.2#m、15.8 或20.2/zm的自旋間距p乃被使用,而d/p值係被設為 〇·17至0.45。該電壓(V)對光透射率(T)的相對特性乃被研 究。其結果則示於第115A圖至117C圖中。曲線A至D乃對 應於該等電極之間距為6ym、10# m與25以m的狀況。 由第 115A至 117C圖可見,△!!<!為0.429(第 115A至 115C 圖)之透光率較低而不能令人滿意。另一方面,△nd為0.5 或更多時(第116A至116C圊,及第117A至117C圊),其透 射率較高。尤其在Λικί為0.675時(第117A至117C圖),其 透射率高到可以獲得明亮影像。 此Τ驗表示該d/p值最好不小於〇·2,或在〇35±0.1的 範圍内更佳。而且,And的較佳範圍為〇·7±〇·2。藉著以 此方式設定d/p値與值,乃可獲得高透射率而不必施 加電壓,且可用約5V的電壓進行黑色顯示,而產生一高 ---------1------1T------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 85 587191 Α7 Β7 經濟部智楚財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明説明(83 ) 對比且顯示品質優異的影像。 第118囷為一剖視圖示出第11〇圖的液晶顯示裝置之一 修正例’第119圖表不第118圖之液晶顯示裝置未施以電壓 的狀況’第120圖表示該液晶顯示裝置被施以電壓的狀況 。在第118圖中其與第11〇圖中相同的構件乃分別以相同的 標號來表示,而不再詳細說明。 於此實施例中’有一水平調準層92設在該基板14上, 及一垂直調準層20設在基板12上。該水平調準層92的表面 上會被以大致垂直於電極22a、22b的方向來摩擦處理。 在具有此構造之液晶顯示裝置中,於該基板14上之水 平調準層92附近的液晶分子16,當未在電極22a、22b之間 施一電壓時,其係以大致垂直於電極22a、22b的方向(即 摩擦方向)調準,如第119圖中所示。另一方面,於該基板 12上之垂直調準層20附近的液晶分子16,則以垂直於該調 準層20的方向來調準。介於基板12、14之間的液晶分子16 ’當由基板14朝向基板12前進時,會以該自旋劑所決定的 方向逐漸扭轉,而同時由水平方向沿垂直方向逐漸升高。 在此過程中,由基板14底邊穿過極化板28進入該液晶層的 光,在通過該液晶層時其極化軸會逐漸扭轉,並穿透該極 1^16。換言之’除非有一電壓施加於電極22a與22b之間 ,否則其可獲得吁亮的顯示。 當施一電壓於電壓22a與22b之間,如第120囷所示時 ,其液晶分子16會沿電場方向調準。在此過程中,由基板 14底邊進入該液晶層的光,其極化軸的方向保持不變β因 n i— n ΤΊ m n m n I {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 • I I I II II · 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210x297公釐) 587191Printed by the Employees' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. 5. Description of the Invention (si) The 114th circle indicates the calculation result of the relationship between the spin pitch of the liquid crystal and the frontal brightness. Layer thickness), and the ordinate represents the transmittance. The birefringence Λη of the liquid crystal is assumed to be 0.1 〇 * As can be seen from Section 114, when the spin pitch is 2 μm or 64 # m, its transmittance does not increase significantly with the change of inter-chamber aging. . When the spin spacing is between 4 and 32 # m, and the inter-chamber aging is between 4 and 12; tzm, its transmittance will be higher. Especially when the spin pitch is 16 μm and the cavity gap is 8 # m, the transmittance is the highest. According to this result, the preferred range of the d / p ratio of the chamber gap d and the spin pitch p of the present invention is set to be between 0.125 (4/32) and 3 (12/4). A better range of d / p and △ !! (! The preferred range of the liquid crystal display device having the structure shown in FIG. 110 is actually manufactured, and the relationship between d / p and transmittance, and ^ 11 ( The relationship between 1 and transmittance is studied. Assume that the width of the electrodes 22 a and 22 b is 4απ, and the distance between the electrodes 22 a and 22 b is 6 / zm, 10 # m, 16 # m, or 25 # m. The vertical alignment layer 24 is made of a soluble polyfluorene imine having an alkyl group as a side chain and a thickness of 500 A. For example, the glass substrate 14 is rotated at a speed of 1500 rpm using a spinner. And the soluble polyimide is deposited on the glass substrate 14, and the polyimide is coated on the glass substrate 14. After the polyimide is coated, the glass substrate 14 is placed Heat on a plate with a temperature of 90 degrees for one minute for preliminary drying. Then, the glass substrate 14 will be heated in an oven at 180 degrees for one hour to cure the polyimide film. The vertical adjustment (read the first read the back For the matters needing attention, please fill in this education.) [The size of the bound and bound paper is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 84 587191 .A7. B7 Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (82) The leveling layer 24 no longer accepts friction or similar processing. On the other hand, the horizontal alignment layer 90 is treated the same as the vertical alignment layer 24 Method, a linear soluble polyfluorene imide is used to form a thickness of 500A on the glass substrate 12. However, after the horizontal alignment layer 90 is cured, it will be faced with a rayon cloth in one direction. Friction treatment is applied. The fluoride liquid crystal 16 has a positive dielectric anisotropy and is encapsulated between the glass substrates 12 and 14. The liquid crystal 16 has a birefringence Λη of 0.1227. Cholesterilnonanoate (Merck) It is used as a spin agent. It has a chamber thickness of 3 · 5 # m (△ η < 1 = 0 · 429), 4.5 # m (△ nd = 0.552) or 5.5 / zm (Z \ nd = 0.675) And the spin pitch p of 12.2 # m, 15.8, or 20.2 / zm is used, and the d / p value is set to 0.15 to 0.45. The voltage (V) versus the light transmittance (T) The relative characteristics are studied. The results are shown in Figures 115A to 117C. Curves A to D correspond to the distance between these electrodes, 10 # m and 25 to m. As can be seen from the diagrams 115A to 117C, △ !! <! is 0.429 (pictures 115A to 115C) and the transmittance is low and unsatisfactory. On the other hand, △ When nd is 0.5 or more (116A to 116C 圊, and 117A to 117C 圊), the transmittance is high. Especially when Λικί is 0.675 (Figures 117A to 117C), the transmittance is high enough to obtain a bright image. This T test indicates that the d / p value is preferably not less than 0.2, or more preferably in the range of 0.35 ± 0.1. The preferable range of And is 0.7 ± 0.2. By setting the d / p 値 and value in this way, a high transmittance can be obtained without applying a voltage, and a black display can be performed with a voltage of about 5V, resulting in a high --------- 1-- ---- 1T ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 85 587191 Α7 Β7 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs V. Invention Description (83) Compare and display High-quality images. Fig. 118 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 11; "the graph of Fig. 119 is not applied to the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 118"; and Fig. 120 shows that the liquid crystal display device is applied. The condition of the voltage. In FIG. 118, the same components as those in FIG. 10 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and will not be described in detail. In this embodiment, a horizontal alignment layer 92 is disposed on the substrate 14 and a vertical alignment layer 20 is disposed on the substrate 12. The surface of the horizontal alignment layer 92 is rubbed in a direction substantially perpendicular to the electrodes 22a, 22b. In a liquid crystal display device having this structure, the liquid crystal molecules 16 near the horizontal alignment layer 92 on the substrate 14 are substantially perpendicular to the electrodes 22a, 22a, 22 when no voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a, 22b. The direction of 22b (that is, the direction of friction) is aligned, as shown in FIG. 119. On the other hand, the liquid crystal molecules 16 near the vertical alignment layer 20 on the substrate 12 are aligned in a direction perpendicular to the alignment layer 20. When the liquid crystal molecules 16 'interposed between the substrates 12 and 14 are advanced from the substrate 14 toward the substrate 12, the liquid crystal molecules 16' will gradually twist in a direction determined by the spin agent, and at the same time gradually rise from the horizontal direction to the vertical direction. In this process, the light entering the liquid crystal layer from the bottom edge of the substrate 14 through the polarizing plate 28 will gradually twist its polarization axis when passing through the liquid crystal layer and penetrate the electrode 1 ^ 16. In other words, unless a voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a and 22b, a bright display can be obtained. When a voltage is applied between the voltages 22a and 22b, as shown at 120 囷, its liquid crystal molecules 16 are aligned in the direction of the electric field. During this process, the direction of the polarization axis of the light entering the liquid crystal layer from the bottom edge of the substrate 14 remains unchanged β due to ni—n ΤΊ mnmn I {Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) Order • III II II · This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 size (210x297 mm) 587191

經濟部智慧財產局D貝工消費合作社印製 此不能透射穿射過該極化板26。以此方式,當有一電壓施 於電極22a、22b時,乃可得到黑暗的顯示。 在此實施例中,即使由未有電壓施加於電極22a、22b 之間的狀態,改變為有電壓施於其間的狀態,在該七平調 準層92附近的液晶分子之調準方向亦大致保持不變。在該 水平調準層92附近的液晶分子會被該調準層92強烈地牽制 。然而,在此實施例中,該牽制方向係實質上相同於該液 晶分子被施加電流時的調準方向。因此,依據該實施例, 其液晶分子可被以低電壓之電場方向來調準。換言之,此 實施例之液晶顯示裝置具有比第i 1〇囷之實施例更低的驅 動電壓之優點。 第121圖示出第11〇囷的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例。在 第121圖中與第110囷相同的構件乃分別以相同的標號來表 示,而不再詳細說明。 在此實施例中’各像元區域被分為二區域A與b,其 各具有一水平調準層而被以相反方向摩擦。例如,在製成 該玻璃基板14上的水平調準層92之後,於B區域中的水平 調準層92部份會被覆蓋一阻抗膜,而在a區域中的水平調 準層92部份會被以一方向摩擦,該b區域的水平調準層被 覆蓋一阻抗膜之後,會被以相反於A區域的方向來摩擦。 以此方式,由於A區域與B區域係被以不同方向來摩 擦,在區域A與B中的液晶分子16會以相反方向預先斜傾 ,如第121圖中所示,而完成所謂的區段調準。以此方式 來在一像元中提供多數具有不同調準方向的區域,乃可改 本紙張尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS )八4規格(210X297公釐) ^------iT------線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 87 經濟部智总財產局員工消费合作社印製 587191 A7 • . ».·-.* * -___ __ B7 · 五、發明説明(85 ) 善該液晶顯示裝置之視角特性。順便一提的是,該預斜角 度0最好係為2°至5°。 第122與123圖係表示第11〇圖的液晶顯示裝置之一修 正例。於第122與123圖中與第110圖相同的構件係分別以 相同標號來表示,而不再詳細說明。第122圊表示沒有電 壓施於電極之間的狀態,而第123圖表示有一電壓施於電 極間的狀態。 在此實施例中,一具有負介電異向性的液晶乃被用來 封裝於基板12與14之間。該自旋劑亦被添加於此液晶,以 決定該液晶的扭轉方向。該構造之其它構件基本上係相同 於第119囷所示實施例之液晶顯示裝置。換言之,其水平 調準層係設在基板14上,而垂直調準層設在基板12上。 如第122囷所示,若沒有電壓施於電極22a、22b之間 ’其液晶分子16會以該自旋劑所決定的方向扭轉(圊中以 0表示),而由基板14朝基板12前進,因此會使其在基板14 上的排列角度由水平逐漸改變為垂直狀態。假若該等極化 板之極化軸互相垂直,則由基板14底側穿過其一極化板進 入液晶層的偏極光,其極化軸令以液晶分子扭轉的方向來 扭轉’而穿過另一極化板。換言之,未施加電壓乃可獲得 明亮的顯示。 另一方面,假使有一電壓施於電極22a、22b之間,如 第123圖所示,該等液晶分子16在由基板14朝基板12前進 時’乃會改變其角度而由水平狀態變為垂直狀態。不過, 液晶分子的扭轉會消失,因此各液晶分子16會以垂直於該 本紙乐尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS )从胁(21〇χ297公董)一 ' -88 - I- Am ϋϋ I (請先閏讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) fte #ιϋ JMJ 0 訂 587191Printed by D Bayong Consumer Cooperative, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs This cannot penetrate through the polarizing plate 26. In this way, when a voltage is applied to the electrodes 22a, 22b, a dark display can be obtained. In this embodiment, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the seven-level alignment layer 92 is approximated even if the voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a and 22b and changed to a state with a voltage applied between them. constant. Liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the horizontal alignment layer 92 will be strongly restrained by the alignment layer 92. However, in this embodiment, the pinching direction is substantially the same as the alignment direction when the liquid crystal molecules are applied with a current. Therefore, according to this embodiment, the liquid crystal molecules can be aligned with the direction of the electric field at a low voltage. In other words, the liquid crystal display device of this embodiment has the advantage that the driving voltage is lower than that of the i 10th embodiment. FIG. 121 shows a modified example of the 110th liquid crystal display device. In Fig. 121, the same components as those in Fig. 110 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and will not be described in detail. In this embodiment, each pixel region is divided into two regions A and b, each of which has a horizontal alignment layer and is rubbed in the opposite direction. For example, after the horizontal alignment layer 92 on the glass substrate 14 is made, a portion of the horizontal alignment layer 92 in the B area is covered with an impedance film, and a portion of the horizontal alignment layer 92 in the a area is covered. It will be rubbed in one direction. After the horizontal alignment layer in area b is covered with an impedance film, it will be rubbed in the direction opposite to area A. In this way, since the A region and the B region are rubbed in different directions, the liquid crystal molecules 16 in the regions A and B will be tilted in the opposite direction in advance, as shown in FIG. 121, to complete the so-called segment Alignment. In this way, most areas with different alignment directions are provided in one pixel, but the paper size can be changed to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) 8-4 specification (210X297 mm) ^ ------ iT- ----- line (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 87 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 587191 A7 •. ». ·-. * * -___ __ B7 · V. Invention Explanation (85) The viewing angle characteristics of the liquid crystal display device are good. Incidentally, the pre-tilt angle 0 is preferably 2 ° to 5 °. Figures 122 and 123 show a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of Figure 110. The same components in FIGS. 122 and 123 as those in FIG. 110 are denoted by the same reference numerals, and will not be described in detail. Figure 122A shows a state where no voltage is applied between the electrodes, and Figure 123 shows a state where a voltage is applied between the electrodes. In this embodiment, a liquid crystal with negative dielectric anisotropy is used to be encapsulated between the substrates 12 and 14. The spin agent is also added to the liquid crystal to determine the twist direction of the liquid crystal. The other components of this structure are basically the same as those of the liquid crystal display device of the embodiment shown in Fig. 119 (i). In other words, the horizontal alignment layer is provided on the substrate 14 and the vertical alignment layer is provided on the substrate 12. As shown in Section 122 囷, if no voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a and 22b, its liquid crystal molecules 16 will twist in the direction determined by the spin agent (indicated by 0 in the middle), and the substrate 14 will advance toward the substrate 12 Therefore, its arrangement angle on the substrate 14 is gradually changed from horizontal to vertical. If the polarization axes of the polarizing plates are perpendicular to each other, the polarized light entering the liquid crystal layer from the bottom side of the substrate 14 through one of the polarizing plates will be twisted in the direction in which the liquid crystal molecules twist. Another polarizing plate. In other words, a bright display can be obtained without applying a voltage. On the other hand, if a voltage is applied between the electrodes 22a and 22b, as shown in FIG. 123, when the liquid crystal molecules 16 advance from the substrate 14 to the substrate 12, the angle of the liquid crystal molecules 16 will change from horizontal to vertical. status. However, the twist of the liquid crystal molecules will disappear, so each liquid crystal molecule 16 will apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) from the standard (21〇χ297 公 董) one'-88-I- Am ϋϋ I (please refer to (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) fte # ιϋ JMJ 0 Order 587191

、發明説明(86 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 電場的方向來調準。在此過程中,由基板14底側穿過一極 化板進入該液晶層的偏極光,在該液晶層中其極化軸不會 改變而被另一極化板所屏蔽❶換言之,當施一電壓時乃可 達成黑暗的顯示。 在此實施例中’如第110囷所示之實施例,其媒動電 力乃可減低’並可顯示一明亮的影像而不會產生紊亂。 簡而言之,有一水平調準層設在該對基板之一者上, 一垂直調準層則設在另一基板上,而一添加自旋劑的液晶 封裝於該對基板之間。若該液晶具有正介電異向性,則其 液晶分子會以該水平調準層在其一基板上被處理的方向來 調準,並以垂直於在另一基板上之該基板的方向來調準。 另一方面,在該等基板之間的液晶分子,當其由一基板前 進至另一基板時,會以該自旋劑所決定的方向來扭轉,而 逐漸地由水平位置升高。在此狀況下,進入該液晶層的偏 極光其極化轴會沿液晶分子的扭轉方向逐漸扭轉,而穿過 該液晶層。 反之’若有一電壓施加於該第一與第二電極之間,會 有一電場在平行於該等基板的方向產生,則液晶分子會沿 該電場排列。在此狀況下,進入該液晶層的極化光會穿過 該液晶層而不改變其極化轴的方向。於此例中,假設該水 平調準層被處理的調準方向係大致相同於電場的方向,則 在該水平調準層附近之液晶分子的調準方向,不論是否有 ie加電壓皆會保持不變。即是’該水平調準層與液晶分子 的牽制不會擾亂該等液晶分子沿電場方向的調準。因此,(86) Description of the invention (86) The employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs shall adjust the direction of the electric field printed by the consumer cooperative. In this process, the polarized light entering the liquid crystal layer from the bottom side of the substrate 14 through a polarizing plate, in which the polarization axis does not change and is shielded by another polarizing plate. In other words, when applying A dark display can be achieved at a voltage. In this embodiment, 'the embodiment shown in Fig. 110', the media power can be reduced 'and a bright image can be displayed without disorder. In short, a horizontal alignment layer is provided on one of the pair of substrates, a vertical alignment layer is provided on the other substrate, and a spin-added liquid crystal is encapsulated between the pair of substrates. If the liquid crystal has positive dielectric anisotropy, its liquid crystal molecules are aligned in the direction in which the horizontal alignment layer is processed on one substrate, and in a direction perpendicular to the substrate on the other substrate. Alignment. On the other hand, when the liquid crystal molecules between the substrates advance from one substrate to another, they will twist in the direction determined by the spin agent, and gradually rise from the horizontal position. Under this condition, the polarization axis of the polarized light entering the liquid crystal layer will gradually twist along the twisting direction of the liquid crystal molecules and pass through the liquid crystal layer. On the contrary, if a voltage is applied between the first and second electrodes, an electric field is generated in a direction parallel to the substrates, and the liquid crystal molecules are aligned along the electric field. In this case, the polarized light entering the liquid crystal layer passes through the liquid crystal layer without changing the direction of its polarization axis. In this example, assuming that the alignment direction processed by the horizontal alignment layer is substantially the same as the direction of the electric field, the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules near the horizontal alignment layer will be maintained regardless of whether or not the voltage is applied. constant. That is, 'the pinning of the horizontal alignment layer and the liquid crystal molecules will not disturb the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules in the direction of the electric field. therefore,

請 先 閲 讀 背 面 之 項 再 填 寫 本 頁 裝 訂 線 89 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(87) 其液晶分子乃能以較低的電壓沿著電場方向來被調準,而 減少該液晶顯示裝置的驅動電壓。而且,產生於第一與第 二電極之間的電場會消除液晶分子的扭轉,並可避免產生 紊亂而造成明亮的顯示。 在液晶層的厚度d與液晶的自然扭轉間距p之間的d/p 比值,最妤係在0.125至3的範圍内。假使該d/p比值小於 0.125,則透射率會降低而不能產生明亮的影像。反之, 假使d/p值大於3,則其調準會受干擾或在液晶中可能發生 反射,而不能產生良好的影像。較隹的d/p範圍係為〇·2至 3,更好的範圍係為0.35±(Κ1。 該液晶之雙折射率Δη與液晶層之厚度(1所產生的Δη(1 係最好在0·7±0·2的範圍内。若該值偏出此範圍外, 則透射率會降低而不能產生明亮的影像。 曰本未審查的專利申請案No. 4-305624、No. 52.45897 、No· 52-45895乃揭露一液晶顯示裝置,其中液晶分子係 以垂直方向在一基板上調準,並以水平方向在另一基板上 調準。該等習知構造與操作係有一電極設在其第一與第二 基板上,此乃與本發明不同,本發明係使在水平調準層附 近的液晶分子保持相同的方向,而不論有否施加電壓,故 可降低驅動電壓。 如上所述,依據該等實施例,乃在提供一種液晶顯示 裝置,具有第一與第二電極設在一基板上,而有一第一調 準層或一第二調準層形成一水平調準層設在其一基板上, 而另一調準層被作為垂直調準層,因此液晶分子的調準 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公^ — — — — — — — ·1111111 ·11111111 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 90 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 587191 ...... A7 · __B7_^_ 五、發明説明(88 ) 不會被該等調準層的牽制所擾亂並可避免產生紊亂,而能 以一低驅動電壓造成明亮的顯示。 第124圖為一平面圖,示出本發明之又另一實施例的 液晶顯示裝置,第125圖則表示第124圖之液晶顯示裝置的 等效電路。第126囷為第124圖之液晶顯示裝置的剖視圖。 該液晶顯示裝置包含一半透明的玻璃基板12,一玻璃基板 14相對於該玻璃基板12設置,及一液晶16插置於該等玻璃 > 基板12與14之間。該玻璃基板12具有一垂直調準層20。玻 璃基板14包括一反射層94,第一與第二平行條型電極22a 、22b,及一垂直調準層24。 在第126圖中,該第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b 係互相交替排列,若在該等電極之間施一電壓,則會產生 水平電場E1至E3。在本例中,於一第一條型電極22a與在 其左右兩側之第二條型電極22b之間的部份,即以點鏈線52 所示的部份,乃代表一像元。相鄰像元區域的邊界係位於 > 第二條型電極22b的中央。交替列設之第一與第二條型電 極22a與22b的間隔相等。故,若同時有一電壓施於相鄰的 第一條型電極22a,則整個像元區域包括相鄰的像元區域 之間的邊界之液晶調準方向皆會改變,因此在相鄰的像元 區域之邊界部份的液晶會恆被驅動,而達到一高對比。 該反射層94係被設在玻璃基板14的第一條型電極22a 與第二條型電極22b底下。由第124圊之頁面上方進入該液 晶層的光,會在該反射層94反射。另一方面,該等資料匯 流線32與TFT 34係設在第二條型電極22b底下。此係為了 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I 裝 I 訂 線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 91 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(89 ) 以第二條型電極22b來屏薇該薄膜電晶艘,以避免入射光 照射到它,來減少該TFT 34的光漏電流。 施於資料匯流線32的資料電壓,會經由接觸孔96由該Please read the item on the back before filling in this page. Gutter 89 587191 Printed by A7 B7, Consumer Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 5. Description of the invention (87) The liquid crystal molecules can be adjusted along the direction of the electric field at a lower voltage While reducing the driving voltage of the liquid crystal display device. In addition, the electric field generated between the first and second electrodes eliminates the twisting of the liquid crystal molecules, and prevents the display from being disturbed and causing a bright display. The d / p ratio between the thickness d of the liquid crystal layer and the natural twist pitch p of the liquid crystal is most in the range of 0.125 to 3. If the d / p ratio is less than 0.125, the transmittance is reduced and a bright image cannot be produced. Conversely, if the d / p value is greater than 3, its alignment may be disturbed or reflected in the liquid crystal, and a good image cannot be produced. The larger d / p range is 0.2 to 3, and the better range is 0.35 ± (κ1. The birefringence Δη of the liquid crystal and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer (1 Δη (1 is preferably at Within the range of 0 · 7 ± 0 · 2. If the value is out of this range, the transmittance will decrease and a bright image will not be produced. This unexamined patent application No. 4-305624, No. 52.45897, No. 52-45895 discloses a liquid crystal display device in which liquid crystal molecules are aligned on one substrate in a vertical direction and aligned on another substrate in a horizontal direction. These conventional structures and operations have an electrode provided in their first place. On the second substrate, this is different from the present invention, which keeps the liquid crystal molecules in the vicinity of the horizontal alignment layer in the same direction, regardless of whether or not a voltage is applied, so the driving voltage can be reduced. In these embodiments, a liquid crystal display device is provided. The first and second electrodes are disposed on a substrate, and a first alignment layer or a second alignment layer forms a horizontal alignment layer. Substrate, and the other alignment layer is used as the vertical alignment layer, so Liquid crystal molecules alignment This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm ^ — — — — — — — 1111111 · 11111111 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 90 Ministry of Economy Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau's Consumer Cooperatives 587191 ...... A7 · __B7 _ ^ _ V. Invention Description (88) Will not be disturbed by the restraint of these adjustment layers and can avoid disorder, but can be reduced to a low level The driving voltage causes a bright display. Fig. 124 is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device according to still another embodiment of the present invention, and Fig. 125 shows an equivalent circuit of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 124. Fig. 126 is A cross-sectional view of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 124. The liquid crystal display device includes a semi-transparent glass substrate 12, a glass substrate 14 is disposed opposite the glass substrate 12, and a liquid crystal 16 is inserted into the glass substrates 12 and 14. The glass substrate 12 has a vertical alignment layer 20. The glass substrate 14 includes a reflective layer 94, first and second parallel strip electrodes 22a, 22b, and a vertical alignment layer 24. In FIG. 126 , The first type The electrodes 22a and the second strip electrodes 22b are alternately arranged with each other. If a voltage is applied between these electrodes, horizontal electric fields E1 to E3 will be generated. In this example, a first strip electrode 22a and The part between the left and right second type electrodes 22b, that is, the part shown by the dot chain line 52, represents a pixel. The boundary of the adjacent pixel area is located at > The second type electrode The center of 22b. The first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b alternately arranged at the same interval. Therefore, if a voltage is applied to the adjacent first strip electrode 22a at the same time, the entire pixel area includes adjacent The alignment direction of the liquid crystal at the boundary between the pixel regions will change, so the liquid crystal at the boundary portion of the adjacent pixel regions will be constantly driven to achieve a high contrast. The reflective layer 94 is provided under the first and second strip electrodes 22 a and 22 b of the glass substrate 14. The light entering the liquid crystal layer from the top of the 124th page will be reflected by the reflective layer 94. On the other hand, the data bus lines 32 and the TFT 34 are provided under the second type electrode 22b. This is to apply the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) for this paper size. I Assemble (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 91 587191 A7 B7 The second strip electrode 22b is used to screen the thin film transistor to prevent incident light from irradiating it, thereby reducing the light leakage current of the TFT 34. The data voltage applied to the data bus 32 will be transmitted from the data via the contact hole 96.

, I TFT 34的源極電極施於該第一條型電極22a,而產生水平 電場E1至E3。該等未被施以電壓仍以垂直方向調準的p型 液晶分子,將會被電場E1至E3以水平方向調準。因此, 穿過該液晶層,與在反射層94反射的光之極化方向乃會旋 轉90度。故,藉著以穿過該極化板之直線的極化光供入該 液晶層,則該反射光乃可被轉換。. 於第125囷中,該第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b 及其間之液晶,乃等效地以電容器Cl至C4來表示。 第126圖表示沒有電壓施加於第一條型電極22a與第二 條型電極22b之間的狀態。有一反射層94設在玻璃基板14 上,而該第一與第二條型電極22a,22b乃透過一絕緣層50c 設在該反射膜94上。並且,有一垂直調準層24設在該第一 條型電極、第二條型電極、與絕緣膜5〇c上。在第126圖中 ,該等資料匯流線32並未示出。 另一方面,有一極化板26被設在該玻璃基板12的外側 (顯示面),及一垂直調準層20設在該玻璃基板12的内側。 一 P型液晶16被插設在玻璃基板12、14之間。若沒有電壓 施加於第一與第二條型電極22a、22b之間,則該垂直調準 層20、24會以垂直於玻璃基板12、14的方向來調準液晶16 〇 當未施加電壓於第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐)The source electrode of the I TFT 34 is applied to the first strip electrode 22a, and horizontal electric fields E1 to E3 are generated. The p-type liquid crystal molecules that are not aligned in the vertical direction but applied with voltage will be aligned in the horizontal direction by the electric fields E1 to E3. Therefore, the polarization direction of light passing through the liquid crystal layer and reflected by the reflective layer 94 is rotated by 90 degrees. Therefore, by supplying linearly polarized light passing through the polarizing plate into the liquid crystal layer, the reflected light can be converted. In 125th, the first and second type electrodes 22a and 22b and the liquid crystal therebetween are equivalently represented by capacitors Cl to C4. Fig. 126 shows a state where no voltage is applied between the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b. A reflective layer 94 is disposed on the glass substrate 14, and the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b are disposed on the reflective film 94 through an insulating layer 50c. Further, a vertical alignment layer 24 is provided on the first strip-type electrode, the second strip-type electrode, and the insulating film 50c. In Figure 126, the data buses 32 are not shown. On the other hand, a polarizing plate 26 is provided on the outside (display surface) of the glass substrate 12, and a vertical alignment layer 20 is provided on the inside of the glass substrate 12. A P-type liquid crystal 16 is interposed between the glass substrates 12 and 14. If no voltage is applied between the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, the vertical alignment layers 20, 24 will align the liquid crystal 16 in a direction perpendicular to the glass substrates 12, 14. When no voltage is applied to The first type electrode 22a and the second type electrode 22b The paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm)

It IJ ii II1Ί It n n HI (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 92 經濟部智楚財產局8工涓費合作社印製 587191 A7 _^ _B7_^_ 五、發明説明(90 ) 之間時,其液晶的調準方向會保持垂直,而入射光111的 極化狀態會保持不變。結果,穿過極化板26的光111會在 反射層94上反射,而再度穿透該極化板26。換言之,當未 施以電壓時,在液晶面板上的顯示係為白色。 第127圖係供說明對該液晶顯示裝置施加電壓時的操 作。當施加一電壓於該第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極 22b之間時,該p型液晶16會朝水平方向斜傾。在此例中, > 其液晶16朝水平方向斜傾其功能乃似一 λ/4板,而可將入 射光的極化方向旋轉90度,其中該又係為入射光的波長。 因此,已穿過極化板26而在反射層94上反射的光111,由 於其極化面已被旋轉90度,故不能再穿透該極化板26。以 此方式,當施加一電流時,該液晶顯示裝置會顯示黑色。 如上所述,依據本發明的液晶顯示裝置,該等第一條 型電極22a與第二條型電極22b所須要的只是在水平方向產 生一電場,因此不需要經過該液晶層在面對該玻璃基板14 > 的玻璃基板12上設置一反向電極。故,該玻璃基板14上僅 設有第一條型電極22a、第二條型電極22b、資料匯流線32 、閘極匯流線30、TFT 34等。因此,該液晶顯示裝置的 製程乃可被簡化。 第128圖為一平面圖,示出第124圖的液晶顯示裝置之 一修正例,並示出一構造其中各像元區域係被以二個第一 條型電極22a來驅動。供入該等資料匯流線32的資料電壓 係經由TFT 34再施加於第一條型電極22a,該TFT 34具有 閘極匯流線30其被供入閘極電壓。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------^------tr------^ (請先閲請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 93 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消贲合作社印製 A7 _B7_^_五、發明説明(91 ) 該等第二條型電極22b係被施以一預定電壓,由於第 一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b之間的電壓差,故會有 一電場會產生於其間。此電場則會控制液晶16的調準方向 。依據此實施例,在一對應於一反射層94之像元區域中的 液晶16,會被列設於其間之三個第二條型電極22b與兩個 第一條型電極22a所堪動。因此,要對該液晶16施以一預 定電場所施加的電壓乃可減少,而節省電力消耗。 該反射層94係由金屬或絕緣材料所製成,而設在第一 條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b底.下。依據此實施例,為 了便於形成該等資料匯流線32,該反射層94會被像元的邊 界部份所分區。具體而言,該等資料匯流線可被設於像元 的邊界部份,其中該反射層94乃被分割。假使該反射層94 係由一金屬所製成,最好係為一鋁膜或類似的高反射率金 屬。假使係為一絕緣材料,乃可使用摻有顏料的壓克力樹 脂。另一方面,若為一絕緣材料,红色、綠色及藍色的顏 料可被用來使該反射膜94形成一替代的濾色物,而能簡化 該彩色液晶顯示裝置的構造。 第129圊係沿第128圖之129-129載線的剖視圖。該反 射層94係經由Japan Synthetic Rubber公司所製之例如1至 10 # m厚度的HRC-001絕緣層50c,來電絕緣於第一條型 電極22a與第二條型電極22b。因此,一鋁膜或類似的高反 射膜乃可被用來當作該反射層94。假使該反射層94係由鋁 膜等導電材料所製成,該等資料匯流線32會被該反射層94 與第一條型電極22b所包圍,因此由該等資料匯流線32洩 (請先閲請背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 94 經濟部智慧財產局資工涓費合作社印製 587191 A7 _ B7 五、發明説明(92 ) 漏的電場乃可被該導電材料所屏蔽〃結果,其液晶16即不 會被由該資料匯流線32洩漏的電場所駆動,而能改善顯示 對比。 * 該等垂直調準層20、24係供在未施加電壓時,以垂直 於玻璃基板12、14的方向來調準液晶16者。Nissan Chemical 公司所製之RN-783為可用材料之一例。 該TFT 34與資料匯流線32係設在第二條型電極22b底 下。故,該TFT 34會被該不透明的第二條型電極22b所屏 蔽,而能減少該TFT 34的光漏電流。並且,未作用於顯 示的資料匯流線32與TFT 34係被設在第二條型電極22b底 下’因此幾乎該面板之整個表面皆能被該反射層94與第二 條型電極22b所覆蓋,故乃使其可以增加該液晶顯示面板 整體的反射面積。具體而言,該第一條型電極22a與第二 條型電極22b係為一金屬導體諸如等,而形如一反射物 。因此’它們與原先的反射層94併用乃可改善該液晶顯示 • 面板的反射率。同時,因為第二條型電極22b係列設於相 鄰之反射層94的邊界上方,而使光亦能在反射層94的邊界 部份反射,故該面板的反射面積將得以增加。 如上所述,當施加一電壓於第一條型電極22a與第二 條型電極22b之間,該p型液晶16會以相同於電場的方向斜 傾’即垂直於第一與第二條型電極22a與22b,而平行於玻 璃基板12、14。在此例中,該極化板26係被設在一位置, 而使其透射轴或吸收轴平行於玻璃基板12、14,並與垂直 於第一與第二條型電極22a、22b的方向呈一土45度角。因 本紙張尺度適用中國國家橾準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------^------1T------^ {請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 95 587191 經濟部智恶財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 _B7_: _ 五、發明説明(93 ) 此,穿過該被施以一電壓之液晶16的光之極化方向令旋轉 90。。 而且,該液晶16之折射率異向性Δη與腔室間隙d之乘 積的延滯And,當施加一電壓時,會被調整為等於ηλ /4(n= 自然奇數,;l =光的波長)。在此例中,該液晶16之折射率 異向性Δη會隨所施加的電壓而改變。 詳細言之,若有一電壓施加於第一條型電極22a與第 二條型電極22b之間,其液晶16會沿電場方向斜傾,而該 液晶16的折射率異向性Δη會增加。因此,該延滯Ληοΐ之 值亦會從零逐漸增加。 例如,假設被轉換的光之波長;I為550 nm時具有最 大的照明效率,則;1/4係為約140 nm。該液晶16於預定的 施加電壓時之延滯And值為140 nm,則該液晶16之功能 乃如一;1/4板,而可將光的極化方向旋轉90度。 另一方面,假使該液晶16的延滯△!!(!並非等於η λ /4 ,其誤差則可藉在該玻璃基板12與極化板26之間,插設一 具有延滯Δικ!等於其差異的相位過濾物來修正。而且,假 使該液晶16的黑色與白色相反,則可插入一相位過濾物, 而使該液晶16的延滯And在一預定電壓時會變為零。 第130圖為一平面圖表示第128囷的液晶顯示裝置。該 實施例與第124圖之實施例的差異係為,有一分區反射層94 設在一對應於各像元區域的位置,因此各像元區域會被三 個第二條型電極22b與兩個第一條型電極22a所驅動。故, 該液晶16可被以一較低的電壓來效地驅動,而該驅動電壓 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 96 經濟部智祛財產局員工消費合作社印製 587191 A7 _ B7 ·, … 五、發明説明(94 ) 與該液晶16等於η又/4的延滯乃可減少,故能減少該 液晶顯示面板的電力消耗。 此外,其第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b係等距 地列設在袓鄰的像元區域上,而相鄰之像元區域的邊界係 位於第二條型電極22b的中央。因此,假若有一電壓同時 施加於相鄰之像元區域的第一條型電極22a,則第二條型 電極22b會被其兩邊的像元區域所共用,而整個像元區域 > 包括相鄰像元區域的邊界之液晶的調準方向皆會改變,故 可得到一高對比。 第131圊表示第130囷之液晶顯示裝置的等效電路。以 該液晶16作為介電材料之等效電容器C11至C18乃被插設 於第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b之間。 第132A至132C囷為沿第130圓之截線132-132所採的 剖視圖,乃供說明第130圊之液晶顯示裝置的製造過程。 依據此實施例,該等反射層94、TFT 34、資料匯流線32 f 、第一條型電極22a、與第二條型電極22b等,皆可被設在 一玻璃基板14上,因此該液晶顯示裝置之製程乃可簡化。 如第132A圖所示,該反射層94與閘極匯流線30係將 大約3000A厚的鋁膜製成並形成圊案於該玻璃基板14上。 嗣,如第132B圊所示,有一閘極絕緣層99諸如氮化矽(SiN) ,一構成TFT之通道的非結晶矽(a-Si) 100,及製成該丁FT 之蝕刻保護膜的氮化矽(SiN) 101等係被逐層列設。 下一步驟乃如第132C圊所示,該蝕刻保護膜101a係 藉成形該氮化矽(SiN) 101而來製成。該蝕刻保護膜l〇la 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------^------ir------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 97 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(95 ) 係可在蝕刻TFT的源極電極與汲極電極時,保護該提供一 通道的非結晶矽100。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 然後,如第132D圖所示,一以離子植入該非結晶矽 之電阻接觸層(n+a-Si) 102,及構成源極電極與汲極電極 的金屬層(Ti/Al/Ti)103乃被逐層列設。該電阻接觸層102 係供改善該金屬層103與非結晶矽100之間的電阻性接觸。 該金屬層(Ti/Al/Ti)103係為一多層結構,包括一約500A厚 的鈦膜,及一大約1500A厚的鋁膜(底層)。 然後,如第132E圊所示,該金屬層103、電阻接觸層 102、非結晶矽100等乃被成形圖案,而製出該等資料匯流 線32、汲極電極103a,以及該TFT 34。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消赍合作社印製 下個步驟,如第133A圖所示,有一絕緣膜104(例如 Japan Synthetic Rubber公司所製的HRC-001等)乃被製成以 產生一形成接觸孔96的貫孔。如第129與130圖所示,該接 觸孔96會將該TFT 34的源極電極連接於第一條型電極22a 。然後,如第133B圊所示,有一構成該第一條型電極與 第二條型電極的鋁金屬層(A1) 105會被製成。嗣,如第133C 圖所示,該金屬層(A1) 105會被成形圖案而同時產生第一 條型電極22a及第二條型電極22b。 如上所述,依據此實施例,一玻璃基板14乃可設具所 有的反射層94、TFT 34、資料匯流線32、第一條型電極22a 、第二條型電極22b時。因此,該液晶顯示面板的製程乃 可簡化。 第134A至134E圖示出一例,其中該反射層94係單獨 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 98 587191 經濟部智慈財產局員工消费合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明说明(96 ) 地設在該玻璃基板14、TFT之閘極匯流線30等之背面。在 此例中,如第134A圖所示,該反射層94係設在該玻璃基 板14的背面(圖中的底面),因此該第二條型電極22b及閘 極匯流線30可同時設在該玻璃基板14的正面(囷中的頂面) 。而且,如第134E圖所示,該第一條型電極22a與資料匯流 線32等可同時被製成。因此’如第mA至133C圖所示之 製造該絕緣層104、第一條型電極22a、第二條型電極22b •等的步驟將可免除。結果’該液晶顯示面板的製程乃可更 為簡化。順便一提,第134B至134D圖所示的步驟係類似 於第132B至132D圖者。 第135圖為一剖視圊示出本發明的液晶顯示裝置之一 修正例。在此實施例中,第129圊所示的實施例之第二條 型電極22b係設在該玻璃基板12的背面。該第二條型電極 22b係被設在反射層94的顯示側上,因此使用約1000A厚 的銦錫氧化物(ITO)之透明電極。 > 第135圊中,在第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b 之間的電場,會形成一大致平行於玻璃基板12、14的方向 (更嚴格地說,是有些平行的斜傾方向),故當對液晶16施 一電壓時,其調準方向亦大致為平行方向。在此例中’該 等第二條型電極22b亦被設在其邊界之間而被相鄰的像元 區域所共用。因此,在像元區域邊界部份的液晶16可被充 分地調準而得改善對比。 第136圖為一剖視圖示出本發明的液晶顯示裝置之一 修正例。此構造使用一種客-主液晶16(例如Mitsubishi 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ----------装------^------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 99 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(97 )It IJ ii II1Ί It nn HI (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, printed by the Consumer Cooperative 92 ^ _ 5. In the description of the invention (90), the alignment direction of the liquid crystal will remain vertical, and the polarization state of the incident light 111 will remain unchanged. As a result, the light 111 passing through the polarizing plate 26 is reflected on the reflective layer 94 and passes through the polarizing plate 26 again. In other words, when no voltage is applied, the display on the liquid crystal panel is white. Fig. 127 is a diagram for explaining the operation when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal display device. When a voltage is applied between the first strip-type electrode 22a and the second strip-type electrode 22b, the p-type liquid crystal 16 is inclined in a horizontal direction. In this example, > its liquid crystal 16 is tilted horizontally and its function is similar to a λ / 4 plate, and the polarization direction of the incident light can be rotated by 90 degrees, which in turn is the wavelength of the incident light. Therefore, the light 111 that has passed through the polarizing plate 26 and reflected on the reflective layer 94 cannot pass through the polarizing plate 26 because its polarization plane has been rotated by 90 degrees. In this way, when a current is applied, the liquid crystal display device displays black. As described above, according to the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, all the first stripe electrodes 22a and second stripe electrodes 22b need is to generate an electric field in the horizontal direction, so it is not necessary to face the glass through the liquid crystal layer. The substrate 14 > is provided with a counter electrode on the glass substrate 12. Therefore, the glass substrate 14 is provided with only the first type electrode 22a, the second type electrode 22b, the data bus line 32, the gate bus line 30, the TFT 34, and the like. Therefore, the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device can be simplified. Fig. 128 is a plan view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 124, and shows a structure in which each pixel region is driven by two first strip-type electrodes 22a. The data voltages supplied to the data bus lines 32 are applied to the first type electrode 22a via the TFT 34, which has a gate bus line 30 to which a gate voltage is supplied. This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) --------- ^ ------ tr ------ ^ (Please read the notes on the back first (Fill in this page again) 93 587191 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 _B7 _ ^ _ V. Description of Invention (91) The second electrode 22b is applied with a predetermined voltage. Because the voltage difference between the electrode 22a and the second strip electrode 22b, an electric field will be generated therebetween. This electric field will control the alignment direction of the liquid crystal 16. According to this embodiment, the liquid crystal 16 in a pixel region corresponding to a reflective layer 94 is moved by three second type electrodes 22b and two first type electrodes 22a arranged therebetween. Therefore, the voltage applied to a predetermined electric field to the liquid crystal 16 can be reduced, thereby saving power consumption. The reflective layer 94 is made of a metal or an insulating material, and is provided under the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b. According to this embodiment, in order to facilitate the formation of the data bus lines 32, the reflective layer 94 is partitioned by the boundary portion of the pixel. Specifically, the data buses may be provided at the boundary portion of the pixel, in which the reflective layer 94 is divided. If the reflective layer 94 is made of a metal, it is preferably an aluminum film or similar high reflectivity metal. If it is an insulating material, a pigment-containing acrylic resin may be used. On the other hand, if it is an insulating material, red, green, and blue pigments can be used to form the reflective film 94 as an alternative color filter, thereby simplifying the structure of the color liquid crystal display device. Section 129th is a cross-sectional view taken along line 129-129 of FIG. 128. The reflective layer 94 is electrically insulated from the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b by an HRC-001 insulating layer 50c made by Japan Synthetic Rubber Company, for example, having a thickness of 1 to 10 #m. Therefore, an aluminum film or similar highly reflective film can be used as the reflective layer 94. If the reflective layer 94 is made of a conductive material such as an aluminum film, the data bus lines 32 will be surrounded by the reflective layer 94 and the first type electrode 22b, so the data bus lines 32 leak (please first Please read the notes on the back and fill in this page.) This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). 94 Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and Labor Cooperatives 587191 A7 _ B7 V. Description of the invention ( 92) The leaked electric field can be shielded by the conductive material. As a result, the liquid crystal 16 will not be disturbed by the electric field leaked by the data bus line 32, and the display contrast can be improved. * These vertical alignment layers 20 and 24 are used to align the liquid crystal 16 in a direction perpendicular to the glass substrates 12 and 14 when no voltage is applied. RN-783 made by Nissan Chemical is an example of a usable material. The TFT 34 and the data bus line 32 are provided under the second type electrode 22b. Therefore, the TFT 34 is shielded by the opaque second strip electrode 22b, and the light leakage current of the TFT 34 can be reduced. Moreover, the data bus lines 32 and the TFT 34 which are not applied to the display are provided under the second type electrode 22b. Therefore, almost the entire surface of the panel can be covered by the reflective layer 94 and the second type electrode 22b. Therefore, it can increase the reflection area of the entire liquid crystal display panel. Specifically, the first strip-type electrode 22a and the second strip-type electrode 22b are a metal conductor such as a metal, and are shaped like a reflector. Therefore, they are used in combination with the original reflective layer 94 to improve the reflectivity of the liquid crystal display panel. At the same time, since the second type electrode 22b series is disposed above the boundary of the adjacent reflective layer 94, so that light can also be reflected at the boundary of the reflective layer 94, the reflective area of the panel will be increased. As described above, when a voltage is applied between the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b, the p-type liquid crystal 16 will be inclined in the same direction as the electric field, that is, perpendicular to the first and second strip electrodes. The electrodes 22a and 22b are parallel to the glass substrates 12,14. In this example, the polarizing plate 26 is disposed at a position such that its transmission axis or absorption axis is parallel to the glass substrates 12, 14 and is perpendicular to the directions of the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b. At a 45-degree angle. Because this paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) ---------- ^ ------ 1T ------ ^ {Please read the back Note: Please fill in this page again.) 95 587191 Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 _B7_: _ V. Description of Invention (93) Therefore, the polarization direction of the light passing through the liquid crystal 16 to which a voltage is applied Order rotation 90. . Moreover, the hysteresis And of the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δη of the liquid crystal 16 and the cavity gap d, when a voltage is applied, will be adjusted to be equal to ηλ / 4 (n = natural odd number, l = wavelength of light ). In this example, the refractive index anisotropy Δη of the liquid crystal 16 changes with the applied voltage. In detail, if a voltage is applied between the first type electrode 22a and the second type electrode 22b, the liquid crystal 16 thereof will be tilted in the direction of the electric field, and the refractive index anisotropy Δη of the liquid crystal 16 will increase. Therefore, the value of the delay Ληοΐ also gradually increases from zero. For example, assuming the wavelength of the light being converted; I has the greatest illumination efficiency at 550 nm; then the 1/4 system is about 140 nm. The hysteresis And value of the liquid crystal 16 at a predetermined applied voltage is 140 nm, so the function of the liquid crystal 16 is the same; the 1/4 plate can rotate the polarization direction of light by 90 degrees. On the other hand, if the retardation Δ !! of the liquid crystal 16 is not equal to η λ / 4, the error can be inserted between the glass substrate 12 and the polarizing plate 26 by inserting a delay Δικ! Equal to The difference is corrected by the phase filter. Moreover, if the black and white of the liquid crystal 16 are opposite, a phase filter can be inserted, and the retardation And of the liquid crystal 16 will become zero at a predetermined voltage. The figure is a plan view showing a liquid crystal display device of the 128th frame. The difference between this embodiment and the embodiment of FIG. 124 is that a partitioned reflective layer 94 is provided at a position corresponding to each pixel region, so each pixel region Will be driven by three second stripe electrodes 22b and two first stripe electrodes 22a. Therefore, the liquid crystal 16 can be effectively driven with a lower voltage, and the driving voltage (please read the Note: Please fill in this page again) This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 96 Printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 587191 A7 _ B7 And this liquid crystal 16 is equal to η and / 4 It can reduce the power consumption of the liquid crystal display panel. In addition, the first stripe electrodes 22a and the second stripe electrodes 22b are arranged equidistantly on the adjacent pixel area, and the adjacent pixels The boundary of the region is located at the center of the second stripe electrode 22b. Therefore, if a voltage is simultaneously applied to the first stripe electrode 22a of an adjacent pixel region, the second stripe electrode 22b will be replaced by the pixels on both sides thereof. The area is shared, and the alignment direction of the liquid crystal in the entire pixel area > including the boundary of adjacent pixel areas will be changed, so a high contrast can be obtained. Circuits. Equivalent capacitors C11 to C18 using the liquid crystal 16 as a dielectric material are interposed between the first and second type electrodes 22a and 22b. Sections 132A to 132C are the sections along the 130th circle. The cross-sectional views taken along line 132-132 are for explaining the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device No. 130. According to this embodiment, the reflective layers 94, TFT 34, data bus line 32f, the first type electrode 22a, And the second strip electrode 22b, etc., can be provided at A glass substrate 14 is used, so the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display device can be simplified. As shown in FIG. 132A, the reflective layer 94 and the gate bus line 30 are made of an aluminum film with a thickness of about 3000A and formed thereon. On the glass substrate 14. As shown in Section 132B, a gate insulating layer 99 such as silicon nitride (SiN), an amorphous silicon (a-Si) 100 constituting a channel of a TFT, and the D-FT are formed. The silicon nitride (SiN) 101 etc. of the etching protection film are arranged layer by layer. The next step is shown in FIG. 132C. The etching protection film 101a is made by forming the silicon nitride (SiN) 101. to make. The etch protection film 10a This paper size is applicable to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ---------- ^ ------ ir ------ ^ ( (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) 97 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (95) is to protect the amorphous silicon 100 that provides a channel when etching the source and drain electrodes of a TFT. (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page.) Then, as shown in Figure 132D, a non-crystalline silicon resistance contact layer (n + a-Si) 102 is ion-implanted, and the source electrode and drain are formed. The metal layer (Ti / Al / Ti) 103 of the electrode is arranged layer by layer. The resistive contact layer 102 is used to improve the resistive contact between the metal layer 103 and the amorphous silicon 100. The metal layer (Ti / Al / Ti) 103 is a multilayer structure including a titanium film with a thickness of about 500A and an aluminum film (underlayer) with a thickness of about 1500A. Then, as shown at 132E, the metal layer 103, the resistance contact layer 102, the amorphous silicon 100, and the like are patterned to form the data bus lines 32, the drain electrode 103a, and the TFT 34. The employee of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs has printed the next step of the cooperative. As shown in Figure 133A, an insulating film 104 (such as HRC-001 made by Japan Synthetic Rubber) is made to create a contact hole 96 through-holes. As shown in Figures 129 and 130, the contact hole 96 will connect the source electrode of the TFT 34 to the first strip electrode 22a. Then, as shown in No. 133B 圊, an aluminum metal layer (A1) 105 constituting the first and second type electrodes is formed. Alas, as shown in FIG. 133C, the metal layer (A1) 105 is patterned to simultaneously produce a first stripe electrode 22a and a second stripe electrode 22b. As described above, according to this embodiment, a glass substrate 14 can be provided with all the reflective layers 94, TFTs 34, data bus lines 32, the first type electrode 22a, and the second type electrode 22b. Therefore, the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display panel can be simplified. Figures 134A to 134E show an example, in which the reflective layer 94 is a single paper size that applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 98 587191 printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs A7 B7 5. DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION (96) is provided on the back surface of the glass substrate 14, the gate bus line 30 of the TFT, and the like. In this example, as shown in FIG. 134A, the reflective layer 94 is disposed on the back surface (bottom surface in the figure) of the glass substrate 14, so the second electrode 22b and the gate bus 30 can be disposed at the same time. The front surface (top surface in the middle) of the glass substrate 14. Further, as shown in Fig. 134E, the first type electrode 22a and the data bus line 32 and the like can be made at the same time. Therefore, the steps of manufacturing the insulating layer 104, the first strip-type electrode 22a, and the second strip-type electrode 22b as shown in FIGS. MA to 133C will be eliminated. As a result, the manufacturing process of the liquid crystal display panel can be further simplified. Incidentally, the steps shown in Figs. 134B to 134D are similar to those in Figs. 132B to 132D. Fig. 135 is a sectional view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. In this embodiment, the second strip electrode 22b of the embodiment shown in the 129th stage is provided on the back surface of the glass substrate 12. The second strip electrode 22b is provided on the display side of the reflective layer 94, and therefore a transparent electrode of indium tin oxide (ITO) having a thickness of about 1000 A is used. > In Section 135 (b), the electric field between the first and second type electrodes 22a and 22b forms a direction substantially parallel to the glass substrates 12, 14 (more strictly speaking, there are some parallel oblique Tilt direction), so when a voltage is applied to the liquid crystal 16, the alignment direction is also substantially parallel. In this example, the second electrode 22b is also provided between its boundaries and is shared by adjacent pixel regions. Therefore, the liquid crystal 16 at the boundary portion of the pixel region can be sufficiently aligned to improve the contrast. Fig. 136 is a sectional view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. This structure uses a guest-host liquid crystal 16 (such as Mitsubishi. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm)) ---------- install ------ ^ --- --- ^ (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 99 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (97)

Chemical公司所製的LA-121)及一種雙色顏料添加其中來 作為液晶。在此實施例中,雖其構造類似於第129圖所示 的實施例,但在該玻璃基板12上並未設有一極化板。具體 而言,該極化板並不需要,因為λ/4板的功能乃被絕緣層 50c所提供。 該絕緣層50c係聚合一液晶預聚物所產生。此液晶體 之預聚物係可被調準,並能作用如一具有光學異向性的λ /4板之功能。依據本實施例的液晶顯示面板乃可不用任何 極化板而達到高對比。 當施加一電壓於該第一與第二條型電極22a、22b之間 時,該客-主液晶16會以水平方向調準,並吸收被以預定 方向極化的入射光。該入射光會在反射層94上反射,而形 成反射光。該反射光在穿過作用如;1/4板的絕緣層50c時 ,其極化方向會被旋轉90度,並再被吸收於該客-主液晶16 中。結果,該客·主液晶16可充分地吸收光,而改善該液 晶顯示面板的對比。 依據此實施例,該第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極 22b並不形成互相反向相對的關係。故,形成於該等電極 之間的電容器會減少,而在該等電極之間的靜電電容亦會 減少。結果,此靜電電容對在輔助電極之間的靜電電容之 比值會降低,故能減低像元區域之電荷洩漏的作用,雖然 在此方式中該客·主液晶之電荷洩漏會增加,但可添加一 種具有優良光學特性,例如雙色比值較佳的偶氮顏料。 該客-主液晶16的光學特性,係用以垂直方向排列之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) ' ----- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 4 訂 經濟部皙慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 100 587191 Α7 Β7 五、發明説明(98) 雙色顏料吸收的光與以水平方向排列之雙色顏料吸收的光 之間的雙色比值來表示。其中具有高雙色比之不溶解的雙 色顏料之客-主液晶16乃可達到高反射率。雙色材料乃大 致分成偶II族群與蔥酿族群。該偶氮族群,雖具有較高的 雙色比,但會增加電荷洩漏,而該蒽鲲族群,雖具有較低 的雙色比,但會減少電荷洩漏。 依據此實施例,乃已變成可使用具有高雙色比的偶氮 I 基顏料,縱使該客-主液晶會有較大的電荷洩漏,但只要 該電荷洩漏的作用減少即可。故,可達到比習知技術高出 大約20%的反射率。 由實驗亦可證實添加偶氮基顏料的客-主液晶16乃能 藉長時間的退火來回復減少的電壓保持率。因此,假若其 電壓保持率降低,則以重複的退火處理將可使液晶顯示面 板承受長時間的操作。於第136圓所示的實施例中,該第 二條型電極22b可使用具有優良光學性質之偶氮基色素添 > 加其中的客·主液晶,縱使有較大的電荷洩漏,但只要有 一大致平行的電場產生於第二條型電極22b與第一條型電 極22a之間即可。 第137圖為一剖視圖表示本發明的液晶顯示裝置之_ 修正例,此實施例雖構造大致相同於第129圖所示的實施 例,但其相異處係在於,當未施加電壓時,該向列液晶或 客·主液晶16會被水平調準層90、92以水平方向調準。該 等水平調準層90、92係為例如JSR公司的AL· 1054。 假使該向列液晶16被使用於此實施例中,則是η型或p 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4规格(210X297公釐) ^-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 經濟部智慧財/i局a(工消Φ合作社印製 101 587191 ^ · A7LA-121) manufactured by Chemical Co., Ltd. and a two-color pigment are added as a liquid crystal. In this embodiment, although the structure is similar to that shown in Fig. 129, a polarizing plate is not provided on the glass substrate 12. Specifically, the polarizing plate is not required because the function of the λ / 4 plate is provided by the insulating layer 50c. The insulating layer 50c is produced by polymerizing a liquid crystal prepolymer. The prepolymer of this liquid crystal can be aligned and can function as a λ / 4 plate with optical anisotropy. The liquid crystal display panel according to this embodiment can achieve high contrast without any polarizing plate. When a voltage is applied between the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, the guest-host liquid crystal 16 is aligned in a horizontal direction and absorbs incident light polarized in a predetermined direction. This incident light is reflected on the reflective layer 94 to form reflected light. When the reflected light passes through the insulating layer 50c of the 1/4 plate, its polarization direction will be rotated by 90 degrees, and it will be absorbed in the guest-host liquid crystal 16 again. As a result, the guest-host liquid crystal 16 can sufficiently absorb light and improve the contrast of the liquid crystal display panel. According to this embodiment, the first strip-type electrode 22a and the second strip-type electrode 22b do not form a mutually opposite relationship. Therefore, the capacitors formed between these electrodes will decrease, and the electrostatic capacitance between these electrodes will also decrease. As a result, the ratio of the electrostatic capacitance to the electrostatic capacitance between the auxiliary electrodes is reduced, so that the charge leakage effect of the pixel region can be reduced. Although the charge leakage of the guest-host liquid crystal will increase in this way, An azo pigment with excellent optical characteristics, such as a better dichroic ratio. The optical characteristics of the guest-host liquid crystal 16 are the size of the paper used in the vertical direction. The Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) is applicable. ----- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) 4 Order printed by the Consumers' Cooperative of Xihui Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 100 587191 Α7 Β7 V. Description of the invention (98) The two-color ratio between the light absorbed by the two-color pigments and the light absorbed by the two-color pigments arranged in the horizontal direction is expressed. . Among them, the guest-host liquid crystal 16 having an insoluble two-color pigment having a high two-color ratio can achieve a high reflectance. The two-color material is largely divided into the even II group and the onion brewing group. Although the azo group has a higher two-color ratio, it will increase the charge leakage, while the anthracene group has a lower two-color ratio, but it will reduce the charge leakage. According to this embodiment, it has become possible to use an azo I-based pigment having a high two-color ratio, even though the guest-host liquid crystal has a large charge leakage, as long as the effect of the charge leakage is reduced. Therefore, approximately 20% higher reflectance than the conventional technique can be achieved. It can also be confirmed from experiments that the guest-host liquid crystal 16 added with an azo-based pigment can restore a reduced voltage holding ratio by long-term annealing. Therefore, if the voltage holding ratio is reduced, the liquid crystal display panel can be subjected to long-term operation by repeated annealing treatment. In the embodiment shown by circle 136, the second strip electrode 22b may use an azo-based pigment having excellent optical properties. The guest-host liquid crystal added therein, even if there is a large charge leakage, It is sufficient that a substantially parallel electric field is generated between the second stripe type electrode 22b and the first stripe type electrode 22a. FIG. 137 is a cross-sectional view showing a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Although this embodiment is substantially the same as the embodiment shown in FIG. 129, the difference is that when no voltage is applied, the The nematic liquid crystal or the guest liquid crystal 16 is aligned in the horizontal direction by the horizontal alignment layers 90 and 92. The horizontal alignment layers 90 and 92 are, for example, AL · 1054 of JSR Corporation. If the nematic liquid crystal 16 is used in this embodiment, it is η-type or p. The paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ^-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling (This page) Smart Wisdom / i Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs a (Printed by Industrial Consumer Cooperative Φ101 587191 ^ · A7

五、發明説明(99) 型皆可使用。若為η型,可使用Merck公司的MJ-95785, 而若為P型,則可使用Merck公司的ZLI-4792。 在此例中,其水平調準層90、92係被以對第一條型電 極22a與第二條型電極22b的方向呈大約45度的方向來摩擦 β、结果,未施加電壓時,其液晶分子會被以相同於摩擦方 向之水平方向來調準。另一方面,當以一電壓施加於該第 一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b之間時,液晶分子會在 一平行於玻璃基板12、14的平面中旋轉約45度,因而形成 平行或垂直於第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b的狀態 °此狀態乃類似於在第一實施例中的對應狀態,其中之光 的極化方向係大約旋轉90度。故,藉著將該極化板26的吸 收轴或透射軸,設在一與液晶未被施以電壓之調準方向平 行或垂直的位置,則光即可被轉換控制。 鳗濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印契 另一方面,假使該客-主液晶16被用在此實施例中, 該等水平調準層90、92會被以平行或垂直於第一條型電極 22a與第二條型電極22b的方向來摩擦。當一電壓施於第一 與第二條型電極22a、22b之間時,其液晶分子會在一平行 於玻璃基板12、14的平面中旋轉約90度,而形成大致平行 或垂直於該等電極方向的狀態。在此方式中,藉著將該極 化板26的吸收軸或透射軸設成1,平行或垂直於液晶未被施 以電壓時的調準方向,則光即可被轉換控制。 第138圖為本發明的液晶顯示裝置一修正例的剖視圖 ’示出一種構造,其中該反射層94係被設在第二條型電極 22b、第一條型電極22a與玻璃基板14上。該反射層係由例 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家樣準(匚奶)六4規格(210><297公釐) 102 經濟部智慈財產局員工消費合作社印製 587191 B7 五、發明説明(100 ) 如能以光固化的壓克力樹脂所製成,而具有細微的氧 化鎂白色粉末或鋁金屬粉末等摻於其中。在此例中,該反 射膜94係由絕緣材料所製成,因此不像金屬反射層,而不 需要另外隔離第一條型電極22a等,故可簡化其製程。此 構造乃可使用於第129圖或137圖所示的實施例。 第139圖為本發明的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例,示出 一種構造其中該反射層94係被設在與第二及第一條型電極 ) 22b、22a之同一層,並介於該兩者之間。在此例中,若該 第二與第一條型電極22b、22a係由金屬製成,該等電極亦 能具有反射功能,故可與設於其間的反射層94 一起操作, 而改善該液晶顯示面板的反射率。此構造乃可例如運用於 第129圖或137圖所示的實施例中。 第140圖為本發明的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例,示出 一種構造,其中該第二反射電極22b與第一反射電極22a係 設在玻璃基板12的底面,而反射層94則設在玻璃基板14的 ► 内表面上。該第二與第一條型電極22b、22a係為例如具有 約1000A厚度的ITO透明電極。在此例中,若施一電壓於 第二與第一條型電極22b、22a之間亦會產生一水平電場, 因此以一簡單構造即能改善該液晶顯示面板的對比。此外 ,本構造亦可使用於第135圖所示的實施例中,其第一條 型電極22a係設在玻璃基板12的底面。 第141與142圖分別為本發明的液晶顯示裝置之一修正 例的剖視圖與平面圖,其中第141圖係為第142圖之14 1-141 裁線所採的剖視圖。於此實施例中,該第一條型電極與第 本紙浪尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) I — — II 裝 II II 訂— 線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 103 587191 經濟部智¾財產局員工消費合作社印製 A 7 _B7___五、發明説明(101 ) 二條型電極係設在玻璃基板12的内表面上,並另有類似的 第一條型電極與第二條型電極(第三條型電極與第四條型 電極)設在玻璃基板14的内表面上,而對設在玻璃基板12 上的第一與第二條型電極呈垂直狀態。具體而言,該第一 條型電極122a與第二條型電極122b係在玻璃基板12的内表 面上沿平行於第141圖之頁面的方向,以預定間隔交替列 設。同樣地,該第一(第三)條型電極22a與第二(第四)條型 電極22b,亦在玻璃基板14經由反射層94與絕緣層50的内 表面上,沿垂直於第141圖之頁面的方向,以預定間隔交 替列設。該等第一條型電極122a與第二條型電極122b係各 自正交於第一(第三)條型電極22a與第二(第四)條型電極 22b 〇 依據此實施例,該未施以電壓而被垂直調準層20、24 以垂直方向調準的液晶分子,乃會被該兩組互以直角對列 之條型電極22a、22b與122a、122b所產生的電場扭轉。故 ,假如使用客-主液晶,則該客-主液晶的光吸收率乃可改 進,而改善顯示對比。 第143圖為本發明的液晶顯示裝置之一修正例的剖視 圖,示出一例其構造大致類似於第129圖之實施例,其中 該紅色濾色物82R、綠色濾色物82G與藍色濾色物82B係被 插設於玻璃基板12與垂直調準層20之間。依據此實施例, 藉著施加一電壓於第一條型電極22a與第二條型電極22b之 間,該等未施予電壓時呈垂直調準的液晶分子將會被以水 平方向驅動,故乃能以簡單構造達到高對比的彩色顯示。 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)5. Description of the invention (99) type can be used. For the η type, Merck's MJ-95785 can be used, and for the P type, Merck's ZLI-4792 can be used. In this example, the horizontal alignment layers 90 and 92 are rubbed in a direction of approximately 45 degrees with respect to the directions of the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b. As a result, when no voltage is applied, The liquid crystal molecules are aligned in the same horizontal direction as the rubbing direction. On the other hand, when a voltage is applied between the first strip-type electrode 22a and the second strip-type electrode 22b, the liquid crystal molecules rotate about 45 degrees in a plane parallel to the glass substrates 12, 14 and thus form The state parallel or perpendicular to the first strip-type electrode 22a and the second strip-type electrode 22b. This state is similar to the corresponding state in the first embodiment, in which the polarization direction of light is rotated by about 90 degrees. Therefore, by setting the absorption axis or the transmission axis of the polarizing plate 26 at a position parallel or perpendicular to the alignment direction where the liquid crystal is not applied with voltage, the light can be switched and controlled. Employees' Cooperative Seal of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, on the other hand, if the guest-host LCD 16 is used in this embodiment, the horizontal alignment layers 90, 92 will be parallel or perpendicular to the first strip type. The electrode 22a rubs in the direction of the second strip electrode 22b. When a voltage is applied between the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, the liquid crystal molecules will rotate about 90 degrees in a plane parallel to the glass substrates 12, 14 to form approximately parallel or perpendicular to the The state of the electrode direction. In this method, by setting the absorption axis or transmission axis of the polarizing plate 26 to 1, parallel or perpendicular to the alignment direction when the liquid crystal is not applied with voltage, the light can be switched and controlled. Fig. 138 is a cross-sectional view of a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention ', showing a structure in which the reflective layer 94 is provided on the second strip-type electrode 22b, the first strip-type electrode 22a, and the glass substrate 14. The reflection layer is printed by the paper scale of the sample to the Chinese national standard (milk milk) 6 4 specifications (210 > < 297 mm) 102 Printed by the Consumers ’Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 587191 B7 V. Invention Description (100 ) For example, it can be made of light-curable acrylic resin, and it has fine white powder of magnesium oxide or aluminum metal powder and so on. In this example, the reflective film 94 is made of an insulating material, so unlike a metal reflective layer, there is no need to separately isolate the first type electrode 22a, etc., so the manufacturing process can be simplified. This structure is applicable to the embodiment shown in Fig. 129 or Fig. 137. FIG. 139 is a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, showing a structure in which the reflective layer 94 is provided on the same layer as the second and first type electrodes 22b, 22a, and is interposed between the two Between people. In this example, if the second and first strip electrodes 22b, 22a are made of metal, these electrodes can also have a reflective function, so they can be operated together with the reflective layer 94 provided therebetween to improve the liquid crystal. The reflectivity of the display panel. This configuration can be applied, for example, to the embodiment shown in Figs. 129 or 137. 140 is a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, and illustrates a structure in which the second reflective electrode 22b and the first reflective electrode 22a are provided on the bottom surface of the glass substrate 12, and the reflective layer 94 is provided on the glass ►Inner surface of base plate 14. The second and first strip electrodes 22b, 22a are, for example, ITO transparent electrodes having a thickness of about 1000A. In this example, if a voltage is applied between the second and first type electrodes 22b, 22a, a horizontal electric field will also be generated, so the contrast of the liquid crystal display panel can be improved with a simple structure. In addition, this structure can also be used in the embodiment shown in FIG. 135, and the first strip electrode 22a is provided on the bottom surface of the glass substrate 12. Figs. 141 and 142 are respectively a cross-sectional view and a plan view of a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, and Fig. 141 is a cross-sectional view taken along line 14 1-141 of Fig. 142. In this example, the first electrode and the second paper scale are applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) I — — II II II Order — line (Fill in this page) 103 587191 Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives of the Property Bureau A 7 _B7___ V. Description of the Invention (101) The two-type electrode is located on the inner surface of the glass substrate 12, and there is another similar first The type electrode and the second strip electrode (the third strip electrode and the fourth strip electrode) are provided on the inner surface of the glass substrate 14, and are perpendicular to the first and second strip electrodes provided on the glass substrate 12. status. Specifically, the first strip electrodes 122a and the second strip electrodes 122b are alternately arranged on the inner surface of the glass substrate 12 in a direction parallel to the page of FIG. 141 at predetermined intervals. Similarly, the first (third) strip electrode 22a and the second (fourth) strip electrode 22b are also on the inner surface of the glass substrate 14 via the reflective layer 94 and the insulating layer 50, and are perpendicular to FIG. 141. The page orientations are alternately arranged at predetermined intervals. The first strip electrode 122a and the second strip electrode 122b are orthogonal to the first (third) strip electrode 22a and the second (fourth) strip electrode 22b, respectively. According to this embodiment, the The liquid crystal molecules aligned in the vertical direction by the vertical alignment layers 20, 24 with a voltage are twisted by the electric fields generated by the two sets of strip electrodes 22a, 22b and 122a, 122b that are aligned at right angles to each other. Therefore, if a guest-host liquid crystal is used, the light-absorptivity of the guest-host liquid crystal can be improved to improve the display contrast. FIG. 143 is a cross-sectional view of a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention, showing an example whose structure is substantially similar to that of FIG. 129, wherein the red color filter 82R, the green color filter 82G, and the blue color filter The object 82B is interposed between the glass substrate 12 and the vertical alignment layer 20. According to this embodiment, by applying a voltage between the first type electrode 22a and the second type electrode 22b, the liquid crystal molecules that are vertically aligned when no voltage is applied will be driven in the horizontal direction, so High-contrast color display with simple structure. (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page)

’1T d 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 104 經濟部智慧財產局员工涓費合作社印製 587191 Β7 五、發明説明(102 ) 第144及145囷分別為本發明的液晶顯示裝置之一修正 例的剖視圖及平面圖。其構造係大致類似於第129圖所示 之實施例,其中第二條型電極22b與反射層94係以接觸孔97 來連接。由於該反射層94係為諸如鋁等導電材料所製成, 故該反射層94與第二條型電極22b可被該接觸孔97所連接 。在此例中,該接觸孔97係如接觸孔96乃在所擇時間以紫 > 外線照射而來製成。 由於該反射層94與第二條型電極22b係以接觸孔97互 相連接,該第一條型電極22a會透過該絕緣層50而與第二 條型電極22b形成大輔助電容。此輔助電容將會改善施於 第一條型電極22a之資料電壓的保持率,而能以較小的波 動來顯示影像。此輔助電容亦能在第136圖的實施例中提 供,因此一高雙色比的偶氮基色素,雖有較大的電荷洩漏 ,如上所述亦可被添加於客-主液晶16中。 依據本發明之前述說明應可瞭解,存在於像元之間的 > 液晶乃可被驅動,因此該液晶顯示面板的反射率和對比皆 能被改善。並且,該第一與第二條型電極皆被設在一基板 _ 上,因此該像元區域的靜電電容會減少,而令其可使用一 種具有優良光學特性例如透射率的液晶材料。此外,相對 的平行管狀電極並不被使用,故其製程乃可簡化而可提供 一種低成本的液晶顯示面板。而且,依據本發明,乃可製 成一種電力消耗低而光的使用率高之反射式液晶顯示裝置 〇 尤其是,在二相鄰像元之間的邊界提供一共用的第一 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X29*7公釐) 裝 訂 H 線 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 105 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1Q3 ) 條型電極,乃能改變整個像元區域包括相鄰像元區域之間 的邊界之液晶調準方向,假使該等相鄰的像元區域係同時 被驅動。因此,在相鄰像元區域邊界部份之液晶會恆被驅 動,而達到高的對比。 並且,有一絕緣層設在一導電的反射層與第二條型電 極之間,而使該反射層與第二條型電極係以接觸孔來連接 。該反射層係被設成,至少在第一條型電極上的部份較靠 近液晶。 第146與147圖示出一類似於第6圖之液晶顯示裝置, 並更詳細地表示其液晶的調準狀態。第148A與148B圖示 出第146與147圖中之液晶顯示裝置靠近介電層36表面的部 份。 在第146至148B圖中之液晶顯示裝置,有一濾色基板 12具有一透明電極18覆蓋整個介電層36表面,及一 TF 丁基 板14具有第一與第二條型電極22a、22b。該第一條型電極 22a連接於一 TFT 34,而被饋送一資料電壓。該第二條型 電極22b連接於一共同匯流線40,而被饋送一共同電壓。 該介電層36的表面係為平坦的並平行於該基板表面。此外 ,設有一液晶層16具有正介電異向性,及垂直調準層20、 24和極化板26、28等。該等極化板26、28係黏接於基板12 、14的外側,而使其透射轴互相垂直。有一絕緣層整體係 以標號50示之。 當沒有施加電壓時,(第146及148A圖)其液晶分子係 調準垂直於基板12、14而使光不能穿透該液晶面板。當施 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210Χ297公釐) (請先Η讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 106 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(1〇4 ) 予一電壓時(第147及148B囷),其液晶分子會沿著形成於 第一條型電極22a與透明電極18之間的傾斜電場F〇調準, 而傾斜調準於基板12、14,使光可藉該液晶16的雙折射作 用穿過液晶.面板。即是,若該介電層36表面為平坦的,當 未施加電壓時,所有的液晶分子會調準垂直於該介電層36 表面,如第148A囷所示。當施予一電流時,該等液晶分 子會沿著傾斜電場Fo調準,而傾斜於基板12、14之表面。 > 當液晶分子沿著傾斜電場F0調準而傾斜於基板12、14表面 時,由於該調準層20的調準規制力.,乃須要一點時間來從 第148A圖的狀態改變至148B囷的狀態。因此,驅動液晶 的反應較慢,而須要提高驅動電壓。 第149A至151圖表示本發明之另一實施例,其乃有助 於解決第146至148A圖所顯示的問題。在第149A至151圖 中,其介電層36表面係形成彆曲狀。該調準層20亦形成彎 曲狀,而相同於該介電層36。該介電層36表面的弩曲形狀 > 係被設成,在該介電層36表面上一點的垂直向量,會比該 介電層36形成一平坦表面時之該垂直向量,更接近於一線 ,該線係平行於穿過該點之電力線。即是,該介電層36的 表面係傾斜成一個方向,使該介電層36表面之垂直向量會 接近平行於一 F〇之電力線。第149A囷表示未施以電壓時 液晶分子的調準狀態。當未施予電壓時,該等液晶分子係 調準垂直於基板12.14表面,而傾斜於該介電層36的表面 。以此方式’藉著預先將靠近介電層36表面的液晶分子傾 斜地佈設,則當施以電壓時,該等液晶分子即可更容易地 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS〉A4規格(210X297公釐) ---------^.-- (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 經濟部智慧財產局肖工消費合作社印製 107 587191 __—乂_〜.〜 .........: 〜..—. __B7 __ %· / . 五、發明說明(1〇6 y : :_,乂..·.': ...·: 的部份36b係為最厚的。在該等凸部36b與凹部36a的兩侧 皆會形成斜坡。最好是,該凸部36b包括斜坡部份的寬度 ,係等於或小於第二條型電極22b的寬度,而凹部36a包括 斜坡部份的寬度亦等於或小於第一條型電極22a的寬度。 因㉞匕,在本例中,沿著該介電層36之表面彎曲的區域,係 僅為在第一與第二條型電極22a、22b上的部份。 若為活性基體驅動的狀況,會有一所擇的脈衝電壓施 . 加於閘極滙流線30,而當未施以該脈衝電壓時,通常係施 以負幾伏特的電壓。因此,在該閘極滙流線30與第一及第 二條型電極22a、22b(或第50圖的第一與第二連接電極22c 、22d)之間,會產生一大電場。故會發生一個問題,即因 為該閘極匯流排30與第一及第二條型電極22 a、22b之間的 距離增加,故其孔徑比會降低,或者有時須要一屏蔽電極 〇 第153圖係供說明因在閘極匯流線30與第二條型電極 F22b之間的電場,而產生液晶調準的問題。在第153圖中, 於RA與RB區域的液晶之調準係為不規則的。 第154圖示出一例,其中示於第153圖冬液晶調準問題 ,係可藉將該介層36的表面彎曲而來防止*該介電層36的 表面係被設成,可使在閘極滙流線30與第二條型電極22b 之間的電場,與該介電層36上之調準層20的調準規制力平 衝,而使靠近該介電層36(在RC區域)的液晶分.子被調準垂 直於該基板。在此例中,該介電層36表面在RC區域係為 彎曲的,因此具有L1>L2的關係,其中該介電層36對應於 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公涅) 109 -------·-------裝--- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) · 丨線· 587191 —A7 B7 五、發明説明(107 ) 問極涯流線30的部份之厚度為乙丨,而該介電層%對應於 第二條型電極22b的部份之厚度為L2。 使該問極匯流線3〇的電壓與共同電壓之間的電場與該 調準規制力平衡乃是合宜的,因為該第二條型電極22b係 被施以大致固定的共同電壓。另關於第一條型電極22&, 有一AC電壓會被供於第一條型電極22a,而其中間電壓係 相同於該共同電壓,因此其電場會與調準規制力平衡一假 使一實質上相同於該共同電壓的電壓被施加於該第一條型 電極。結果’乃可減少閘極電極3(>與條型電極之間的距離 ’並減少屏蔽電極的寬度,而得增加孔徑比。 第155圖係供說明若彎曲介電層36的表面,則會添增 一類似透鏡的功能。第155圖的介電層36係弩曲如一凹透 鏡。因此’該介電層36具有凹透鏡的功能,而指向該第二 條型電極22b的光會集聚在第一與第二條型電極22a、22b 之間的空隙部份,而可增加實際的孔徑比。 一依據第152圊之例15型XGA液晶顯示裝置乃由以下 方法被製成。該介電層36設在基板12上,該介電層36對應 於第一條型電極22a的部份36a係被以光蝕刻法及固化處理 形成凹部,一樹脂層再塗敷於該介電層36上,而該介電層 36對應於第二條型電極22b的部份36b,會被以光蝕刻法及 固化處理形成凸部。所用的樹脂為NN700(JSR)。該凸部36b 與凹部36a的邊角乃被加熱使其圓緣而變成斜坡。然後塗 敷該垂直調準層20(JSR所製之JALS 204)。在另一基板14 製成之後,該二基板會被結合,然後液晶(Merc Japan之 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局S工消費合作社印製 110 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印裂 A7 B7 五、發明説明(108 ) ZLI 4535)會被注入其間。另外,有一供比較用之液晶顯 示裝置乃具有平坦的介電層36表面,亦被以相同方法製成 。此實施例與比較例之液晶顯示裝置的比較顯示其對比並 未降低,而在相同驅動電壓時白色亮度增加15%,且其反 應速度改善10°/〇。 第156至158圖示出本發明之又另一實施例。 I 第156圖表示一類似於第50圖的活性基體。具有此活 性基體之液晶顯示裝置設有第一與第二條型電極22 a、22b ,及以第73圖所示之方法覆蓋該第一與第二條型電極22a 、22b的絕緣層50a、50b。 第157圖表示該基板14設有第156囷之第一與第二條型 電極22a、22b,及覆蓋該第一與第二條型電極22a、22b的 絕緣層50a、50b。 該等絕緣層50a、5Ob具有開孔50h在第二條型電極22b 上方,且該開孔50h的側壁係由上方推拔斜收。即是,該 ► 等開孔50h係由該TFT基板14的一邊伸向濾色基板12的一 邊。該等開孔50h的廓形亦示於第156圖中。另外,該具有 實心透明電極18的濾色基板12係示於第1圖中。 在第157圖中,當施加一電壓,該斜傾電場f〇會由第1 條型電極22a伸向透明電極18,液晶分子則如前所述會調 準平行於該傾斜電場。而水平電場會生成於第一與第二條 型電極22a、22b之間,乃可協助被該傾斜電場f〇所驅動之 液晶的調準。靠近第二條型電極22b形成的電場,並不一 定要與傾斜電場F〇—致,而液晶分子會偏向於沿該傾斜電 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(2l〇x297公釐) ----------^------ir------0 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 111 587191 A7 ♦ B7_ : 五、發明説明(109 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 場F〇來調準。但是,位於該開孔50h的推拔壁50i附近的液 晶分子,則會調準垂直於該推拔壁50i,結果這些液晶分 子的調準狀態會與沿著傾斜電場F〇調準的液晶分子一致。 因此,乃可改善液晶的調準。 第158圊示出該等絕緣層50a、50b的開孔50h之一修正 例。該等開孔50h係設在該絕緣層50a、50b中位於第二條 型電極22b的上方,而開孔50j則設在絕緣層50a、50b中位 於第一條型電極22a的上方。該等開孔50h、50j的末端係 比該第一與第二條型電極22a、22b更窄,因此該等開孔50h 、50j的末端乃分別為該第一與第二電極22a、22b所遮蔽 。當未施加電壓時,位於開札50h之推拔壁50i附近的液晶 分子,乃如於第157囷中所述,故在該等部份液晶的調準 會不規則,而可能造成光漏。藉著將該等開孔50h、50j分 別設在第一與第二條型電極22a、22b上方,如第158圖所 示,則液晶的不規則調準部份會被第一與第二條型電極22a 、22b所遮蔽,故能改善其對比。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印¾ 第159至163圖表示本發明之又另一實施例。在此實施 例中,該濾色基板12具有介電層36介於透明電極18與調準 層20之間。 在第159圖中,該透明電極18係設在基板12表示上, 該濾色層(含有紅、綠、藍成分)38設在透明電極18上,透 明樹脂層36x設在濾色層38上,而調準層20則設在透明樹 脂層36x上。該介電層36包含該濾色層38及透明樹脂層36x 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 112 587191'1T d This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 104 Printed by the staff of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 587191 B7 V. Description of the invention (102) Sections 144 and 145 囷 are the invention Sectional view and plan view of a modified example of the liquid crystal display device of FIG. The structure is substantially similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 129, in which the second strip electrode 22b and the reflective layer 94 are connected by a contact hole 97. Since the reflective layer 94 is made of a conductive material such as aluminum, the reflective layer 94 and the second strip-type electrode 22 b can be connected by the contact hole 97. In this example, the contact hole 97 is made by irradiating a purple > outside line at a selected time, such as the contact hole 96. Since the reflective layer 94 and the second strip-type electrode 22b are connected to each other with a contact hole 97, the first strip-type electrode 22a passes through the insulating layer 50 to form a large storage capacitor with the second strip-type electrode 22b. This auxiliary capacitor will improve the retention rate of the data voltage applied to the first type electrode 22a, and can display the image with less fluctuation. This auxiliary capacitor can also be provided in the embodiment of FIG. 136, so an azo-based pigment having a high two-color ratio, although having a large charge leakage, can be added to the guest-host liquid crystal 16 as described above. According to the foregoing description of the present invention, it should be understood that the > liquid crystal existing between the pixels can be driven, so the reflectance and contrast of the liquid crystal display panel can be improved. In addition, the first and second strip electrodes are provided on a substrate _, so the electrostatic capacitance of the pixel region will be reduced, so that it can use a liquid crystal material with excellent optical characteristics such as transmittance. In addition, the opposite parallel tubular electrodes are not used, so the manufacturing process can be simplified and a low-cost liquid crystal display panel can be provided. Furthermore, according to the present invention, a reflective liquid crystal display device with low power consumption and high light usage rate can be made. In particular, a common first paper size is provided at the boundary between two adjacent pixels. Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X29 * 7mm) Binding H cable (please read the notes on the back before filling this page) 105 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (1Q3) The strip electrode can be changed The liquid crystal alignment direction of the entire pixel region including the boundary between adjacent pixel regions, provided that these adjacent pixel regions are driven simultaneously. Therefore, the liquid crystals at the boundary portions of adjacent pixel regions are constantly driven to achieve a high contrast. In addition, an insulating layer is provided between a conductive reflective layer and the second strip electrode, and the reflective layer and the second strip electrode are connected by a contact hole. The reflective layer is provided so that at least a portion on the first type electrode is closer to the liquid crystal. Figures 146 and 147 show a liquid crystal display device similar to Figure 6 and show the alignment state of the liquid crystal in more detail. 148A and 148B show portions of the liquid crystal display device in Figs. 146 and 147 near the surface of the dielectric layer 36. Figs. In the liquid crystal display device in Figs. 146 to 148B, a color filter substrate 12 has a transparent electrode 18 covering the entire surface of the dielectric layer 36, and a TF butyl plate 14 has first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b. The first type electrode 22a is connected to a TFT 34 and is fed with a data voltage. The second type electrode 22b is connected to a common bus line 40 and is fed with a common voltage. The surface of the dielectric layer 36 is flat and parallel to the substrate surface. In addition, a liquid crystal layer 16 is provided with positive dielectric anisotropy, and vertical alignment layers 20, 24 and polarizing plates 26, 28, and the like. The polarizing plates 26 and 28 are adhered to the outer sides of the substrates 12 and 14 so that their transmission axes are perpendicular to each other. An insulating layer is shown as a whole at 50. When no voltage is applied (Figures 146 and 148A), the liquid crystal molecules are aligned perpendicular to the substrates 12, 14 so that light cannot penetrate the liquid crystal panel. When applying this paper, the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 × 297 mm) applies (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page). Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Consumer Cooperatives 106 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (104) When a voltage is applied (Nos. 147 and 148B), the liquid crystal molecules are aligned along the tilt electric field F0 formed between the first stripe electrode 22a and the transparent electrode 18, and the tilt is adjusted. Aligned to the substrates 12, 14, so that light can pass through the liquid crystal panel by the birefringence of the liquid crystal 16. That is, if the surface of the dielectric layer 36 is flat, all liquid crystal molecules are aligned perpendicular to the surface of the dielectric layer 36 when no voltage is applied, as shown in 148A148. When a current is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned along the oblique electric field Fo, and are inclined to the surfaces of the substrates 12, 14. > When the liquid crystal molecules are tilted on the surfaces of the substrates 12 and 14 along the tilting electric field F0, it takes a little time to change from the state of FIG. 148A to 148B due to the alignment regulation force of the alignment layer 20. status. Therefore, the response to drive the liquid crystal is slow, and it is necessary to increase the driving voltage. Figures 149A to 151 show another embodiment of the present invention, which is helpful to solve the problems shown in Figures 146 to 148A. In FIGS. 149A to 151, the surface of the dielectric layer 36 is formed into a curved shape. The alignment layer 20 is also curved, and is the same as the dielectric layer 36. The crossbow shape of the surface of the dielectric layer 36 is set such that a vertical vector at a point on the surface of the dielectric layer 36 will be closer to the vertical vector when the dielectric layer 36 forms a flat surface. A line that is parallel to the line of power passing through that point. That is, the surface of the dielectric layer 36 is inclined in one direction, so that the vertical vector on the surface of the dielectric layer 36 will be close to a power line parallel to F0. Section 149A 囷 shows the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules when no voltage is applied. When no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules are aligned perpendicular to the surface of the substrate 12.14 and inclined to the surface of the dielectric layer 36. In this way ', by laying obliquely the liquid crystal molecules near the surface of the dielectric layer 36 in advance, when the voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules can more easily apply the Chinese national standard (CNS> A4 specification (210X297) on this paper scale) (Mm) --------- ^ .-- (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by Xiao Gong Consumer Cooperative, Intellectual Property Bureau, Ministry of Economic Affairs 107 587191 __— 乂 _ ~. ~ .........: ~ ..—. __B7 __% · /. V. Description of the invention (1 06 y:: _, 乂 .. ·. ': ... ·: 36b is the thickest. A slope is formed on both sides of the convex portions 36b and the concave portions 36a. Preferably, the convex portion 36b includes the width of the slope portion, which is equal to or smaller than that of the second strip electrode 22b. Width, and the width of the recessed portion 36a including the slope portion is also equal to or smaller than the width of the first strip electrode 22a. In this example, the area curved along the surface of the dielectric layer 36 is only in The part on the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b. If it is driven by the active substrate, a selected pulse voltage will be applied. Apply to the gate bus line 30, and when When this pulse voltage is not applied, a voltage of negative several volts is usually applied. Therefore, the gate bus 30 and the first and second type electrodes 22a and 22b (or the first and second electrodes in FIG. 50) A large electric field will be generated between the connecting electrodes 22c, 22d), so a problem will occur, that is, because the distance between the gate bus 30 and the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b increases, so The aperture ratio will decrease, or a shield electrode is sometimes required. Figure 153 is used to explain the problem of liquid crystal alignment caused by the electric field between the gate bus line 30 and the second electrode F22b. Figure 153 The alignment of the liquid crystal in the RA and RB regions is irregular. Fig. 154 shows an example, and the alignment problem of the winter liquid crystal shown in Fig. 153 can be obtained by bending the surface of the interlayer 36. Prevent the surface of the dielectric layer 36 from being set so that the electric field between the gate bus line 30 and the second electrode 22 b can be adjusted with the alignment regulation of the alignment layer 20 on the dielectric layer 36. The force is flattened so that the liquid crystal molecules near the dielectric layer 36 (in the RC region) are aligned perpendicular to the substrate. In this example The surface of the dielectric layer 36 is curved in the RC region, so it has the relationship of L1> L2. The dielectric layer 36 corresponds to the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 cm) corresponding to this paper size. 109 ------- · ------- install --- (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) · 丨 line · 587191 —A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (107) Question The thickness of the portion of the Yali line 30 is B, and the thickness of the portion of the dielectric layer corresponding to the second type electrode 22b is L2. It is expedient to balance the electric field between the voltage of the inter-electrode bus line 30 and the common voltage with the alignment regulation force, because the second type electrode 22b is applied with a substantially constant common voltage. In addition, regarding the first type electrode 22 &, an AC voltage will be supplied to the first type electrode 22a, and its intermediate voltage is the same as the common voltage, so its electric field will be balanced with the regulation regulatory force, if a substantially A voltage equal to the common voltage is applied to the first strip electrode. As a result, 'the distance between the gate electrode 3 (> and the stripe electrode') and the width of the shield electrode can be reduced to increase the aperture ratio. Fig. 155 is for illustration. If the surface of the dielectric layer 36 is bent, then It will add a lens-like function. The dielectric layer 36 in Figure 155 is a concave lens. Therefore, 'the dielectric layer 36 has the function of a concave lens, and the light directed to the second strip electrode 22b will be concentrated in the first section. The gap portion between the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b can increase the actual aperture ratio.-A 15-type XGA liquid crystal display device according to Example 152 圊 is made by the following method. The dielectric layer 36 is provided on the substrate 12, a portion 36a of the dielectric layer 36 corresponding to the first strip electrode 22a is formed into a recess by a photo-etching method and a curing process, and a resin layer is coated on the dielectric layer 36. The dielectric layer 36 corresponds to a portion 36b of the second strip electrode 22b, and a convex portion is formed by photoetching and curing. The resin used is NN700 (JSR). The sides of the convex portion 36b and the concave portion 36a The corners are heated to round the edges and become slopes. The vertical alignment layer 20 (JSR JALS 204). After the other substrate 14 is made, the two substrates will be combined, and then the liquid crystal (Merc Japan ’s paper size applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm)) (please read the back first) Please pay attention to this page and fill in this page again) Order printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs S Industrial Consumer Cooperatives 110 587191 Employees of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs Consumer Cooperatives printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (108) ZLI 4535) will be injected into it. There is a liquid crystal display device for comparison, which has a flat dielectric layer 36 surface and is also made in the same way. The comparison between the liquid crystal display device of this embodiment and the comparative example shows that the contrast does not decrease, but at the same drive The white brightness increased by 15% under voltage, and its response speed improved by 10 ° / 0. Figures 156 to 158 show still another embodiment of the present invention. I Figure 156 shows an active substrate similar to Figure 50. It has The liquid crystal display device of this active substrate is provided with first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, and an insulating layer 50a, which covers the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b by the method shown in FIG. 73. 50b. FIG. 157 shows that the substrate 14 is provided with first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b of 156 ° and insulating layers 50a and 50b covering the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b. The insulating layers 50a and 5Ob have openings 50h above the second strip electrode 22b, and the side walls of the openings 50h are pushed obliquely from above. That is, the equal openings 50h are formed by one side of the TFT substrate 14. It extends to one side of the color filter substrate 12. The profiles of the openings 50h are also shown in FIG. 156. The color filter substrate 12 having a solid transparent electrode 18 is shown in Fig. 1. In Fig. 157, when a voltage is applied, the oblique electric field f0 extends from the first electrode 22a to the transparent electrode 18, and the liquid crystal molecules are aligned parallel to the oblique electric field as described above. The horizontal electric field is generated between the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, which can assist the alignment of the liquid crystal driven by the inclined electric field f0. The electric field formed near the second strip electrode 22b does not have to be the same as the oblique electric field F0, and the liquid crystal molecules will be biased along the oblique electric paper. The Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2l0x297mm) Li) ---------- ^ ------ ir ------ 0 (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) 111 587191 A7 ♦ B7_: 5. Description of the invention (109) (Please read the notes on the back before filling in this page) Field F0 to adjust. However, the liquid crystal molecules located near the pushing wall 50i of the opening 50h will be aligned perpendicular to the pushing wall 50i. As a result, the alignment state of these liquid crystal molecules will be aligned with the liquid crystal molecules aligned along the inclined electric field F0. Consistent. Therefore, the alignment of the liquid crystal can be improved. Fig. 158 (i) shows a modified example of the opening 50h of the insulating layers 50a and 50b. The openings 50h are provided in the insulating layers 50a and 50b above the second strip electrode 22b, and the openings 50j are provided in the insulating layers 50a and 50b above the first strip electrode 22a. The ends of the openings 50h and 50j are narrower than the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b. Therefore, the ends of the openings 50h and 50j are respectively formed by the first and second electrodes 22a and 22b. Shelter. When no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal molecules located near the push-out wall 50i at 50 h are as described in Section 157. Therefore, the alignment of these liquid crystals may be irregular, which may cause light leakage. By setting the openings 50h and 50j above the first and second strip electrodes 22a and 22b, respectively, as shown in FIG. 158, the irregular alignment part of the liquid crystal will be adjusted by the first and second strips. The type electrodes 22a and 22b are shielded, so the contrast can be improved. Printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Figures 159 to 163 show yet another embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the color filter substrate 12 has a dielectric layer 36 interposed between the transparent electrode 18 and the alignment layer 20. In FIG. 159, the transparent electrode 18 is provided on the substrate 12. The color filter layer (containing red, green, and blue components) 38 is provided on the transparent electrode 18, and a transparent resin layer 36x is provided on the color filter layer 38. The alignment layer 20 is disposed on the transparent resin layer 36x. The dielectric layer 36 includes the color filter layer 38 and a transparent resin layer 36x. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 112 587191

五、發明説明(no ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印¾ 在第16〇圖中,該濾色層38係設在基板12的表面,透 明電極18設在濾色層(包含紅、綠、藍成分)38上,透明樹 脂層36x設在透明電極18上,而調準層2〇設在透明樹脂層 36x上。該介電層36包含該透明樹脂層36x。 在第161圖中,該透明電極18設在基板12的表面上, 渡色層38設在透明電極18上,而調準層20設在遽色層38上 。該介電層36包含該濾色層38。此外,黑色基質大致設在 基板12上。 在製造該介電層36時,若該厚度d與該介電層36之相 對介電常數e之比率(d/ ε )不適當,則不能得到顯示所需 的足夠亮度。而且,若為第160囷的裝置,其中該介電層36 係包含透明樹脂層36χ,在該液晶面板製成之後,當該液 晶面板被用來形成影像時,乃可能發生螢幕的影像滯留。 若為第161圖的裝置,其中該介電層36包含濾色層38 ’則螢幕的影像滯留不會發生,但由於只有該薄薄的調準 膜20存在於液晶層16與濾色層38之間,故會有一個問題, 即電壓保持率可能會被濾色層38所造成之液晶層16的污染 所降低。 該濾色層38之相對介電常數e係比.該透明樹脂更高。 例如,該透明樹脂的相對介電常數e大約為3至3·3,而該 濾色層38為3.5至4。由該透明電極18施於液晶的電壓會受 钕介電層36的影響,因為該透明電極18係設在介電層36底 下。當介電層36的相對介常數ε改變時,則須要相對地改 變介電層36的厚度,以使施於液晶層的電壓保持固定。例 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) •裝. 訂 線 113 587191 A7V. Description of the Invention (no) Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs ¾ In Figure 16 the color filter layer 38 is provided on the surface of the substrate 12, and the transparent electrode 18 is provided on the color filter layer (including red and green , Blue component) 38, a transparent resin layer 36x is provided on the transparent electrode 18, and an alignment layer 20 is provided on the transparent resin layer 36x. The dielectric layer 36 includes the transparent resin layer 36 x. In FIG. 161, the transparent electrode 18 is provided on the surface of the substrate 12, the color layer 38 is provided on the transparent electrode 18, and the alignment layer 20 is provided on the ocher layer 38. The dielectric layer 36 includes the color filter layer 38. The black matrix is substantially provided on the substrate 12. When the dielectric layer 36 is manufactured, if the ratio (d / ε) of the thickness d to the relative dielectric constant e of the dielectric layer 36 is inappropriate, sufficient brightness required for display cannot be obtained. Moreover, if it is a 160th device, wherein the dielectric layer 36 includes a transparent resin layer 36x, after the liquid crystal panel is manufactured, when the liquid crystal panel is used to form an image, image retention of the screen may occur. If it is the device of FIG. 161, where the dielectric layer 36 includes a color filter layer 38 ', the screen image retention will not occur, but only the thin alignment film 20 exists in the liquid crystal layer 16 and the color filter layer 38. Therefore, there is a problem that the voltage holding ratio may be reduced by the contamination of the liquid crystal layer 16 caused by the color filter layer 38. The relative dielectric constant e of the color filter layer 38 is higher than that of the transparent resin. For example, the relative dielectric constant e of the transparent resin is approximately 3 to 3 · 3, and the color filter layer 38 is 3.5 to 4. The voltage applied to the liquid crystal by the transparent electrode 18 is affected by the neodymium dielectric layer 36 because the transparent electrode 18 is disposed under the dielectric layer 36. When the relative dielectric constant? Of the dielectric layer 36 is changed, the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 needs to be relatively changed so that the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer is kept constant. Example This paper size applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) (Please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) • Binding. Thread 113 587191 A7

五、發明說明(111 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 如’假使該相對介電常數為一較高值,則必須對應地增加 該介電層36的厚度。尤其是’若介電層1具有di摩度及相 對介電常數e 1,而介電層2具有d2厚度及相對介電常數e 2,為了使施於液晶層的電壓保持固定,則最好能滿足下 歹f關係: (dl/ε 1)= (d2/e 2) 實際使用多種樹脂的研究結果,已發現顯示亮度係與 該相對介電常數及該介電層的厚度有關。 第162囷表示當施加10V電壓時,其厚度與相對介電 常數的比值(d/ε ’單位為f//zm)與透射率的關係,其中ε (單位為f)為相對介電常數,d(單位為為該介電層36 的厚度。該比值(d/ ε )被示於X轴,而透射率示於γ轴。 當該d/ε比值接近0.7 f/#m時,其亮度(透射率)為最 南β當該d/ε比值超過0.7 f/以m時,其亮度會稍微降低。 當d/ε比值低於0·7 f///m時,其亮度會隨d/e值之降低而 減少。由第162囷的結果,該d/e值係最好等於或於〇 5f/ β m。在d/ ε值高於0.7f//z m的範圍内,該介電層36本身 的透射率,及亮度皆會降低。因此,該d/e不要太高也是 很重要的,最好是該d/ε值能低於o.Qf/em。 該介電層3 6的燃燒亦有關於其電阻率。有一個趨勢係 ,該介電層36的電阻率愈低,則螢幕影像滯留的程度愈低 。當該介電層36的厚度增加,則其電阻率會變高,且螢幕 的影像滯留程序會變大。 在含有該透明樹脂層36x之介電層36的構造中,該介 電層36需要具有一定厚度以滿足所需亮度,因此其電阻率 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱7 I I I Γ I I 麵I I I — I · I I I I I I I — — — — — — — I® (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 114 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明( 112 經濟部智楚財產局員工消費合作社印製 會變得較高而容易發生螢幕之影像滯留。相反地,在含有 該濾色物38的介電層36之構造中,當該濾色物38具有習用 傳統的厚度時,不能說明可以得到足夠的亮度。但是,其 電阻率並不太高,而不會發生螢幕的影像滯留。 因此,在含有濾色物38及透明樹脂層36x的介電層36 之構造中,如第159囷所示,乃可同時解決前述問題。在 此狀況下,該透明樹脂層36x最好係比濾色物38更薄。於 本例的介電層36之厚度,係比含有單層濾色物38的介電層 36更厚,而形成一可確保足夠亮度的厚度。此外,在本例 中該介電層36的電阻率係小於含有單層透明樹脂層3仏的 介電層36’而不會發生螢幕的影像滯留。而且,其液晶層 16不會被該濾色層38所污染,因為該比濾色物38更濃度的 透明樹脂層36x係被設在該濾色物38的外面,故其電壓保 持能力降低的問題及可解決。 在含有濾色體38及透明樹脂層36x的介電層36中,最 好要能滿足0·5<(ο!1/ε 1)+ ((12/ε 2)的關係,類似於該單層 的介電層36。更好的是,能滿足〇.5<((11/ε丨)+ ((12/ε 2)<9 的關係。 第163圖表示介電層36之透明樹脂層36χ的厚度與螢幕 影像滯留之間的關係,而其中濾色物38的厚度為2 ν m。 螢幕的影像滯留係以在未施加電壓之前的亮度與施加3 V 電壓之後的亮度之差的平方和(ST)來表示。將可看出,當 該透明樹脂層36x的厚度愈大,則螢幕影像滯留的程度會 變得愈大。此係假使在該介電層36中的透明樹脂層36x之 ^—1 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公產) 115 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(113 ) 比值變得愈大,則設在該透明樹脂層36x底下的低電阻濾 色物38的作用會變低,故電荷乃容易聚集。即是,假使在 該透明樹脂層36x中的低電阻濾色物38,與被用來當作介 電層36的濾色物38等之比例不是很大,則防止螢幕影像滯 留的作用並不會很大。設在濾色體38上之透明樹脂層36x 的厚度最好能愈薄為宜。 以下之第3表表示在第159至161囷之實施例中的螢幕 影像滯留與電壓保持率(VHR)。 表 3 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ST VHR 第159圖之實施例 1.0E-0.5 92,5% 第160圖之實施例 7.2E-0.5 95.0% 第161圖之實施例 1.3E-0.5 77.2% 訂 在製造該濾色基板時,會有一薄的Cr層設在該玻璃板 12上以形成該黑色基質(未示出)。於習知的濾色基板中, 該濾色層係被設在黑色基質上,但在本發明之此步驟中, 該ITO等之透明電極18係以濺射法所製成。該濾色層38的 RGB成分係以光蝕刻法分別設在該透明電極18上。該濾色 層38的相對介電常數係約為4。嗣該透明樹脂層36x會被設 在該濾色層38上。在此狀況下,該透明樹脂層36x最好係 由可被成形圖案的樹脂製成,因為貫孔係被設在該透明樹 脂層36x中,俾將在TFT基板中的傳輸電極連接於在濾色 本纸張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) % 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 116 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(114 ) 基板中的透明電極18 ·於此,有一正阻抗型的透明樹脂具 有3.3的相對介電常數與大約〇.2#m的厚度,被設在該具 有RGB成分的濾色層38上。在該透明樹脂層被塗敷之後, 一紫外線會被照射在該要形成貫孔的部位,並使用一顯影 劑(例如TMAH溶液)來進行顯影❶ 該透明樹脂乃可為一般使用的透明抗蝕劑(例如 Shibray S1808或類似物),其係被以光脫色法來除色。然 後該垂直調準層再塗設於該透明樹脂層上。 該活性基體包括閘極滙流線、資料滙流線、及TFTs 等,該第一與第二條型電極22a、22b,及該垂直調準層係 設在該TFT基板上。 由此製成之液晶面板,該濾色層38與透明樹脂層36χ 整體的d/ε值約為0.6,而接近於在第162圊中之波峰值, 故其亮度會增加。並且,在此狀況下,不會發生螢幕影像 滯留,並確保較高的電壓保持率。 第164圖示出本發明之又另一實施例。在此實施例中 ,該濾色基板12具有一個電層36y設於透明電18與調準層 20之間。該介電層36y具有光異向性。即是,在第25圖中 ,該相位膜42係與介電層36(未示於第25圊中)分開設置, 但在第159圖中,該介電層36y乃具有介電層36與相位膜42 的合併功能。因此,前述有關該相位膜42的說明亦可適用 於該介電層36y。該等公式(1)至(5),及第28至31囷亦可適 用於該介電層36y。因此,於此不再冗複說明。 該介電層36y可由具有光聚合基的聚合液晶或非共晶 液晶所製成。第165囷示出一種可用作介電層36y的非共晶 本紙伕尺度適用中國國家揉準(CNS ) Α4規格(210X297公釐) ^-- (請先Η讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 線 經濟部智慧財產局3(工消費合作社印製 117 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(115 ) 液晶。例如,在製造該介電層36y時,該透明電極is係設 在該玻璃基板12上,而可使該介電層36y被調準的調準層( 如JSR的AL3045)乃被設在該透明電極18上。該混合溶劑 的非共晶液晶則被塗設在該調準層上,並在揮發成分於一 熱板上蒸發後,其會被紫外光照射固化而形成該介電層36 。該介電層36可被以加熱固化。嗣該垂直調準層20會被設 在該介電層36上。在此實施例中,乃可容易地製出一具有 優良視感特性的液晶顯示裝置。 而且,可以減少驅動電壓並改.善該液晶的反應速度。 - fi - - 7tl I — m - ------I (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 訂 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4洗格(210X297公釐) 118 587191 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印^ ^^7 —- •峋* B7 五、發明説明(116 ) 元件標號對照 10...液晶顯示裝置 46、48…固定對比曲 12...第一透明玻璃基板 50...絕緣層 14...第二透明玻璃基板 52…像元 16...液晶層 54…螢幕 18…透明電極 56...絕緣層 20、24...垂直調準層 66...密封物 22…條型電極 6 8 · ·;注入》孑L 22a、22b...條型電極 70.··雜質區 22c、22d...連接電極 72...黑色基質 22m...驅動修正電極部份 80...黑色基質 23...輔助電容電極 82B...藍色濾色物 23a...第一電極 82R···紅色遽色物 23b...第二電極 82G…綠色遽、色物 26、28····極化板 84…像元電極 26a、28a··.吸故軸 86...反向電極 3 0...問極涯流線 88a、88b...驅動電極 32...資料滙流 89a、89b...調準層 34...薄膜電晶體 90、92…水平調準層 36...介電層 94...反射層 38...濾色物 96、97···接觸孔 4 0 ·..共同派流線 99...閘極絕緣層 42…像位膜 100…非結晶矽 44...習知極化板 101...氮化矽 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 本紙張尺度適用中國國家樣率(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 119 587191 A7 B7 五、發明説明(117 ) 101a…蝕刻保護膜 102…電阻接觸層 103.. .金屬層 103a...汲極電極 104…絕緣膜 105.. .金屬層 111...入射光 122a…第一條型電極 122b...第二條型電極 22cp、22cq·.·連接電極部份 22dp、22dq.··連接電極部份 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS ) A4規格(210X297公釐) 120V. Description of the invention (111) Printed by the Consumer Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs If the relative dielectric constant is a high value, the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 must be increased accordingly. In particular, 'if the dielectric layer 1 has a di-degree and a relative dielectric constant e 1 and the dielectric layer 2 has a d 2 thickness and a relative dielectric constant e 2, it is best to keep the voltage applied to the liquid crystal layer constant. The following 歹 f relationship can be satisfied: (dl / ε 1) = (d2 / e 2) As a result of research on actual use of various resins, it has been found that the display brightness is related to the relative dielectric constant and the thickness of the dielectric layer. Section 162 囷 shows the relationship between the ratio of the thickness to the relative dielectric constant (d / ε 'unit is f // zm) and the transmittance when a voltage of 10V is applied, where ε (unit f) is the relative dielectric constant, d (unit is the thickness of the dielectric layer 36. The ratio (d / ε) is shown on the X-axis and the transmittance is shown on the γ-axis. When the d / ε ratio is close to 0.7 f / # m, its brightness (Transmittance) is the southernmost β. When the d / ε ratio exceeds 0.7 f / m, the brightness will decrease slightly. When the d / ε ratio is lower than 0 · 7 f /// m, the brightness will vary with d. / e value decreases. From the result of 162 第, the d / e value is preferably equal to or greater than 0f / βm. In the range of d / ε value higher than 0.7f // zm, the medium The transmittance and brightness of the electrical layer 36 itself will decrease. Therefore, it is also important that the d / e is not too high, and it is preferable that the d / ε value be lower than o.Qf / em. The dielectric layer 3 The burning of 6 is also related to its resistivity. There is a trend that the lower the resistivity of the dielectric layer 36, the lower the degree of screen image retention. As the thickness of the dielectric layer 36 increases, the resistivity will increase. Becomes taller and the screen image retention process changes In the structure of the dielectric layer 36 containing the transparent resin layer 36x, the dielectric layer 36 needs to have a certain thickness to meet the required brightness, so its resistivity is based on the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 Public Love 7 III Γ II Surface III — I · IIIIIII — — — — — — — I® (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) 114 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (112 Ministry of Economic Affairs) The printed property of the employee's consumer cooperative of the property bureau will become higher and the screen image will be prone to linger. Conversely, in the structure of the dielectric layer 36 containing the color filter 38, when the color filter 38 has a conventional thickness At this time, it cannot be said that sufficient brightness can be obtained. However, the resistivity is not too high, and screen image retention does not occur. Therefore, in the structure of the dielectric layer 36 including the color filter 38 and the transparent resin layer 36x, As shown in Section 159 (b), the aforementioned problems can be solved at the same time. Under this condition, the transparent resin layer 36x is preferably thinner than the color filter 38. The thickness of the dielectric layer 36 in this example is more than Single layer color filter The dielectric layer 36 of 38 is thicker to form a thickness capable of ensuring sufficient brightness. In addition, in this example, the resistivity of the dielectric layer 36 is smaller than that of the dielectric layer 36 ′ containing a single transparent resin layer 3 ′. No screen image retention will occur. In addition, the liquid crystal layer 16 will not be contaminated by the color filter layer 38 because the transparent resin layer 36x having a higher concentration than the color filter 38 is provided outside the color filter 38 Therefore, it is possible to solve the problem of reduced voltage holding ability. In the dielectric layer 36 including the color filter 38 and the transparent resin layer 36x, it is desirable to satisfy 0 · 5 < (ο! 1 / ε 1) + ( The relationship of (12 / ε 2) is similar to the single-layer dielectric layer 36. More preferably, it can satisfy the relationship of 0.5 < ((11 / ε 丨) + ((12 / ε 2) < 9). Figure 163 shows the thickness of the transparent resin layer 36χ of the dielectric layer 36 and the screen image. The relationship between the stagnation, where the thickness of the color filter 38 is 2 ν m. The image stagnation of the screen is expressed as the sum of the squares (ST) of the difference between the brightness before the voltage is applied and the brightness after the 3 V voltage is applied It will be seen that the larger the thickness of the transparent resin layer 36x, the greater the degree of screen image retention. This is assuming that the transparent resin layer 36x in the dielectric layer 36 is ^ -1 (please Please read the notes on the back before filling this page.) The size of the paper used for this booklet applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297) 115 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (113) The larger the ratio becomes, the more The role of the low-resistance color filter 38 under the transparent resin layer 36x becomes low, so that the charge is easily accumulated. That is, if the low-resistance color filter 38 in the transparent resin layer 36x is used as a medium, The ratio of the color filters 38 and the like of the electric layer 36 is not very large, so that the work of preventing the screen image from staying It is not very large. The thickness of the transparent resin layer 36x provided on the color filter 38 should preferably be thinner. The third table below shows the screen image retention and voltage in the 159th to 161th embodiments. Retention rate (VHR). Table 3 (Please read the precautions on the back before filling out this page) ST VHR Example of Figure 159 1.0E-0.5 92,5% Example of Figure 160 7.2E-0.5 95.0% Example 161 of Figure 161 1.3-0.5 77.2% When the color filter substrate is manufactured, a thin Cr layer is provided on the glass plate 12 to form the black matrix (not shown). In the substrate, the color filter layer is provided on a black substrate, but in this step of the present invention, the transparent electrode 18 such as ITO is made by a sputtering method. The RGB component of the color filter layer 38 is based on Photo-etching methods are respectively provided on the transparent electrodes 18. The relative dielectric constant of the color filter layer 38 is approximately 4. 嗣 The transparent resin layer 36x will be provided on the color filter layer 38. In this case, the The transparent resin layer 36x is preferably made of a resin that can be patterned, because a through-hole system is provided in the transparent resin layer 36x, and the The transmission electrode in the board is connected to the Chinese paper standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) applicable to the paper size of the color filter. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 116 587191 A7 B7 5. Description of the invention (114) Transparent electrode 18 in the substrate. Here, a positive-resistance type transparent resin having a relative dielectric constant of 3.3 and a thickness of about 0.2 # m is provided on the color filter layer 38 having an RGB component. After the transparent resin layer is applied, an ultraviolet ray is irradiated on the portion where the through-holes are to be formed, and a developer (such as a TMAH solution) is used for development. The transparent resin is a transparent resist that is generally used. Agent (such as Shibray S1808 or the like), which is decolorized by photodecoloration. The vertical alignment layer is then coated on the transparent resin layer. The active substrate includes gate bus lines, data bus lines, and TFTs, the first and second strip electrodes 22a, 22b, and the vertical alignment layer are disposed on the TFT substrate. The d / ε value of the entire color filter layer 38 and the transparent resin layer 36x of the liquid crystal panel thus manufactured is approximately 0.6, and is close to the peak value of the wave at 162 °, so its brightness will increase. Also, under this condition, screen image retention does not occur, and a high voltage retention rate is ensured. Fig. 164 shows still another embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the color filter substrate 12 has an electrical layer 36y disposed between the transparent electrical layer 18 and the alignment layer 20. This dielectric layer 36y has optical anisotropy. That is, in FIG. 25, the phase film 42 is provided separately from the dielectric layer 36 (not shown in FIG. 25), but in FIG. 159, the dielectric layer 36y has the dielectric layer 36 and Combined function of the phase film 42. Therefore, the foregoing description of the phase film 42 is also applicable to the dielectric layer 36y. These formulas (1) to (5), and 28th to 31st) are also applicable to the dielectric layer 36y. Therefore, no redundant explanation is given here. The dielectric layer 36y may be made of a polymer liquid crystal or a non-eutectic liquid crystal having a photopolymerizable group. Chapter 165 shows a non-eutectic paper that can be used as the dielectric layer 36y. The size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) ^-(Please read the precautions on the back before filling in this Page) Ordering Bureau Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs 3 (Printed by Industrial and Consumer Cooperatives 117 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of Invention (115) Liquid crystal. For example, when manufacturing the dielectric layer 36y, the transparent electrode is set on the glass substrate An alignment layer (such as JSR's AL3045) that allows the dielectric layer 36y to be aligned is provided on the transparent electrode 18. The mixed solvent non-eutectic liquid crystal is applied to the alignment After the volatile component is evaporated on a hot plate, it will be cured by ultraviolet light to form the dielectric layer 36. The dielectric layer 36 can be cured by heating. The vertical alignment layer 20 will be It is provided on the dielectric layer 36. In this embodiment, a liquid crystal display device with excellent visual characteristics can be easily produced. Moreover, the driving voltage can be reduced and the response speed of the liquid crystal can be improved.-Fi --7tl I — m------- I (Please read the notes on the back before filling this page) Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives. This paper is printed in accordance with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 (210X297 mm) 118 587191 Printed by the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperative ^ ^^ 7 —- • 峋 * B7 V. Description of the invention (116) Component reference number 10 ... Liquid crystal display device 46, 48 ... Fixed contrast curve 12 ... First transparent glass substrate 50 ... Insulation layer 14 ... Second transparent glass substrate 52 ... Pixel 16 ... Liquid crystal layer 54 ... Screen 18 ... Transparent electrode 56 ... Insulation layers 20, 24 ... Vertical alignment layer 66 ... Seal 22 ... Strip electrode 6 8 L 22a, 22b ... Strip electrodes 70 ..... impurity regions 22c, 22d ... connecting electrodes 72 ... black matrix 22m ... driving correction electrode part 80 ... black matrix 23 ... auxiliary Capacitance electrode 82B ... blue color filter 23a ... first electrode 82R ... red color filter 23b ... second electrode 82G ... green color, color 26, 28 ... polarizing plate 84 ... pixel electrodes 26a, 28a ... suck the old shaft 86 ... reverse electrode 3 0 ... ask pole flow lines 88a, 88b ... drive electrode 32 ... data confluence 89a, 89b ... .Alignment layer .Thin film transistors 90, 92 ... Horizontal alignment layer 36 ... Dielectric layer 94 ... Reflective layer 38 ... Color filter 96, 97 ... Contact hole 4 0 .. Common distribution line 99 ... gate insulation layer 42 ... bit film 100 ... amorphous silicon 44 ... known polarizing plate 101 ... silicon nitride (please read the precautions on the back before filling this page) This paper size applies China National Sample Rate (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 119 587191 A7 B7 V. Description of the invention (117) 101a ... Etching protection film 102 ... Resistive contact layer 103 ... Metal layer 103a ... Drain electrode 104 ... Insulating film 105 .. Metal layer 111 ... Incoming light 122a ... First stripe electrode 122b ... Second stripe electrode 22cp, 22cq ..... Connecting electrode portions 22dp, 22dq ..... Connecting electrode portions (Please read the notes on the back before filling out this page) The paper size printed by the Employees' Cooperatives of the Intellectual Property Bureau of the Ministry of Economic Affairs applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm) 120

Claims (1)

587191587191 六、申請專利範圍 第88121395號專利再審查案申請專利範圍修正本 修正曰期:92年11月 1. 一種液晶顯示裝置,包含·· 一對基板; 一液晶設在該對基板之間; 每一像το之複數個條型電極設在前述之一基板上 :及 一透明電極設在前述之另一基板上,而以此方式實 質地覆蓋該另一基板之整體表面。 士申明專利範圍第1項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該等複數 個條型電極係全部被供以相同的電壓。 3·如申請專利範圍第i項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該等條型 電極包3第-與第二群的條型電極而互相平行,該第 群的條型極係被供以第一電壓,該第二群條型電極 則被供以與該第一電壓不同的第二電壓。 士申α專利範圍第3項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該第 ?型電極係被供以資料電壓,而第二群的條型電極 則被供以一不同的電壓。 其中之液晶具 其初始的調準 更包含有一介 5.如申請專利範圍第!項之液晶顯示裝置 有正介電異向性,而當未施予電壓時 係為垂直調準。 6·如申請專利範圍第!項之液晶顯示裝置 電層設於該透明電極與液晶層之間。 其中該介電層 7·如申請專利範圍第6項之液晶顯示裝置, 121 力、申請專利範圍 係被没成接觸該透明電極,並有一調準層設在該介電 層上,以使液晶可被調準。 8·如申請專利範圍第6項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該介電層 係由一濾色層所形成。 9.如申請專利範圍第6項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該介電層 係可供調準。 ίο.如申請專利範圍第丨項之液晶顯示裝置’其中該液晶初 始的調準係為垂直調準,而含有該對基板之一液晶面 板係被設在交叉尼科耳(Nic〇i)極化板之間。 11 ·如申請專利範圍第1〇項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該等條 型電極包括第一與第二群的條型電極,該第一群條型 電極具有平行直線部份,第二群條型電極亦具有平行 直線部份,而第一群條型電極之直線部份係平行於第 二群條型電極的直線部份。 12·如申請專利範圍第丨項之液晶顯示裝置,更包含有一對 極化板具有互成直角的極化軸而被設在包含該對基板 之液晶面板的兩面,並至少有一相位層被設在至少其 一極化板與液晶面板之間。 13·如申請專利範圍第12項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶 面板之液晶的初始調準係為垂直調準,並保持如下關 係·· ⑴ nx2nz,ny-nz (但非 ηχ=〜=ηζ) 其中nx、ny、〜為該相位層的主折射率,而〜、心 係取自該相位層的平面,化則取自正交於該相位層 587191 六、申請專利範圍 nx係垂直於相鄰極化板之吸收軸,ny則平行於相鄰極化 板之吸收軸。 14.如申請專利範圍第12項之液晶顯示裝置,其中設有]^個 相位層,而該液晶面板的液晶之初始調準係為垂直調 準,且保持如下關係: nx^nz » ny^nz (但非 nx=ny=nz) (!)6. Application for Patent Scope No. 88121395 Re-examination of Patent Application for Amendment of Patent Scope This amendment date: November 1992 1. A liquid crystal display device, including a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal set between the pair of substrates; A plurality of strip-shaped electrodes like το are provided on the aforementioned one substrate: and a transparent electrode is provided on the aforementioned another substrate, thereby substantially covering the entire surface of the other substrate. The liquid crystal display device according to the patent claim No. 1 in which the plurality of strip electrode systems are all supplied with the same voltage. 3. If the liquid crystal display device according to item i of the patent application scope, wherein the strip-shaped electrode packages are parallel to each other, the strip-shaped electrodes of the second group are supplied with the first voltage. The second group of strip electrodes is supplied with a second voltage different from the first voltage. In the liquid crystal display device according to item 3 of Shishen's patent, the? -Type electrode is supplied with a data voltage, and the second group of strip electrodes is supplied with a different voltage. Among them, the initial adjustment of the LCD includes a reference 5. If the scope of patent application is the first! The liquid crystal display device of this item has a positive dielectric anisotropy, and is vertically aligned when no voltage is applied. 6 · If the scope of patent application is the first! In the liquid crystal display device, an electric layer is provided between the transparent electrode and the liquid crystal layer. The dielectric layer 7. If the liquid crystal display device of item 6 of the scope of patent application, 121 force, the scope of patent application is not contacted with the transparent electrode, and an alignment layer is provided on the dielectric layer, so that the liquid crystal Can be aligned. 8. The liquid crystal display device as claimed in claim 6 in which the dielectric layer is formed of a color filter layer. 9. The liquid crystal display device according to item 6 of the patent application, wherein the dielectric layer is available for alignment. ίο. For example, the liquid crystal display device of the scope of application for patent application, wherein the initial alignment of the liquid crystal is vertical alignment, and one of the liquid crystal panels containing the pair of substrates is set at the cross Nicol pole. Between plates. 11 · The liquid crystal display device according to item 10 of the application, wherein the strip electrodes include first and second groups of strip electrodes, the first group of strip electrodes having parallel straight portions, and the second group of strip electrodes The electrode also has a parallel straight portion, and the straight portion of the first group of strip electrodes is parallel to the straight portion of the second group of strip electrodes. 12. The liquid crystal display device according to item 丨 of the patent application scope, further comprising a pair of polarizing plates having polarizing axes at right angles to each other and being provided on both sides of a liquid crystal panel including the pair of substrates, and at least one phase layer is provided. Between at least one of the polarizing plates and the liquid crystal panel. 13. The liquid crystal display device according to item 12 of the scope of patent application, wherein the initial alignment of the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal panel is vertical alignment, and the following relationship is maintained. · ⑴ nx2nz, ny-nz (but not ηχ = ~ = ηζ ) Where nx, ny, ~ are the main refractive index of the phase layer, and ~, the heart is taken from the plane of the phase layer, and 化 is taken from the phase layer orthogonal to 587191. 6. The scope of patent application nx is perpendicular to the phase The absorption axis of the adjacent polarizing plate, ny is parallel to the absorption axis of the adjacent polarizing plate. 14. The liquid crystal display device according to item 12 of the patent application, wherein there are provided ^ phase layers, and the initial alignment of the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal panel is vertical alignment, and the following relationship is maintained: nx ^ nz »ny ^ nz (but not nx = ny = nz) (!) 其中nx、ny、nz為該等相位層的主折射率,而ηχ、 ny係取自相位層的平面,ηζ則取自正交於該相位層者, ηχ係垂直於相鄰極化板之吸收軸,ny則平行於相鄰極化 板之吸收軸,且 · 同時會滿足以下狀態: -130nm^R1^ 230nm (2) -130nm^ Rn^ 230nm Rti+Rt2+............RtN$1.6x Rlc (3)Where nx, ny, and nz are the principal refractive indices of the phase layers, ηχ and ny are taken from the plane of the phase layer, ηζ is taken from those orthogonal to the phase layer, and ηχ is perpendicular to the adjacent polarization plate Absorption axis, ny is parallel to the absorption axis of the adjacent polarizing plate, and will simultaneously satisfy the following states: -130nm ^ R1 ^ 230nm (2) -130nm ^ Rn ^ 230nm Rti + Rt2 + ........ .... RtN $ 1.6x Rlc (3) 其中d為該等相位層的厚度,該液晶面板之 為 Rlc,R—(nx-riy)d,Rt-[(nx+iiy)/2-nz]d ’ ISi個相位層之 r 為尺1、尺2....... Rn,而 Rt為 Rti、Rt2.......RtN 〇 15·如申請專利範圍第12項之液晶顯示裝置,其中設有^^個 相位層’而該液晶面板的液晶之初始調準係為垂直調 準’且保持如下關係·· nx—nz,nygnz (但非 nx=ny=nz) (j) /、中πχ、iiy、πζ為该專相位層的主折射率,而打、 ^係取自相位層的平面,ηζ則取自正交於相位層者,〜Where d is the thickness of the phase layers, and the LCD panel is Rlc, R— (nx-riy) d, Rt-[(nx + iiy) / 2-nz] d ', and r of the ISi phase layers is ruler 1 , Ruler 2 ....... Rn, and Rt is Rti, Rt2 ..... RtN 〇15 · For example, the liquid crystal display device of the 12th patent application scope, which is provided with ^^ phase layers' The initial alignment of the liquid crystal of the liquid crystal panel is vertical alignment, and the following relationship is maintained: nx-nz, nygnz (but not nx = ny = nz) (j) /, πχ, iiy, πζ are the special The principal refractive index of the phase layer, and ^, are taken from the plane of the phase layer, ηζ is taken from those orthogonal to the phase layer, ~ 123 587191 六、申請專利範圍 係垂直於相鄰極化板之吸收軸,ny則平行於相鄰極化板 之吸收軸,且 同時會滿足以下狀態: dOnmSR^ 150nm (4) -50nm^RN^ 150nm W............RtN^ 1.3x Rlc (3) 其中d為該等相位層的厚度,該液晶面板之△ n(jLc 為 Rlc ’ R=(nx-ny)d,Rt=[(nx+ny)/2-nz]d,N個相位層之 R 為仏1、R2....... Rn,而 Rt為 Rtl、Rtl.......RtN。 16 · —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: · 一對基板; 一液晶設在該對基板之間; 複數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上·, 一調準層設在另一基板上; …该等條型電極包括第一與第二群的條型電極互相 平行,忒第一群條型電極係被供以第一電壓,而第二群 條型電極則被供以與該第一電壓不同的第二電壓; 一絕緣層至少覆蓋第一與第二群條型電極之一,且 設在該調準層底下;及 透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆蓋其整體表面。 17·如申請專利範圍第16項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該絕緣 層之體電阻率係大於該調準層的體電阻率。 124 六、申請專利範圍 18· —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 液晶设在該對基板之間; 稷數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; δ周準層設在另一基板上; 。亥等條型電極包括第_與第二群條型電極互相平 行,該第-群條型電極係被供以第,,而第二群條 型電極則被供以與第一電壓不同的第二電塵; 位於-區域中之該第一與第二群的各條型電極具 有一形狀對齊於-方向,而位於另-區域中之第一與第 二群的條型電極’乃與前述位於-區域中之第-與第二 群條型電極具有相fg]形狀,但以相反於前_方向之另一 方向來對齊;以及 一透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 设盖其整體表面。 ' 9.如申凊專利範圍第18項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該一區 域和戎另一區域係交錯地設置。 2〇· 種液晶顯示震置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設在該對基板之間; 複數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一調準層設在另一基板上; ”該等條型電極包括第一與第二群的條型電極互相 平订,該第一群條型電極係被供以第一電壓,而第二群 六、申請專利範圍 條型電極則被供以與第-電麗不同的第n 複數個像元’各像元具有-周邊部份,-第一連接 電極設於該像元的周邊部份,可將第—群條型電極連接 在-起’及-第二連接電極設於該像元的周邊部份,可 將第二群條型電極連接在一 、击拉+ ^ 嗖巧弟一連接電極乃透過 -絕緣層至少部份地重疊該第二連接電極;以及 -透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆蓋其整體表面。 21·如申請專利範圍第16、18或2〇項之液晶顯示裝置,其 中該第一群條型電極乃包括一第一副群平行直線部份 ,及-第二副群平行直線部份對該[科直線部份 呈一角度,而該第二群條型電極則包括一第三副群平 订直線部份,及-第四副群平行直線部份對該第三副 群平行直線部份呈一角度,該等第一與第二副群的直 線部份,及第三與第四副群的直線部份係被設成對資 料滙流線呈2至88度角。 22· '種液晶顯不裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設在該對基板之間; 複數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一調準層設在另一基板上; 閘極滙流線、資料匯流線及薄膜電晶體設在前述之 一基板上; 該等條型電極包括第一與第二群條型電極互相平 126 587191 六、申請專利範圍 行,該第一群條型電極係被供以一第一電壓,而第二群 條型電極則被供以與第一電壓不同的第二電壓; 複數個像元,各像元具有一周邊部份,一第一連接 電極設於該像元的周邊部份,可將第一群條型電極連接 在一起,及一第二連接電極亦設於該像元的周邊部份, 可將第二群條型電極連接在一起,該第一連接電極乃透 過一絕緣層至少部份地重疊該第二連接電極; 一驅動修正電極部份乃以直角或銳角交叉該第一 或第一群之一條型電極,該驅動修正電極部份係連接於 包含前述之一條型電極不同群之另一條型電極,並與此 不同群之另一條型電極的第一或第二連接電極設在同 一層;以及 -透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆盍其整體表面。 23.如申請專利範圍第22項之液晶顯杀裝置,其中該第— 群條型電極乃包括-第—副群的平行直線部份了及: 第二副群的平行直線部份對該第—副群直線部份呈— 角度,而該第二群條型電極則包括一第三副群的平行 直線部份,及-第四副群的平行直線部份對該第三: 群平行直線部份呈-角度,該第_與第二副群直^ 份及第三與第四副群直線部份係被設成對資料涯流線 呈2至88度角; 其中所述之其一基板更包含間極匯流線、資料匯流 線與薄膜電晶體’而該第—群條型電極係、連接於薄膜: 127 六、申請專利範圍 晶體;且 …,,亥第一連接電極包含複數個連接電極 部份而將第一與第二副群的直線部份連接在-起,並與 ^該像元周邊部份的資料滙流線平行地繼續延伸,而將 :述第-與第:副群之至少:直線部份的末端連接在 一起,且該第二連接電極係將第三與第四副群的直線部 份連接在一起。 24. 如申請專利範圍第22項之液晶顯示裝置,t包含有閑 極涯流線、資料流線及薄膜電晶體,該第_群條型 電極係連接於薄膜電晶體; 其中该第-群之一條型電極係連接於該第一連接 電極平行於資料匯流線的部份,該第—連接電極之該部 份係由該-條型電極與該第一連接電極的該部份之間 的接點以-方向延伸,而該驅動修正電極部份則以相反 於該連接電極之該部份的方向,平行於資料匯流線延伸 ,並終止於重4最靠近H群條型f極的位置。 25·如申請專利範圍第22項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該第二 群:一條型電極係連接於該第二連接電極平行於間極 滙抓線的部份,而該驅動修正電極部份係連接於該第 二連接電極之該部份的内側。 26. 如申4專利範圍第22項之液晶顯示裂置,其中該驅動 修正電極部份係被以使該第一$接電極凹了,而令該 第二連接電極由該第一連接電極凸出ό勺方式來形成。 27. 如申巧專利範圍第22項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該修正 六、申請專利範圍 電極部份係與第-和第三連接電極之_重疊部份位於 同一層,而該驅動修正電極部份會由該第一和第二連 接電極之另一重疊部份向内凸出。 28· —種液晶顯示裝置,包含·· 一對基板; 一液晶設在該對基板之間; 複數條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一調準層設在另一基板上;及 該等條型電極包括第一與第二群條型電極互相平 行,該第一群條型電極係被供以一第一電極,而第二群 條型電極則被供以與第一電極不同的第二電壓; 、一絕緣層設在前述之一基板中而在其調準層底下 並覆蓋第一與第二群的條型電極,該絕緣層在至少該第 一與第二群條型電極之一的附近,乃被部份地除去; 透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆蓋其整體表面。 29. —種液晶顯示裝置,包含·· 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間; 複數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一透明電極實質地覆蓋另一基板的整體表面,並有 一調準層設在該另一基板上; 該等條型電極包括第一與第二群的條型電極互相 平行,该第一群條型電極係被供以第一電壓,而第二群 587191123 587191 6. The scope of patent application is perpendicular to the absorption axis of the adjacent polarizing plate, and ny is parallel to the absorption axis of the adjacent polarizing plate, and at the same time, it will satisfy the following conditions: dOnmSR ^ 150nm (4) -50nm ^ RN ^ 150nm W ............ RtN ^ 1.3x Rlc (3) where d is the thickness of the phase layers, and Δ n (jLc is Rlc 'R = (nx-ny) d, Rt = [(nx + ny) / 2-nz] d, R of the N phase layers is 仏 1, R2, .... Rn, and Rt is Rtl, Rtl, ... RtN. 16 · A liquid crystal display device comprising: · a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the aforementioned substrates · an alignment layer Set on another substrate;… the strip electrodes include the first and second groups of strip electrodes parallel to each other, the first group of strip electrodes is supplied with a first voltage, and the second group of strip electrodes is A second voltage different from the first voltage is provided; an insulating layer covers at least one of the first and second group-shaped electrodes and is disposed under the alignment layer; and a transparent electrode is disposed on the other substrate And substantiate in this way The overall surface. 17. For example, the liquid crystal display device of the 16th patent application range, wherein the volume resistivity of the insulating layer is greater than the volume resistivity of the alignment layer. 124 6. Application Patent Range 18 · —A kind of liquid crystal display device Including: a pair of substrates; liquid crystal is provided between the pair of substrates; 稷 several strip electrodes and an alignment layer are provided on one of the aforementioned substrates; δ peripheral alignment layer is provided on the other substrate; The type electrode includes the first and second group strip electrodes parallel to each other. The -group strip electrode is provided with the first, and the second group strip electrode is provided with a second electric dust different from the first voltage. The strip electrodes of the first and second groups in the -area have a shape aligned in the -direction, and the strip electrodes of the first and second groups in the other -area are in line with the aforementioned -area The first and second groups of strip electrodes have a phase fg] shape, but are aligned in another direction opposite to the front direction; and a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate and a cover is substantially provided in this manner. The overall surface. '9 As claimed in the scope of patent No. 18 A liquid crystal display device in which the one area and the other area are staggered. 20. A liquid crystal display device including: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes and a An alignment layer is provided on one of the aforementioned substrates; an alignment layer is provided on the other substrate; "The strip electrodes include first and second groups of strip electrodes which are mutually aligned, and the first group of strip electrodes The system is supplied with a first voltage, and the second group of six, patent-applied strip electrodes are provided with an n-th plurality of pixels different from the -three-dimensional battery. Each pixel has a -peripheral portion, -the first The connection electrode is provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the first group electrode can be connected at the-and the second connection electrode is provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the second group electrode can be connected. First, the pull + ^ Qiaodi connection electrode is at least partially overlapping the second connection electrode through an insulating layer; and-a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate to substantially cover the entire surface in this way . 21. The liquid crystal display device of claim 16, 18 or 20, wherein the first group of strip electrodes includes a parallel line portion of the first subgroup, and a pair of parallel line portions of the second subgroup The straight section of the section is at an angle, and the electrode of the second group includes a straight section of the third subgroup, and a parallel straight section of the fourth subgroup is parallel to the third subgroup. The parts are at an angle, and the straight parts of the first and second subgroups and the straight parts of the third and fourth subgroups are set to an angle of 2 to 88 degrees to the data convergence line. 22 · A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; an alignment layer is disposed on the other substrate On a substrate; the gate bus line, the data bus line and the thin film transistor are provided on one of the aforementioned substrates; the strip electrodes include the first and second groups of strip electrodes that are flat with each other 126 587191 The first group of strip electrodes is supplied with a first voltage, and the second group of strip electrodes is supplied with a second voltage different from the first voltage; a plurality of pixels, each of which has a peripheral portion A first connection electrode is provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the first group of strip electrodes can be connected together, and a second connection electrode is also provided at the peripheral portion of the pixel, and the second group can be connected. The strip electrodes are connected together. The first connection electrode at least partially overlaps the second connection electrode through an insulating layer. A driving correction electrode portion crosses one of the first or first groups at right or acute angles. Electrode, the driving correction electrode part A first or second connection electrode connected to another type electrode including a different group of one of the foregoing type electrodes, and the first or second connection electrode of the different type electrode is provided on the same layer; and a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate In this way, the entire surface is substantially covered. 23. According to the liquid crystal display and killing device of the scope of application for patent No. 22, wherein the-group strip electrode includes a parallel straight portion of the-sub group and: a parallel straight portion of the second sub group corresponds to the —The straight line portion of the subgroup is at an angle, and the strip electrode of the second group includes a parallel straight line portion of the third subgroup, and the parallel straight portion of the fourth subgroup is parallel to the third: group The part is at an angle, the first and second subgroups are straight, and the third and fourth subgroups are straight lines. The part is set to an angle of 2 to 88 degrees with respect to the data line; The substrate further includes interpolar busbars, data busbars, and thin-film transistors, and the first group-type electrode system is connected to the thin film: 127. Patent application scope crystal; and ..., the first connection electrode includes a plurality of Connect the electrode part and connect the straight part of the first and second subgroup at-, and continue to extend parallel to the data bus line of the peripheral part of the pixel, and: Group at least: the ends of the straight parts are connected together, and the second connecting electrode system connects the first Straight portions connected together parts of the fourth sub-group. 24. For a liquid crystal display device with the scope of application for patent No. 22, t includes a streamline, a data streamline, and a thin film transistor, the _group electrode is connected to the thin film transistor; wherein the -group of A strip electrode is connected to a portion of the first connection electrode that is parallel to the data bus line, and the portion of the first connection electrode is connected by the -strip electrode and the portion of the first connection electrode. The point extends in the-direction, and the driving correction electrode portion extends in a direction opposite to that portion of the connection electrode, parallel to the data bus line, and terminates at the position where the weight 4 is closest to the H-group stripe type f pole. 25. The liquid crystal display device according to item 22 of the patent application scope, wherein the second group: a type electrode is connected to a portion of the second connection electrode parallel to the inter-electrode sink line, and the driving correction electrode portion is Connected to the inside of the portion of the second connection electrode. 26. The liquid crystal display of item 22 of the patent application No. 4 is split, wherein the driving correction electrode portion is recessed to make the first connection electrode concave, and the second connection electrode is protruded by the first connection electrode. Out of the way to form. 27. For example, the liquid crystal display device in the scope of the patent application No. 22, wherein the amendment 6. The patent application scope electrode part is located on the same layer as the overlapping part of the first and third connection electrodes, and the driving correction electrode part The portion will protrude inward from another overlapping portion of the first and second connection electrodes. 28. A liquid crystal display device comprising a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is provided between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes and an alignment layer are provided on one of the foregoing substrates; an alignment layer is provided on the other A substrate; and the strip electrodes include first and second strip electrodes parallel to each other, the first strip electrodes are provided with a first electrode, and the second strip electrodes are provided with A second voltage different from the first electrode; and an insulating layer provided in one of the substrates above and below the alignment layer and covering the first and second group of strip electrodes, the insulating layer being at least the first and the second The vicinity of one of the two groups of strip electrodes is partially removed; a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate to substantially cover its entire surface in this manner. 29. A liquid crystal display device comprising a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; a transparent electrode substantially covers the other The entire surface of a substrate is provided with an alignment layer on the other substrate; the strip electrodes include first and second groups of strip electrodes parallel to each other, and the first group of strip electrodes are provided with first One voltage while the second group 587191 一電壓不同的第二電壓;且 電阻的區域及一低電阻的區 條型電極則被供以與該第 該透明電極具有一高 域0 3〇_ —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間; 複數個條型電極及-調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一透明電極實質地覆蓋另—基板的整體表二,並有 一調準層設在該另一基板上; 一密封的液晶注入孔;及 一介電層插設於該透明電極與液晶層之間,該介電 層在該〉夜晶顯示裝置遠離該〉夜晶注入孔的一側附近乃 被部份地除去。 31. ~種液晶顯示裝置,包含·· 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間; 複數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一透明電極覆蓋另一基板的整體表面,並有一調準 層設在該另一基板上; 一密封的液晶注入孔;及 一絕緣層設在前述之一基板中於其調準層底下而 覆蓋該等條型電極,該絕緣層在該液晶顯示裝置遠離該 液晶注入孔的一側附近乃被部份地去除。 32· 一種液晶顯示裝置,包含:A second voltage with a different voltage; and a resistance region and a low-resistance strip-type electrode are provided with the first transparent electrode having a high-range 0 3〇_ —a liquid crystal display device including: a pair of substrates A liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; a transparent electrode substantially covers the other of the entire substrate-table II, and an alignment layer is disposed on On the other substrate; a sealed liquid crystal injection hole; and a dielectric layer interposed between the transparent electrode and the liquid crystal layer, the dielectric layer being located in the> night crystal display device away from the> night crystal injection hole The sides were partially removed. 31. A liquid crystal display device comprising a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; a transparent electrode covers the other substrate An entire surface, and an alignment layer provided on the other substrate; a sealed liquid crystal injection hole; and an insulating layer provided on one of the aforementioned substrates under the alignment layer to cover the strip electrodes, the The insulating layer is partially removed near the side of the liquid crystal display device away from the liquid crystal injection hole. 32 · A liquid crystal display device comprising: 130 六、申請專利範圍 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間,· 複數個條型電極薄 電曰曰體、及一調準層,設在 刖述之一基板上; 又牡 一調準層設在另一基板上; 該等條型電極乃包括筮_ _ 人弟二群的條型電極,該 目丨丨、弟電壓,而第二群條型電極 、被仏以與第一電麼不同的第二電愿;及 複數個像元’各像元具有一周邊部份,有一第一連 電極叹在4像70的周邊部份而將第—群條型電極連 在(&第一連接電極亦設在該像元的周邊部份 而將第二群條型電極連接在-起,該第-連接電極係連 接於缚膜電晶體,而第二連接電極係以多數共同滙流線 連接於-相鄰像元之第二連接電極;以及 -透明電極設在該另—基板上而以此方式實質地 覆蓋其整體表面。 33· 一種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設在該對基板之間; 複數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一調準層設在另一基板上; 戎等條型電極包括第一與第二群的條型電極互相 平行,該第一群條型電極係被供以第一電歷,第二群條 型電極則被供以與第一電壓不同的第二電歷; 131 587191 六、申請專利範圍 則述之一基板更含有閘極滙流線,資料滙流線乃與 閘極滙流線交又,及薄膜電晶體等; 則述的薄膜電晶體之閘極電極係電連接於第n個閘 極滙流線,該薄膜電晶體之汲極電極係電連接於第⑺個 資料滙流線,該薄膜電晶體之源極電極係電連接於第一 群之一條型電極,而第二群之一條型電極係電連接於第 (n+l)個閘極滙流線;以及 一透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆盡其整體表面。 34.如申請專利範圍第33項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該等第 一與第二群的條型電極係平行於資料滙流線,且該第 二群條型電極係部份地重疊資料滙流線。 35·如申請專利範圍第33項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該等閘 極滙流線係在所擇時點被供以一參考電壓,以供決定 第二群條型電極在寫入顯示資料時的電壓,及供導通 该薄膜電晶體的第一電壓,與關閉該薄膜電晶體的第 二電壓。 3 6 ·如申印專利乾圍第3 5項之液晶顯不裝置,其中與將顯 示資料寫入一連接於第η個閘極滙流線之像元時,該第 η個閘極滙流線係被設定為該第一電壓,該第(η+1)個閘 極滙流線係被設定為該參考電壓,而其它的閘極滙流 線則被設定為該第二電壓。 37. —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 132 587191 六、申請專利範圍 一液晶設在該對基板之間·, 複數個條型電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一調準層設在另一基板上; 該等條型電極包括第一與第二群的條型電極互相 平行,該第一群條型電極係被供以第一電壓,而第二群 條型電極則被供以與該第一電壓不同的第二電壓;130 VI. Patent application: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates, a plurality of strip-shaped electrodes, a thin-electrode body, and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the substrates; The alignment layer is provided on another substrate. The strip electrodes include the strip electrodes of the two groups of 弟 _ _ brothers, the project voltage, and the strip electrodes of the second group, and are A second electric voltage which is different from each other; and a plurality of pixels, each of which has a peripheral portion, a first connecting electrode sighed at the peripheral portion of 4 like 70, and the first group electrode is connected to ( & The first connection electrode is also provided in the peripheral portion of the pixel and the second group of strip electrodes is connected at the beginning, the first connection electrode is connected to the film-bound transistor, and the second connection electrode is The common bus line is connected to a second connection electrode of an adjacent pixel; and a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate so as to substantially cover the entire surface thereof. 33. A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates A liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes An alignment layer is provided on one of the aforementioned substrates; an alignment layer is provided on the other substrate; the stripe electrodes including the first and second groups of stripe electrodes are parallel to each other, and the first group of stripe electrode systems The first electric calendar is provided, and the second group of strip electrodes is provided with a second electric calendar different from the first voltage; 131 587191 VI. One of the substrates described in the scope of the patent application further includes a gate bus line and a data bus. The line is intersecting with the gate bus line, and the thin film transistor, etc .; the gate electrode of the thin film transistor is electrically connected to the nth gate bus line, and the drain electrode of the thin film transistor is electrically connected to The first data bus, the source electrode of the thin film transistor is electrically connected to one of the first group of electrodes, and the second electrode of the second group is electrically connected to the (n + l) th gate bus. And a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate to substantially cover its entire surface in this way. 34. For example, a liquid crystal display device with a scope of application of item 33, wherein the strips of the first and second groups The electrodes are parallel to the data bus, and the second group of bars The electrode system partially overlaps the data bus lines. 35. For example, the liquid crystal display device of the scope of application for patent No. 33, wherein the gate bus lines are supplied with a reference voltage at a selected time point for determining the second group of lines. The voltage when the display electrode is written into the display electrode, the first voltage for turning on the thin film transistor, and the second voltage for turning off the thin film transistor. No device, and when writing display data to a pixel connected to the n-th gate bus line, the n-th gate bus line is set to the first voltage and the (η + 1) th The gate bus line is set to the reference voltage, and other gate bus lines are set to the second voltage. 37. A liquid crystal display device including: a pair of substrates; 132 587191 The liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates, a plurality of strip electrodes and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; an alignment layer is disposed on the other substrate; the strip electrodes include first and second Groups of strip electrodes are parallel to each other, the first group The strip electrode is supplied with a first voltage, and the second group of strip electrodes is supplied with a second voltage different from the first voltage; 所述之一基板更包含閘極滙流線,資料匯流線乃與 閘極匯流線交叉,及第一薄膜電晶體與第二薄膜電晶體 該第一薄膜電晶體之閘極電極係電連接於第11個閘 極滙流線,該第一薄膜電晶體之汲極電極係電連接於第 m個資料匯流線,該第一薄膜電晶體之源極電極係電連 接於第一群之一條型電極;One of the substrates further includes a gate bus line, the data bus line crosses the gate bus line, and the first thin film transistor and the second thin film transistor are electrically connected to a gate electrode of the first thin film transistor. 11 gate bus lines, the drain electrode of the first thin film transistor is electrically connected to the m-th data bus line, and the source electrode of the first thin film transistor is electrically connected to one of the first group of electrodes; 该第二薄膜電晶體之閘極電極係電連接於第η個閘 極滙流線,該第二薄膜電晶體之汲極電極係電連接於第 (η+1)個資料匯流線,該第二薄膜電晶體之源極電極係 連接於第二群之一條型電極;以及 一透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆盖其整體表面。 38·如申請專利範圍第37項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該第一 薄膜電晶體與第二薄膜電晶體具有一共同的閘極電極 39.如申請專利範圍第37項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該等閘 極滙流線在所擇之時點會被供以一參考電壓,以決定 133 587191 六、申請專利範圍 4苐^一群條型電極在寫入顯示資料時的電壓,及導通 該等第一電壓、第二薄膜電晶體之第一電壓,與關閉 該等第一、第二薄膜電晶體之第二電壓。 40·如申請專利範圍第39項之液晶顯示裝置,其中,當將 顯示 > 料寫入連接於第η個閘極滙流線之像元時,該第 η個閘極滙流線係被設定為該第一電壓,該第個閘 極滙流線係被設定為該參考電壓,而其它的閘極滙流 線則被設定為該第一電壓。 41 · 一種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設在該對基板之間; 一電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一调準層設在另一基板上; 前述之一基板更含有閘極滙流線,資料滙流線乃與 閘極、滙流線交叉,及薄膜電晶體等; 該另一基板乃包含一黑色基質可屏蔽各像元區域 互相之間, 及一濾色物具有濾色成分可決定各像元區域之透 射光的顏色; 複數個像元;且 所述之濾色成分係由一像元區域越過黑色基質而 延伸至相鄰的像元區域,該墨色基質係被至少二濾色成 分所覆蓋,該二濾色成分重疊部份的寬度係大於該黑色 基質的寬度。 134 587191The gate electrode of the second thin film transistor is electrically connected to the nth gate bus line, and the drain electrode of the second thin film transistor is electrically connected to the (η + 1) th data bus line, and the second The source electrode of the thin film transistor is connected to one of the second group of strip electrodes; and a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate to substantially cover the entire surface thereof in this manner. 38. The liquid crystal display device according to item 37 of the patent application, wherein the first thin film transistor and the second thin film transistor have a common gate electrode 39. The liquid crystal display device according to item 37 of the patent application, wherein the When the gate bus line is selected, a reference voltage will be supplied to determine the voltage of 133 587191. 6. The scope of patent application 4 苐 ^ The voltage of a group of strip electrodes when writing display data and turning on these first voltages. A first voltage of the second thin film transistor and a second voltage of turning off the first and second thin film transistors. 40. The liquid crystal display device according to item 39 of the scope of patent application, wherein when a display material is written into a pixel connected to the n-th gate bus line, the n-th gate bus line system is set to For the first voltage, the first gate bus line is set to the reference voltage, and other gate bus lines are set to the first voltage. 41. A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; an electrode and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the aforementioned substrates; an alignment layer is disposed on the other substrate; One of the substrates further includes a gate bus line. The data bus line intersects the gate electrode, the bus line, and a thin film transistor. The other substrate includes a black substrate that can shield each pixel area from each other, and a filter. The color object has a color filter component that can determine the color of transmitted light in each pixel region; a plurality of pixels; and the color filter component extends from a pixel region across a black matrix to an adjacent pixel region. The ink matrix is covered by at least two color filter components, and the width of the overlapping portion of the two color filter components is greater than the width of the black matrix. 134 587191 六、申請專利範圍 42. 一種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶插設在該對基板之間; 一電極及一調準層設在前述之一基板上; 一調準層設在另一基板上; 前述之一基板上的調準層係覆蓋該電極;6. Scope of Patent Application 42. A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal interposed between the pair of substrates; an electrode and an alignment layer provided on one of the aforementioned substrates; an alignment layer provided on On another substrate; the alignment layer on one of the aforementioned substrates covers the electrode; 該另一基板上的調準層乃具有與前述之一基板上 的調準層不同的電特性;以及 一透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆蓋其整體表面。 43·如申請專利範圍第42項之液晶顯示裝置,其中前述之 一基板的調準層之體電阻率係小於另一基板的調準層 之體電阻率。The alignment layer on the other substrate has different electrical characteristics from the alignment layer on one of the aforementioned substrates; and a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate to substantially cover its entire surface in this manner. 43. The liquid crystal display device of claim 42 in which the volume resistivity of the alignment layer of one of the aforementioned substrates is smaller than that of the alignment layer of the other substrate. 4.如申凊專利範圍第43項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶 之體電阻率係較接近於前述之一基板的調準層之體電 阻率,而較不接近於另一基板的調準層之體電阻率。 45 · —種液晶顯示裝置,包含·· 一對基板; 一液晶插設在該對基板之間; 第一與第二電極及一覆蓋該第一與第二電極的調 準層設在前述之一基板上; 一調準層設在另一基板上; e亥第一與第二電極係被供以互相不同的電壓,而使 一電場可生成於該第一與第二電極之間;4. For example, the liquid crystal display device of claim 43 in the patent scope, wherein the volume resistivity of the liquid crystal is closer to the volume resistivity of the alignment layer of one of the aforementioned substrates, and is not closer to the alignment of the other substrate. The volume resistivity of the layer. 45. A liquid crystal display device comprising a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal interposed between the pair of substrates; first and second electrodes and an alignment layer covering the first and second electrodes are provided in the foregoing On a substrate; an alignment layer is provided on another substrate; e first and second electrode systems are supplied with mutually different voltages, so that an electric field can be generated between the first and second electrodes; 135 M7191 申請專利範圍 一自旋劑添加於該液晶中;以及 -透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆蓋其整體表面。 46·如申請專利範圍第45項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該一基 板與另一基板上之調準層’有一者係為水平調準層而 另一者為垂直調準層。 47·如申π專利範圍第46項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該水平 調準層的調準方向係與產生於第一電極與第二電極之 間的電場方向平行。 48.如申請專利範圍第45項之液晶顯示裝置,纟中該液晶 曰的厚度d與其液晶自然扭轉間距ρ之比值係為 0.125 至 3。 49·如申請專利範圍第45項之液晶顯示襄置,其中該液盖 之雙折射率Δη與該液晶層厚度(1之乘積Δη(1係在〇·7土 0 · 2的範圍内。 50·如申請專利範圍第46項之液晶顯示裝置,其中各像元 内含有多數區域,在該等區域中水平調準層係被處理 成可提供不同方向的調準。 51· —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 光學地透明的第一基板; 一第二基板與該第一基板相對列設; 一液晶插設於該第一基板與第二基板之間; 該第一基板具有一調準層; 與第135 M7191 Patent application scope A spin agent is added to the liquid crystal; and-a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate to substantially cover its entire surface in this way. 46. The liquid crystal display device according to claim 45, wherein one of the alignment layer on the one substrate and the other substrate is a horizontal alignment layer and the other is a vertical alignment layer. 47. The liquid crystal display device according to item 46 of the patent application, wherein the alignment direction of the horizontal alignment layer is parallel to the direction of the electric field generated between the first electrode and the second electrode. 48. The liquid crystal display device according to item 45 of the application, wherein the ratio of the thickness d of the liquid crystal to the natural twist pitch ρ of the liquid crystal is 0.125 to 3. 49. The liquid crystal display device according to item 45 of the patent application range, wherein the birefringence Δη of the liquid cap and the thickness of the liquid crystal layer (the product Δη of 1 (1 is in the range of 0.7 · 0 · 2). 50 For example, the liquid crystal display device with the scope of application for patent No. 46, in which each pixel contains a plurality of regions, in which the horizontal alignment layer is processed to provide alignment in different directions. 51 ·-a type of liquid crystal display device And comprising: a first substrate that is optically transparent; a second substrate opposite to the first substrate; a liquid crystal interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate; the first substrate having an alignment layer; With the first 5亥第二基板具有一反射層,互相平行的第一 136 夂、申請專利範圍 條型電極,及一調準層; 该第一條型電極係大致位於一像元的中央,第二條 型電極係被設在相鄰二像元之間的邊界,在該第一與第 一條型電極之間乃可產生一電場;以及 一透明電極設在該另一基板上而以此方式實質地 覆蓋其整體表面。 52· —種液晶顯示面板,包含·· 一光學地透明的第一基板; 一第一基板與該苐一基板相對列設; 一液晶插設於該第一基板與第二基板之間; 該第一基板具有第一條型電極與一調準層; 5亥第二基板具有一反射層,平行於該第一條型電極 的第二條型電極,及一調準層;且 泫第一條型電極係大致位於一像元的中央,該第二 條型電極係被設在相鄰二像元之間的邊界,在該第一與 第二條型電極之間乃可產生一電場。 53·種液晶顯不面板,包含·· 一光學地透明的第一基板; 一第二基板與該第一基板相對列設; 一液晶插設於該第一基板與第二基板之間; 该第一基板具有第一與第二條型電極互相平行, 一調準層; 戎第二基板具有一反射層與一調準層;且 該第一條型電極係大致位於一像元的中央,兮第_ 587191The second substrate has a reflective layer, a first 136mm parallel to each other, a patented strip-type electrode, and an alignment layer; the first strip-type electrode is located approximately in the center of a pixel, and the second strip-type The electrode system is set at the boundary between two adjacent picture elements, an electric field can be generated between the first and the first type electrodes; and a transparent electrode is provided on the other substrate to substantially materialize in this manner. Covering its entire surface. 52 · —a liquid crystal display panel comprising: a first substrate which is optically transparent; a first substrate is arranged opposite to the first substrate; a liquid crystal is interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate; The first substrate has a first strip electrode and an alignment layer; the second substrate has a reflective layer, a second strip electrode parallel to the first strip electrode, and an alignment layer; and The strip-shaped electrode system is located approximately in the center of one pixel. The second strip-shaped electrode system is disposed at the boundary between two adjacent pixels. An electric field can be generated between the first and second strip-shaped electrodes. 53. A liquid crystal display panel comprising: a first substrate which is optically transparent; a second substrate opposite to the first substrate; a liquid crystal interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate; The first substrate has first and second strip electrodes parallel to each other and an alignment layer; the second substrate has a reflection layer and an alignment layer; and the first strip electrode is located approximately in the center of a pixel, Xi _ 587191 六、申請專利範圍 條型電極係被設在相鄰二像元之間的邊界,在該第一與 第二條型電極之間乃可產生一電場。 54· —種液晶顯示面板,包含·· 一光學地透明的第一基板; 一苐一基板與該第一基板相對列設; 一液晶插設於該第一基板與第二基板之間;6. Scope of patent application The strip electrode is set at the boundary between two adjacent picture elements, and an electric field can be generated between the first and second strip electrodes. 54 · A liquid crystal display panel comprising: · an optically transparent first substrate;-a substrate is arranged opposite to the first substrate; a liquid crystal is interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate; 該第一基板具有第一與第二條型電極互相平行,及 一調準層; 該第二基板具有一反射層,第三與第四條型電極互 相平行並以交叉第一與第二條型電極的方向延伸,及一 調準層; 该第一條型電極係大致位於一像元的中央,該第二 條型電極係被設在相鄰二像元之間的邊界,在該第一與 第二條型電極之間乃可產生一電場;且 该第三條型電極係大致位於一像元的中央,該第四The first substrate has first and second strip electrodes parallel to each other, and an alignment layer; the second substrate has a reflective layer, and the third and fourth strip electrodes are parallel to each other and cross the first and second strips. The type electrode extends in the direction and an alignment layer; the first strip electrode system is located approximately in the center of a pixel, and the second strip electrode system is disposed at the boundary between two adjacent pixels. An electric field can be generated between one and the second type electrodes; and the third type electrode system is located approximately in the center of a pixel, and the fourth 條型電極係被設在相鄰二像元之間的邊界,該第三與第 四條型電極乃可產生一電場介於該第一與第二條型電 極之間。 55· —種液晶顯示面板,包含: 一光學地透明的第一基板; 一第二基板與該第一基板相對列設; 一客-主液晶插設於該第一基板與第二基板之間; 該第一基板具有一調準層; 5亥第一基板具有一反射層,一功能如1 /4波長板的The strip electrodes are arranged at the boundary between two adjacent picture elements. The third and fourth strip electrodes can generate an electric field between the first and second strip electrodes. 55 · A liquid crystal display panel comprising: an optically transparent first substrate; a second substrate opposite to the first substrate; a guest-host liquid crystal interposed between the first substrate and the second substrate The first substrate has an alignment layer; the first substrate has a reflective layer, and functions as a 1/4 wavelength plate. 138 六、申請專利範圍 絕緣層,平行的第一與第二條型電極, 該第一條型電極係大致位於一像元的 =極係被設在相鄰二像元之間的邊界,在該第一: 弟一條型電極之間乃可產生一電場。 一 56· 一種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間; 5周準層設在前述 每一像元之複數個條型電極,與一 之一基板上; -透明電極覆蓋另一基板的整體表面,與一調衫 設在該另一基板上; 曰 一介電層設在該另-基板中,介於該透明電極與液 晶層之間;且 該介電層具有一表面形成彎曲造型,而使在該介電 層表面上一點之垂直向量,會比當該介電層具有一平面 狀的表面時,更接近於穿過該點之電力線的平行線。 57· —種液晶顯示裝置,包含·· 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間; 每一像元之複數個條型電極,與一調準層設於前述 之一基板上; 一透明電極覆蓋另一基板的整體表面,與一調準層 設在該另一基板上; 一絕緣層設在前述之一基板上覆蓋該等條型電極 139 587191138 VI. Patent application range Insulating layer, parallel first and second strip electrodes. The first strip electrode system is located approximately at the edge of one pixel. The pole system is set at the boundary between two adjacent pixels. The first: an electric field can be generated between the second electrode. -56. A liquid crystal display device, comprising: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a five-period quasi-layer is disposed on the plurality of strip electrodes of each pixel and one of the substrates; The transparent electrode covers the entire surface of the other substrate, and a shirt is disposed on the other substrate; that is, a dielectric layer is disposed in the other substrate, between the transparent electrode and the liquid crystal layer; and the dielectric The layer has a curved shape on a surface, so that a vertical vector of a point on the surface of the dielectric layer is closer to a parallel line of power lines passing through the point than when the dielectric layer has a flat surface. 57 · A liquid crystal display device, comprising a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes of each pixel and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; A transparent electrode covers the entire surface of the other substrate, and an alignment layer is provided on the other substrate; an insulating layer is provided on the aforementioned one substrate to cover the strip electrodes 139 587191 六、申請專利範圍 ;且 該絕緣層具有開孔在該等條型電極上方,該等開孔 具有推拔的側壁。 5 8 · —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間;6. The scope of patent application; and the insulating layer has openings above the strip electrodes, and the openings have pushed side walls. 5 8 · A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; 母一像元之複數個條型電極,與一調準層設在前述 之一基板上; 一透明電極覆蓋另一基板的整體表面,與一調準層 設在該另一基板上; 一介電層設在該另一基板中,介於該透明電極與液 晶層之間;且 泫介電層能滿足〇.5<d/ ε的關係,其中d為介電層 之厚度,而ε為一相對介電常數。A plurality of strip electrodes of a mother pixel are arranged on one of the aforementioned substrates with an alignment layer; a transparent electrode covers the entire surface of the other substrate, and an alignment layer is disposed on the other substrate; An electrical layer is provided in the other substrate between the transparent electrode and the liquid crystal layer; and the 泫 dielectric layer can satisfy the relationship of 0.5 < d / ε, where d is the thickness of the dielectric layer, and ε is A relative dielectric constant. 59·如申請專利範圍第58項之液晶顯示裝置;其中該介電 層能滿足0.5<d/ ε <0.9的關係。 60· —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間; 每一像元之複數個條型電極,與一調準層設於前述 之一基板上; 一透明電極覆蓋另一基板的整體表面,與一調準層 設在該另一基板上; J電層δ又在5亥另一基板中,介於該透明電極與液 140 587191 六、申請專利範圍 晶層之間;且 該介電層包含一濾色層及一透明樹脂層。 61. 如申請專利範圍第60項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該透明 樹脂層的厚度係大於該濾色層的厚度。 62. —種液晶顯示裝置,包含: 一對基板; 一液晶設於該對基板之間; 每一像元之複數個條型電極,與一調準層設在前述 之一基板上; 一透明電極覆蓋另一基板的整體表面,與一調準層 設在該另一基板上; 一介電層設在該另一基板中,介於該透明電極與液 晶層之間;且 該介電層具有光的異向性。 63. 如申請專利範圍第62項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該介電 層乃包含一主介電層及一調準層以使該主介電層被調 準,該主介電層係被敷設於該調準層上而被調準,並 被以光照射或加熱而固化。 14159. A liquid crystal display device according to claim 58 in the scope of patent application; wherein the dielectric layer can satisfy the relationship of 0.5 < d / ε < 0.9. 60 · A liquid crystal display device, comprising: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes of each pixel and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; a transparent The electrode covers the entire surface of the other substrate, and an alignment layer is provided on the other substrate; the J electrical layer δ is in the other substrate between the transparent electrode and the liquid 140 587191 6. The scope of the patent application Between the layers; and the dielectric layer includes a color filter layer and a transparent resin layer. 61. The liquid crystal display device of claim 60, wherein the thickness of the transparent resin layer is greater than the thickness of the color filter layer. 62. A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates; a liquid crystal is disposed between the pair of substrates; a plurality of strip electrodes of each pixel and an alignment layer are disposed on one of the foregoing substrates; a transparent An electrode covers the entire surface of the other substrate, and an alignment layer is disposed on the other substrate; a dielectric layer is disposed in the other substrate between the transparent electrode and the liquid crystal layer; and the dielectric layer With light anisotropy. 63. For the liquid crystal display device with the scope of patent application No. 62, wherein the dielectric layer includes a main dielectric layer and an alignment layer so that the main dielectric layer is aligned, the main dielectric layer is laid It is aligned on the alignment layer, and is cured by light irradiation or heating. 141
TW88121395A 1998-12-08 1999-12-07 Liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display panel having wide transparent electrode and stripe electrodes TW587191B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP34891598A JP4248062B2 (en) 1998-12-08 1998-12-08 LCD panel
JP3628199 1999-02-15
JP11075867A JP2000267141A (en) 1999-03-19 1999-03-19 Liquid crystal display device and driving method therefor
JP7586699A JP4357622B2 (en) 1999-03-19 1999-03-19 Liquid crystal display
JP31117499A JP4459338B2 (en) 1999-02-15 1999-11-01 Liquid crystal display

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW587191B true TW587191B (en) 2004-05-11

Family

ID=34069369

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW88121395A TW587191B (en) 1998-12-08 1999-12-07 Liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display panel having wide transparent electrode and stripe electrodes

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW587191B (en)

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102414608A (en) * 2009-05-29 2012-04-11 夏普株式会社 Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
CN102472934A (en) * 2009-07-28 2012-05-23 夏普株式会社 Liquid crystal display element
US8411234B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-04-02 Au Optronics Corp. Active array substrate, electrode substrate, and liquid crystal display panel capable of locating ions in a non-display region
TWI396021B (en) * 2008-12-31 2013-05-11 Innolux Corp System for displaying images
CN103135275A (en) * 2011-12-02 2013-06-05 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 Liquid crystal display device
US8482707B2 (en) 2010-10-11 2013-07-09 Au Optronics Corporation Liquid crystal display panel

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8411234B2 (en) 2008-03-31 2013-04-02 Au Optronics Corp. Active array substrate, electrode substrate, and liquid crystal display panel capable of locating ions in a non-display region
TWI396021B (en) * 2008-12-31 2013-05-11 Innolux Corp System for displaying images
CN102414608A (en) * 2009-05-29 2012-04-11 夏普株式会社 Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
CN102472934A (en) * 2009-07-28 2012-05-23 夏普株式会社 Liquid crystal display element
US8482707B2 (en) 2010-10-11 2013-07-09 Au Optronics Corporation Liquid crystal display panel
CN103135275A (en) * 2011-12-02 2013-06-05 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 Liquid crystal display device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6642984B1 (en) Liquid crystal display apparatus having wide transparent electrode and stripe electrodes
US6636289B2 (en) In-plane switching LCD panel with multiple domains and rubbing directions symetric about a line
US6317183B2 (en) IPS-LCD having correlation of electrodes and substrates
CN100381906C (en) In-plane switching liquid crystal display comprising compensation film for angular field of view using +A-plate and +C-plate
US6005650A (en) Liquid crystal display
US7292297B2 (en) Optical sheet assembly with specific ranges of angles
US20060139550A1 (en) In-plane switching LCD panel
US6243154B1 (en) Liquid crystal display having wide viewing angle without color shift having annular pixel and counter electrodes
US20050140867A1 (en) Trans-reflecting type in plane switching mode liquid crystal display device having ferroelectric liquid crystal alignment layer
JPH11133408A (en) Horizontal electric field type liquid crystal display device
JP2000075299A (en) Liquid crystal element and method for driving the same
US7139059B2 (en) Lower substrate, IPS mode liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
JP2000305100A (en) Liquid crystal display device
US6885424B2 (en) Array substrate for in-plane switching liquid crystal display device having multi-domain
US5870164A (en) Polarization dependent twisted nematic liquid crystal devices for reflective spatial light modulators
US6618113B1 (en) Liquid crystal device
US6181400B1 (en) Discotic-type twist-film compensated single-domain or two-domain twisted nematic liquid crystal displays
US20110249226A1 (en) Self-compensating, quasi-homeotropic liquid crystal device with high contrast ratio
JP3684398B2 (en) Optically compensated splay mode liquid crystal display
US8085370B2 (en) Single-polarizer reflective bistable twisted nematic (BTN) liquid crystal display device
JP2001242462A (en) Liquid crystal display device
TW587191B (en) Liquid crystal display apparatus and liquid crystal display panel having wide transparent electrode and stripe electrodes
US7265801B2 (en) Display panel, and display device and electronic device using thereof
US7400370B2 (en) One pixel full color display device using cholesteric mixture
KR100620876B1 (en) Liquid crystal display apparatus having wide transparent electrode and stripe electrodes

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees